Tap any paragraph to write a margin note. Your notes collect in the Desk below the text and file under cases with @. The side-by-side margin rail opens on a larger screen.

§
Marginalia
Code · STATUTES-AT-LARGE · Vol. 22 STAT. · March 3, 1883 · Chapter 163

Chapter 163.

76,240 words·~347 min read·/statutes-at-large/vol-22/chapter-163-3254378·

A research copy — for the controlling text, always check the official state or federal source. Not legal advice.

CHAP. 163.— An act for the relief of C. H. MillerMar. 3, 1883. *Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,C. H. Miller.Relief of. That the Secretary of the Treasury, under the regulations of the Treasury Department, be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed to pay to O. H. Miller the sum of three hundred and eighteen dollars, being the amount of three Oregon war bonds, numbered eight hundred and sixty, eight hundred and sixty one, and eight hundred and sixty two, for one hundred dollars each, and the accrued interest, purchased by him of Patrick Miller, of Portland, Oregon, in eighteen hundred and seventy, as to which there has been an alleged defective assignment Approved, March 3, 1883.
RESOLUTIONS. No. 2: authorizing the payment of a portion of the Virginius indemnity fund to the mother of General W. A. C. Ryan. Private Resolution 2 22 Stat. 811 1883-03-03 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2026-02-26 47 2 private [2.] Joint resolution authorizing the payment of a portion of the Virginius indemnity fund to the mother of General W.
A. C. Ryan.Dec. 16, 1882. *Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,Eliza Dunne.Payment to. That the Secretary of State be, and he is hereby, authorized and directed to pay to Mrs. Eliza Dunne, the mother of General W. A. C. Ryan, the pro rata of the indemnity fund paid by the Government of Spain on account of the murder of the officers and crew of the steamer Virginius, at Santiago de Cuba, November fourth, eighteen hundred and seventy-three.
Approved, December 16, 1882. No. 18: to authorize Major William Ludlow, United States Army, to accept a civil position. Private Resolution 18 22 Stat. 811 1883-03-03 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2026-02-26 47 2 private [18.] Joint resolution to authorize Major William Ludlow, United States Army, to accept a civil position.Feb. 28, 1883. *Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled*,William Ludlow, authorized to accept a civil position, etc.
That Major William Ludlow, Corps of Engineers, United States Army, be, and he is, hereby, permitted to accept a civil position in the service of the city of Philadelphia, without a forfeiture of his military commission. *Provided however*, That the permission hereby given shall beheld to terminate on the first day of April, eighteen hundred and eighty-five, and that the said Ludlow shall not receive, from the United States, any pay or allowance whatsoever, during the period of his absence from the military service, under the provisions of this resolution.
Approved, February 28, 1883. 811 TREATIES AND CONVENTIONS concluded by the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA with FOREIGN NATIONS
(813)TREATIES, CONVENTIONS, AND AGREEMENTS. May 17, 1880 Convention 22 Stat. 815 *Convention between the United States of America and Japan, providing for the reimbursement of shipwreck expenses. Concluded May* 17, 1880; *ratification advised by the Senate March* 23, 1881; *ratified by the President April* 7, 1881; *ratified by the Emperor of Japan June* 5, 1880; *ratification exchanged June* 16, 1881; *proclaimed October* 3, 1881.May 17, 1880. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention between the United States of America andProclamation. the Empire of Japan, providing for the reimbursement of certain specified expenses which may be incurred by either country in consequence of the shipwreck on its coast of the vessels of the other, was concluded and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at the city of Tokio, Japan, on the seventeenth day of May in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty, the English text of which Convention is, word for word as follows: The United States of America and the Empire of Japan being desirousScope. of concluding an agreement providing for the reimbursement of certain specified expenses which may be incurred by either country in consequence of the shipwreck on its coasts of the vessels of the other, have resolved to conclude a special convention for this purpose, and have named as their Plenipotentiaries:— The President of the United States of America, John A. Bingham,Contracting parties. their Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to his Imperial Majesty, and his Majesty the Emperor of Japan, Inouye Kaoru Shoshii, Minister for Foreign Affairs and decorated with the 1st class of the order of the Rising Sun, who after reciprocal communication of their full powers found in good and due form, have agreed as follows:— All expenses incurred by the Government of the United States for theReimbursement of expenditures in cases of ship wreck. rescue, clothing, maintenance and travelling of needy shipwrecked Japanese subjects, for the recovery of the bodies of the drowned, for the medical treatment of the sick and injured, unable to pay for such treatment, and for the burial of the dead, shall be repaid to the Government of the United States by that of Japan. And a similar course of procedure to the above shall be observed by the Government of the United States in the case of assistance being given by that of Japan to shipwrecked citizens of the United States.Wrecked vessel and property to be charged with expense of recovery. But neither the Government of the United States nor that of Japan shall be responsible for the repayment of the expenses incurred in the recovery or preservation of a wrecked vessel or the property on board. All such expenses shall be a charge upon the property saved, and shall be repaid by the parties interested therein upon receiving delivery of the same. No charge shall be made by the Government of the United States norExceptions. by that of Japan for the expenses of the Government officers, police or local functionaries who shall proceed to the wreck, for the travelling expenses of officers escorting the shipwrecked men, nor for the expenses 815 816 CONVENTION—JAPAN. May 17, 1880. of official correspondence. Such expenses shall be borne by the Government of the country to which such officers, police and local functionaries belong. Ratification, &c.This convention shall be ratified by the respective Governments in due form of law, and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as may be. It shall take effect in the respective countries thirty days after the Exchange of said ratifications. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have hereunto affixed their signatures and seals. Done, in duplicate in the English and Japanese languages at the city of Tokio, Japan, this 17th day of May in the year 1880, (17th day of the 5th month of the 13th year Meiji). Signatures.JOHN A. BINGHAM. [seal.] INOUYE KAORU. [seal.] And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified and the respective ratifications of the same were exchanged in the city of Washington on the 16th day of June, 1881: Proclamation.Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every clause and article thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto’set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this third day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and sixth. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: James G. Blaine, *Secretary of State*. July 3, 1880 Convention 22 Stat. 817 817 CONVENTION—MOROCCO. July 3, 1880. *Convention between the United States of America, Germany, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Spain, France, Great Britain, Italy, Morocco, the Netherlands, Portugal, and. Sweden and Norway, for the establishment of the right of protection in Morocco. Concluded July* 3, I860; *ratification advised by the Senate May* 5, 1881; *ratified by the President May *10, 1881; *proclaimed December* 21, 1881.July 3, 1880. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention for the establishment on fixed and uniformProclamation. bases of the exercise of the right of protection in Morocco and for the settlement of certain questions connected therewith, between the United States and His Majesty the Emperor of Germany and King of Prussia, His Majesty the Emperor of Austria and King of Hungary, His Majesty the King of the Belgians, His Majesty the King of Denmark, His Majesty the King of Spain, His Excellency the President of the French Republic, Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland. His Majesty the King of Italy, His Majesty the Sultan of Morocco, His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, and His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, was signed by their plenipotentiaries at Madrid, on the third day of July, in the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty, the French text of which Convention is word for word as follows: [Translation,] His Excellency the President of the United States of America; His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia; His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Hungary; His Majesty the King of the Belgians; His Majesty the King of Denmark; His Majesty the King of Spain; His Excellency the President of the French Republic; Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland; His Majesty the King of Italy; His Majesty the Sultan of Morocco; His Majesty the King of the Netherlands; His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves; His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway; Having recognized the necessity of establishing, on fixed and uniform bases, the exercise of the right of protection in Morocco, and of settling certain questions connected therewith, have appointed as their-plenipotentiaries at the conference assembled for that purpose at Madrid, to wit: 818 His Excellency the President of the United States of America, General Lucius Fairchild, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States near His Catholic Majesty; His Majesty the Emperor of Germany, King of Prussia, Count Eberhardt de Solms-Sonnewalde, Knight Commander of the first class of his Order of the Red Eagle with oak leaves, Knight of the Iron Cross, etc., etc., his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near His Catholic Majesty; His Majesty the Emperor of Austria, King of Hungary, Count Emanuel Ludolf, his Privy Councillor in actual service, Grand Cross of the Imperial Order of Leopold, Knight of the first class of the Order of the Iron Crown, etc., etc., his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near His Catholic Majesty; His Majesty the King of the Belgians, Mr. Edward Anspach, Officer of his Order of Leopold, etc., etc., his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near His Catholic Majesty; His Majesty the King of Spain, Don Antonio Canovas del Castillo, Knight of the distinguished Order of the Golden Fleece, etc., etc., President of his Council of Ministers; His Excellency the President of the French Republic, Vice-Admiral Jaurès, Senator, Knight Commander of the Legion of Honor, etc.,etc., Ambassador of the French Republic near H is Catholic Majesty; Her Majesty the Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, the Honorable Lionel Sackville Sackville West, her Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near His Catholic Majesty who is likewise authorized to represent His Majesty the King of Denmark; His Majesty the King of Italy, Count Joseph Greppi, Grand Officer of the Order of Saint Maurice and Saint Lazarus, of that of the Crown of Italy, etc., etc., his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near His Catholic Majesty; 819 His Majesty the Sultan of Morocco, the Taleb Sid Mohammed Vargas, his Minister of Foreign Affairs and Ambassador Extraordinary; His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Jonkheer Maurice de Heklewier, Commander of the Royal, Order of the Lion of the Netherlands, Knight of the Order of the Oaken Crown of Luxemburg, etc., etc., his Minister Resident near His Catholic Majesty; His Majesty the King of Portugal and the Algarves, Count de Casal Ribeiro, Peer of the Realm, Grand Cross of the Order of Christ, etc., etc., his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near His Catholic Majesty; His Majesty the King of Sweden and Norway, Mr. Henry Akerman, Knight Commander of the first class of the Order of Wasa, etc., etc., his Minister Resident near His Catholic Majesty; Who, in virtue of their full powers, recognized as being in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article 1. The conditions under which protection may be conceded are those established in the British and Spanish treaties with the Government of Morocco, and in the convention made between that Government, France and other powers in 1863, with the modifications introduced by the present convention. Article 2. Foreign Representatives at the head of a Legation may select their interpreters and employees from among the subjects of Morocco or others. These protected persons shall be subject to no duty, impost or tax whatever, other than those stipulated in articles 12 and 13. Article 3. Consuls, Vice consuls or Consular Agents having charge of a post, and residing within the territory of the Sultan of Morocco, shall be 820allowed to select but one interpreter, one soldier and two servants from among the subjects of the Sultan, unless they may require a native secretary. These protected persons shall, in like manner, be subject to no duty, impost or tax whatever, other than those stipulated in articles 12 and 13. Article 4. Appointments of natives; protection extended to appointees.If a Representative shall appoint a subject of the Sultan to the office of Consular Agent in a town on the coast, such agent shall be respected and honored, as shall the members of his family occupying the same dwelling with him, and they, like him shall be subject to no duty, import or tax whatever, other than those stipulated in articles 12 and 13; but he shall not have the right to protect any subjects of the Sultan other than the members of his own family. He may, however, for the exercise of his functions, have a protected soldier. Rights of officers in charge of consulates.Officers in acting charge of Vice Consulates being subjects of the Sultan, shall, during the exercise of their functions, enjoy the same rights as Consular Agents who are subjects of the Sultan. Article 5. Ministers, charges d’affaires, and others limited in selection of native employees.The Government of Morocco recognizes the right of Ministers, Charges d’Affaires and other Representatives, which is granted to them by treaties, to select the persons whom they employ, either in their own service or that of their’ governments, unless such persons shall be sheiks or other employees of the Government of Morocco, such as soldiers of the line or of the cavalry, in addition to the Maghaznias in command of their guard. In like manner they shall not be permitted to employ any subject of Morocco who is under prosecution. Proceedings in civil suits.It is understood that civil suits commenced before protection, shall be terminated before the courts which have instituted such proceedings. The execution of the sentence shall suffer no hindrance. Nevertheless, the local authorities 821 of Morocco shall take care to communicate, without delay, the sentence pronounced, to the Legation, Consulate or Consular Agency upon which the protected person is dependent. As to those persons formerly protected, who may have a suit which was commenced before protection was withdrawn from them, their case shall be tried by the court before which it was brought. The right of protection shall not be exercised towards persons under prosecution for an offense or crime, before they have been tried by the authorities of the country, or before their sentence, if any has been pronounced, has been executed. Article 6. Protection shall extend to the family of the person protected. His dwelling shall be respected. It is understood that the family is to consist only of the wife, the children, and the minor relatives dwelling under the same roof. Protection shall not be hereditary. A single exception, which was established by the convention of 1803, but which is not to create a precedent, shall be maintained in favor of the Benchimol family. Nevertheless, if the Sultan of Morocco shall grant another exception, each of the contracting powers shall be entitled to claim a similar concession. Article 7. Foreign representatives shall inform the Sultan’s Minister of Foreign Affairs, in wilting, of any selections of an employee made by them. They shall furnish annually to the said Minister a list of the names of the persons protected by them or by their Agents throughout the States of the Sultan of Morocco. This list shall be transmitted to the local authorities, who shall consider as persons enjoying protection only those whose names are contained therein. Article 8. Consular officers shall transmit each year to the authorities of the 822district in which they reside a list, bearing their seal, of the persons protected by them. These authorities shall transmit it to the Minister of Foreign Affairs, to the end that, if it be not conformable to the regulations, the Representatives at Tangier may be informed of the fact. A consular officer shall be required to give immediate information of any changes that may have taken place among the persons protected by his Consulate. Article 9. Native employees excepted.Servants, farmers and other native employees of native secretaries and interpreters shall not enjoy protection. The same shall be the case with Moorish employees or servants of foreign subjects. Nevertheless, the local authorities shall not arrest an employee or servant of a native officer in the service of a Legation or Consulate, or of a foreign subject or protected person, without having notified the authority upon which he is dependent. Arrest for killing or wounding any person.If a subject of Morocco in the service of a foreign subject shall kill or wound any person, or violate his domicile, he shall be arrested immediately, but the diplomatic or consular authority under which he is shall be notified without delay. Article 10. Brokers.Nothing is changed with regard to the situation of brokers, as established by the treaties and by the convention of 1863,except what is stipulated, relative to taxes, in the following articles. Article 11. Right of foreigners to hold property recognized.The right to hold property is recognized in Morocco as belonging to all foreigners. The purchase of property must take place with the previous consent of the Government, and the title of such property shall be subject to the forms prescribed by the laws of the country. Any question that may arise concerning this right shall be de- 823 cided according to the same laws, with the privilege of appeal to the Minister of Foreign Affairs stipulated in the treaties. Article 12. Foreigners and protected persons who are the owners or tenants of cultivated land, as well as brokers engaged in agriculture, shall pay the agricultural tax. They shall send to their Consul annually, an exact statement of what they possess delivering into his hands the amount of the tax. He who shall make a false statement, shall be Sued double the amount of the tax that he would regularly have been obliged to pay for the property not declared. In case of repeated offense this fine shall be doubled. The nature, method, date and apportionment of this tax shall form the subject of a special regulation between the Representatives of the Powers and the Minister of Foreign Affairs of His Shereefian Majesty. Article 13. Foreigners, protected persons and brokers owning beasts of burden shall pay what is called the gate-tax. The apportionment and the manner of collecting this tax which is paid alike by foreigners and natives, shall likewise form the subject of a special regulation between the Representatives of the Powers and the Minister of Foreign Affairs of His Shereefian Majesty. The said tax shall not be increased without a new agreement with the Representatives of the Powers. Article 14. The mediation of interpreters, native secretaries or soldiers of the different Legations or Consulates, when persons are concerned who are under the protection of the Legation or Consulate, shall be permitted only when they are the bearers of a document signed by the head of a mission or by the consular authority. 824 Article 15. Foreign naturalization of subjects of Morocco.Any subject of Morocco who has been naturalized in a foreign country, and who shall return to Morocco, shall after having remained for a length of time equal to that which shall have been regularly necessary for him to obtain such naturalization, choose between entire submission to the laws of the Empire and the obligation to quit Morocco, unless it shall be proved that his naturalization in a foreign country was obtained with the consent of the Government of Morocco. Foreign naturalization heretofore acquired by subjects of Morocco according to the rules established by the laws of each country, shall be continued to them as regards all its effects, without any restriction. Article 16. Protection other than under treaty not recognized.No irregular or unofficial protection shall be granted in future. The authorities of Morocco will recognize no protection, of any kind whatever, save such as is expressly provided for in this Convention. Exception in case of reward, &c.Nevertheless, the exercise of the customary right of protection shall be reserved for those cases only in which it may be desired to reward signal services rendered by a native of Morocco to a foreign power, or for other altogether exceptional reasons. Minister of Foreign Affairs at Tangier to be notified.The Minister of Foreign Affairs at Tangier shall be previously informed of the nature of the services, and notified of the intention to reward them, in order that he may, if need be, present his observations thereon; yet the final decision shall be reserved for the Government to which the service shall have been rendered. Protection restricted to twelve in number for each power.The number of persons thus protected shall not exceed twelve for each power, and this number is fixed as the maximum unless the consent of the Sultan shall be obtained. The status of persons who have obtained protection in virtue of the custom which is henceforth to be 825 regulated by this stipulation shall be without limitation of the number of persons belonging to this class and now so protected, the same for themselves and their families as that which is established for other protected persons. Article 17. The right to the treatment of the most favored nation is recognized by Morocco as belonging to all the powers represented at the Madrid conference. Article 18. This convention shall be ratified. The ratifications shall be exchanged at Tangier with as little delay as possible. By exceptional consent of the high contracting parties the stipulations of this convention shall take effect on the day on which it is signed at Madrid. In faith whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed this convention, and have thereunto affixed the seals of their arms. Done at Madrid, in thirteen originals, this third day of July, one thousand eight hundred and eighty. [l. s.] Lucius Fairchild. [l. s.] E. de Solms. [l. s.] E. Ludolf. [l. s.] Anspach. [l. s.] A. Canovas del Castillo. [l. s.] Jaurès. [l. s.] L. S. Sackville West. [l. s.] J. Greppi. [l. s.] Mohammed Vargas. (in arabic characters) [l. s.] Heldewier. [l. s.] Casal Ribiero. [l. s.] Akerman. Son Excellence le President desContracting parties. Etats-Unis d’Amérique; Sa Majesté l’Empereur d’Allemagne, Roi de Prusse; Sa Majesté Î’Empereur d’Autriche, Roi de Hongrie; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges; Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Espagne; Son Excellence le Président de la République Française; Sa Majesté la Reine du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et d’Irlande; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie; Sa Majesté le Sultan du Maroc; Sa Majesté le Roi des Pays-Bas; Sa Majesté le Roi de Portugal et des Algarves; Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède et de Norvège; Ayant reconnu la nécessité d’établirPreamble. sur des bases fixes et uniformes l’exercice du droit de protection au Maroc, et de régler certaines questions qui s’y rattachent, ont nommé pour leurs Plénipotentiaires fi la Conférence qui s’est réunie fi ceteffet fi Madrid, savoir: 818 Son Excellence' le Président des États-Unis d’Amérique, Monsieur le Général Lucius Fairchild, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire des États-Unis près Sa Majesté Catholique; Sa Majesté l’Empereur d’Allemagne, Roi de Prusse, Monsieur le Comte Eberhardt de Solms-Sonnewalde, Commandeur de première classe de son Ordre de l’Aigle Rouge avec feuilles de chêne, Chevalier de la Croix de Fer, etc., etc., son Envoyé Extraordinaire et Mi-nistre Plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté Catholique; Sa Majesté l’Empereur d’Autriche, Roi de Hongrie, Monsieur le Comte Emanuel Ludolf, son Conseiller intime et actuel, Grand-Croix do l’Ordre impérial de Léo-pold, Chevalier de première classe de l’Ordre de la Couronne de Fer, etc., etc., son Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté Catholique; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges, Monsieur Edouard Anspach, Offi-cier de son Ordre de Léopold, etc., etc., son Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté Catholique; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Espagne, Don Antonio Cánovas del Castillo, Chevalier de l’Ordre insigne de la Toison d’Or, etc., etc., Président de son Conseil des Ministres; Son Excellence le Président de la République Française, Monsieur le Vice-amiral Jaurès, Sénateur, Commandeur de la Légion d’Honneur, etc., etc., Ambassadeur de la République Française près Sa Majesté Catholique; Sa Majesté la Reine du Royaume Uni de la Grande Bretagne et d’Ir-lande, l’Honorable Lionel Sackville Sackville West; son Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipo-tentiaire près Sa Majesté Catholique: lequel est également autorisé a représenter Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie, Monsieur le Comte Joseph Greppi, Grand-Officier de l’Ordre des S. S. Maurice et Lazare, de celui de la Couronne d’Italie, etc., etc., son Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté Catholique; 819 Sa Majesté le Sultan du Maroc, le Taleb Sid Mohammed Vargas, son Ministre des Affaires Étran-gères et Ambassadeur Extraordinaire; Sa Majesté le Roi des Pays-Bas, Monsieur le Jonkheer Maurice de Heldewier, Commandeur de l’Or-dre Royal du Lion Néerlandais, Chevalier de l’Ordre de la Cou-ronne de Chêne de Luxembourg, etc., etc., son Ministre Résident près Sa Majesté Catholique; Sa Majesté le Roi de Portugal et des Algarves, Monsieur le Comte de Casai Ribeiro, Pair du Royaume, Grande-Croix de l’Ordre du Christ, etc., etc., son Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire près Sa Majesté Catholique; Sa Majesté le Roi de Suède,ef de Norvège, Monsieur Henri Aker-man, Commandeur de première classe de l’Ordre de Wasa, etc., etc., son Ministre Résident près Sa Majesté Catholique; Lesquels, en vertu de leurs pleins pouvoirs, reconnus en bonne et due forme, ont arrêté les dispositions suivantes: Article Premier. Les conditions dans lesquellesProtection. la protection peut être accordée sont celles qui sont stipulées dans les Traités britannique et espagnol avec le Gouvernement Marocain et dans la Convention survenue entre ce Gouvernement, la France et d’autres Puissances en 1863, sauf les modifications qui y sont appor-tées par la présente Convention. Article 2. Les Représentants étrangersForeign Representatives. Chefs de Mission, pourront choisir leurs interprètes et employés par-mi les sujets marocains on autres. Ces protégés ne seront soumis à aucun droit, impôt on taxe quel-conque, en dehors de ce qui est stipulé aux articles 12 et 13. Article 3. Les Consuls, Vice-Consuls onConsuls, &c., allowed to select and employ Agents consulaires Chefs de poste qui resident dans les États du Sultan du Maroc, ne pourront choisir native assistants, &c. 820 qu’un interprète, un soldat et deux domestiques parmi les sujets du Sultan, à moins qu’ils n’aient be-soin d’un secrétaire indigène. Ces protégés ne seront soumis non plus à aucun droit, impôt on taxe quelconque, en dehors de ce qui est stipulé aux articles 12 et 13. Article 4. Si un Représentant nomme un sujet du Sultan à un poste d’Agent consulaire dans une ville de la côte, cet Agent sera respecté et honoré, ainsi que sa famille habitant sous le même toit, laquelle, comme lui-même, ne sera soumise à aucun droit, impôt on taxe quelconque en dehors de ce qui est stipulé aux articles 12 et 13; mais il n’aura pas le droit de protéger d’autres sujets du Sultan en dehors de sa famille. Il pourra, toutefois, pour l’exercise de ses fonctions, avoir un sol-dat protégé. Les Gérants des Vice-consulats, sujets du Sultan, jouiront, pendant l’exercise de leur fonctions, des mêmes droits que les Agents con-sulaires sujets du Sultan. Article 5. Le Gouvernement Marocain re-counaît aux Ministres, Chargés d’Affaires et autre Représentants le droit, qui leur est accordé par les Traités, de choisir les personnes qu’ils emploient, soit à leur service personnel, soit à celui de leurs Gou-vernements, à moins, toutefois, que ce ne soient des Cheiks on autres employés du Gouvernement ma-rocain, tels que les soldats de ligne on de cavalerie, en dehors des Mag-haznias préposés à leur garde. De même, ils ne pourront employer au-cun sujet marocain sous le coup de poursuites. Il reste entendu que les procès civils engagés avant la protection se termineront devant les Tribunaux qui en auront entamé la procédure., L’exécution de la sentence ne rencontrera pas d’empêchement. 821Toutefois, l’autorité locale marocaine aura soin de communiquer immédiatement la sentence rendue à la Légation, Consulat on Agence consulaire dont relève le protégé. Quand aux ex protégés qui auraient un procès commencé avant que la protection eût cessée pour eux, leur affaire sera jugée par le Tribunal qui en était saisi. Le droit de protectionCrimes and offenses. ne pourra être exercé à l’égard des personnes poursuivies pour nu délit on un crime avant qu’elles n’aieut été jugées par les Autorités du pays, et qu’elles n’aient, s’il y a lieu, accompli leur peine. Article 6. La protection s’étend sur la familleProtection, etc., to extend to family. du protégé. Sa demeure est respectée. Il est entendu que la famille ue se compose que de la femme, des enfants et des parents mineurs qui habitent sous le même toit. La protection u’est pas héréditaire.Protection not to be hereditary. Une. seule exception, déjà établie par la Convention de 1863, et qui ne saurait créer un précédent, est maintenue en faveur de la famille Benchimol. Cependant, si le Sultan du Ma-roc accordait une autre exception, chacune des Puissances contrac-tantes aurait le droit de réclamer une concession semblable. Article 7. Les Représentants étrangers informerontList of protected persons to be furnished. par écrit le Ministre des Affaires Étrangères du Sultan du choix qu’ils auront fait d’un employé. Ils communiqueront chaque année au dit Ministre une liste nominative des personnes qu’ils protègent on qui sont protégés par leurs Agents dans les États du Sultan du Maroc. Cette liste sera transmise aux Autorités locales, qui ne considéreront comme protégés que ceux qui y sont inscrits. Article 8. Les Agents consulaires remet-trontLists to be transmitted under seal, annually. chaque année à l’Autorité du 822 pays qu’ils habitent une liste, revê-tue de leur sceau, des personnes qu’ils protègent. Cette Autorité la transmettra au Ministre des Af-faires Étrangères afin que, si elle n’est pas conforme aux Règlements, les Représentants à Tanger en soient informés. L’Officier consulaire sera tenu d’annoncer immédiatement les changements survenus dans le personnel protégé de son Consulat. Article 9. Les domestiques, fermiers et au-tres employés indigènes des secré-taires et interprètes indigènes ne jouissent pas de la protection. Il en est de même pour les employés on domestiques marocains des su-jets étrangers. Toutefois, les Autorités locales ne pourront arrêter un employé on domestique d’un fonctionnaire in-digène au service d’une Légation on d’un Consulat, on d’un sujet on protégé étranger, sans en avoir prévenu l’Autorite dont il dépend. Si un sujet marocain au service d’un sujet étranger venait à tuer quelqu’un, à le blesser on à violer son domicile, il serait immédiatement arrêté, mais l’Autorité diplo-matique on consulaire sous laquelle il est placé serait avertie sans retard. Article 10. Il n’est rien changé à la situation des censaux telle qu’elle a été établie par les Traités et par la Convention de 1863, sauf ce qui est sti-pulé, relativement aux impôts, dans les articles suivants. Article 11. Le droit de propriété au Maroc est reconnu pour tous les étrangers. L’achat de propriétés devra être effectué avec le consentement préalable du Gouvernement, et les titres de ccs propriétés seront sou-mis aux formes prescrites par les lois du pays. Toute question qui pourrait surgir sur ee droit sera décidée 823d’après ces mêmes lois, avec l’ap-pel au Ministre des Affaires Etran-gères stipulé dans les Traités. Article 12. Les étrangers et les protégésAgricultural tax. propriétaires on locataires de terrains cultivés, ainsi que les censaux adonnés à l’agriculture, paie-ront l’impôt agricole. Ils remet-tront chaque année à leur Consul la note exacte de ce qu’ils possèdent en acquittant entre ses mains le montant de l’impôt. Celui qui fera une fausse déclarationFalse statement, penalty for. paiera, à titre d’amende, le double de l’impôt qu’il aurait dû régulièrement verser pour les biens non déclarés. Eu cas de récidive cette amende sera doublée. La nature, le mode, lu date, et la quotité de cet impôt seront l’objet d’un Règlement spécial entre les Représentants des Puissances et le Ministre des Affaires Étrangères de Sa Majesté Shériffienne. Article 13. Les étrangers, les protégés et lesGate tax. censaux propriétaires de bêtes de somme paieront la taxe dite des portes. La quotité et le mode de perception de cette taxe, commune aux étrangers et aux indigènes, se-ront également l’objet d’un Règlement spécial entre les Représen-tants des Puissances et le Ministre des Affaires Étrangères de Sa Majesté Shériffienne. La dite taxe ne pourra être augmentée sans un nouvel accord avec les Représentants des Puissances. Article 14. La médiation des interprètes, secrétairesMediation. indigènes on soldats des différentes Légations on Consulats, lors qu’il s’agira de personnes non placées sous la protection de la Légation on du Consulat, ne sera admise qu’autant qu'ils seront por-teurs d’un document signé par le Chef de Mission on par l’Autorité consulaire. 824 Article 15. Tout sujet marocain naturalisé à l’étranger, qui reviendra au Maroc, devra, après un temps de séjour égal à celui qui lui aura été régu-lièrement nécessaire pour obtenir la naturalisation, opter entre sa soumission entière aux lois de l’Empire et l’obligation de quitter le Maroc, à moins qu’il ne soit con-staté que la naturalisation étrangère a été obtenue avec l’assentiment du Gouvernement marocain. La naturalisation étrangère acquise jusqu’à ce jour par des sujets marocains suivant les règles éta-blies par les lois de chaque pays, leur est maintenue pour tous ses effets, sans restriction aucune. Article 16. Aucune protection irrégulière ni officieuse ne pourra être accordée à l’avenir. Les Autorités marocaines ne reconnaîtront jamais d’autres protections, quelle que soit leur nature, que celles qui sont expressément arrêtées dans cette Convention. Cependant, l’exercice du droit consuétudiuaire de protection sera réservé aux seuls cas où il s’agirait de récompenser des services signalés rendus par un marocain à nue Puissance étrangère, on pour d’autres motifs toutàfait exceptionnels. La nature des services et l’intention de les récompenser par la protection seront préalablement noti-fiées au Ministre des Affaires Etrangères à Tanger, afin qu’il puisse au besoin présenter ses observations; la résolution définitive l'estera néanmoins réservée au Gouvernement auquel le service aura été rendn. Le nombre (le ces protégés ne pourra dépasser celui de douze par Puissance, qui reste fixé comme maximum, à moins d’obtenir l’as-sentiment du Sultan. La situation des protégés qui ont obtenu la protection en vertu de la coutume désormais réglée par la 825présente disposition sera, sans limitation du nombre pour les protégés actuels de cette catégorie, identique pour eux et pour leurs familles, à celle qui est établie pour les autres protégés. Article 17. Le droit au traitement de la NationRight to treatment of most favored nation recognized. la plus favorisée est reconnu par le Maroc à toutes les Puissances représentées à la Conférence de Madrid. Article 18. La présente Convention seraRatifications. ratifiée. Les ratifications seront échangées à Tanger dans le plus bref délai possible. Par consentement exceptionnel des Hautes Parties contractantes les dispositions de la présente Convention entreront en vigueur à partir d u jour de la signature à Madrid. Eu foi de quoi les Plénipotentiaires respectifs ont signé la présente Convention et y ont apposé le sceau de leurs armes. Fait à Madrid, en treize exemplaires, le trois Juillet mil huit cent quatrevingt. [seal.] Lucius Fairchild.Signatures. [seal.] E. de Solms. [seal.] E. Ludolf. [seal.] Anspach. [seal.] A. Cánovas del Castillo. [seal.] Jaurès. [seal.] L. S. Sackville West. [seal.] J. Greppi. [seal.] Mohammed Vargas. (in arabic characters) [seal.] Heldewier. [seal.] Casal Ribeiro. [seal.] Akerman. And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified and exchanged;Proclamation. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every clause and article thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington, this 21st day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, and of the Independence of the United States, the one hundred and sixth. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State*. November 17, 1880 Convention 22 Stat. 826 826 TREATY—CHINA. November 17, 1880. *Treaty between the United States and China, concerning immigration. Concluded November* 17, 1880; *ratification advised by the Renate May* 5, 1881; *ratified by the President May* 9, 1881; *ratifications exchanged July *19, 1881; *proclaimed October* 5, 1881.November 17, 1880. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Proclamation.Whereas a Treaty between the United States of America and China, for the modification of the existing treaties between the two countries, by providing for the future regulation of Chinese immigration into the United States, was concluded and signed at Peking in the English and Chinese languages, on the seventeenth day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty, the original of the English text of which Treaty is word for word as follows: Preamble.Whereas, in the eighth year of Hsien Feng, Anno Domini 1858, a treaty of peace and friendship was concluded between the United States of America and China, and to which were added, in the seventh year of Tung Chili, Anno Domini 1868, certain supplementary articles to the advantage of both parties, which supplementary articles were to be perpetually observed and obeyed:—and Whereas the Government of the United States, because of the constantly increasing immigration of Chinese laborers to the territory of the United States, and the embarrassments consequent upon such immigration, now desires to negotiate a modification of the existing Treaties which shall not be in direct contravention of their spirit:— Contracting parties.Now, therefore, the President of the United States of America has appointed James B. Angell, of Michigan, John F. Swifr, of California, and William Henry Trescot, of South Carolina as his Commissioners Plenipotentiary; and His Imperial Majesty, the Emperor of China, has appointed Pao Chiin, a member of His Imperial Majesty’s Privy Council, and Superintendent of the Board of Civil Office; and Li Hungtsao, a member of His Imperial Majesty’s Privy Council, as his Commissioners Plenipotentiary; and the said Commissioners Plenipotentiary, having conjointly examined their full powers, and having discussed the points of possible modification in existing Treaties, have agreed upon the following articles in modification. Article I. Chinese laborers, limitation and suspension of immigration of.Whenever in the opinion of the Government of the United States, the coming of Chinese laborers to the United States, or their residence therein, affects or threatens to affect the interests of that country, or to endanger the good order of the said country or of any locality within the territory thereof, the Government of China agrees that the Government of the United States may regulate, limit, or suspend such coming or residence, but may not absolutely prohibit it. The limitation or suspension shall be reason able and shall apply only to Chinese who may go to the United States as laborers, other classes not being included in the limitations. Legislation taken in regard to Chinese laborers will be of such a character only as is necessary to enforce the regulation, limitation, or suspension of immigration, and immigrants shall not be subject to personal maltreatment or abuse. 827 Article II. Chinese subjects, whether proceeding to the United States as teachers,Chinese subjects in the United States. students, merchants or from curiosity, together with their hotly and household servants, and Chinese laborers who are now in the United States shall be allowed to go and come of their own free will and accord, and shall be accorded all the rights, privileges, immunities, and exemptions which are accorded to the citizens and subjects of the most favored nation. Article III. If Chinese laborers, or Chinese of any other class, now either permanentlyTreatment and privileges of. or temporarily residing in the territory of the United States, meet with ill treatment at the hands of any other persons, the Government of the United States will exert all its power to devise measures for their protection and to secure to them the same rights, privileges, immunities, and exemptions as may be enjoyed by the citizens or subjects of the most favored nation, and to which they are entitled by treaty. Article IV. The high contracting Powers having agreed upon the foregoing articles,Future legislation. whenever the Government of the United States shall adopt legislative measures in accordance therewith, such measures will be communicated to the Government of China. If the measures as enacted are found to work hardship upon the subjects of China, the Chinese Minister at Washington may bring the matter to the notice of the Secretary of State of the United States, who will consider the subject with him; and the Chinese Foreign Office may also bring the matter to the notice of the United States Minister at Peking and consider the subject with him, to the end that mutual and unqualified benefit may result. In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed and sealed the foregoing at Peking, in English and Chinese being three originals of each text of even tenor and da te, the ratifications of which shall be exchanged at Peking within one year from date of its execution. Done at Peking, this seventeenth day of November, in the year of our Lord, 1880. Kuanghsii, sixth year, tenth moon, fifteenth day. James B. AngellSignatures.. [seal.] John F. Swift. [seal.] Wm. Henry Trescot. [seal.] Pao Chün. [seal.] Li Hungtsao. [seal.] And whereas the said Treaty has been duly ratified on both parts andProclamation. the respective ratifications were exchanged at Peking on the 19th day of July 1881: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done in Washington this fifth day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, and of the Independence the United States the one hundred and sixth. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: James G. Blaine, *Secretary of State*. November 17, 1880 Convention 22 Stat. 828 828 SUPPLEMENTAL TREATY—CHINA. November 17, 1880. *Supplemental treaty between the United States and China, concerning commercial intercourse and judicial procedure. Concluded November* 17, 1880; *ratification advised by the Senate, May* 5, 1881; *ratified by the President, May* 9, 1881; *ratifications exchanged, July* 19, 1881; *proclaimed October 5*, 1881.November 17, 1880. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Proclamation.Whereas a supplemental treaty between the United States of America and China, for supplying certain points of incompleteness in the existing treaties between the two governments in the matter of commercial intercourse and of judicial procedure, was concluded and signed at Peking, in the English and Chinese languages, on the seventeenth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty, the original of the English text of which treaty is word for word as follows: Contracting parties.The President of the United States of America and his Imperial Majesty the Emperor of China, because of certain points of incompleteness in the existing treaties between the two governments, have named as their commissioners plenipotentiary, that is to say: The President of the United States, James B. Angell of Michigan, John F. Swift of California, and William Henry Trescot of South Carolina; His Imperial Majesty, the Emperor of China, Pao Chun, a member of His Imperial Majesty’s privy council and superintendent of the board of civil office, and Li Hungtsao, a member of His Imperial Majesty’s privy council, who have agreed upon and concluded the following additional articles: Article I. Commercial relations.The Governments of the United States and China, recognizing the benefits of their past commercial relations, and in order still further to promote such relations between the citizens and subjects of the two powers, mutually agree to give the most careful and favorable attention to the representations of either as to such special extension of commercial intercourse as either may desire. Article II. Mutual agreement to prohibit importation of opium by Chinese subjects.The Governments of China and of the United States mutually agree and undertake that Chinese subjects shall not be permitted to import opium into any of the ports of the United States; and citizens of the United States shall not be permitted to import opium into any of the open ports of China; to transport it from one open port to any other open port; or to buy and sell opium in any of the open ports of China. This absolute prohibition, which extends to vessels owned by the citizens or subjects of either power, to foreign vessels employed by them, or to vessels owned by the citizens or subjects of either power and employed by other persons for the transportation of opium, shall be enforced by appropriate legislation on the part of China and the United States; and the benefits of the favored nation clause in existing treaties shall not be claimed by the citizens or subjects of either power as against the provisions of this article. 829 Article III. His Imperial Majesty the Emperor of China hereby promisesTonnage dues and duties on merchandise imported into China. and agrees that no other kind or higher rate of tonnage dues, or duties for imports or exports, or coastwise trade shall be imposed or levied in the open ports of China upon vessels wholly belonging to citizens of the United States; or upon the produce, manufactures or merchandise imported in the same from the United States; or from any foreign country; or upon the produce, manufactures, or merchandise exported in the same to the United States or to any foreign country; or transported in the same from one open port of China to another, than are imposed or levied on vessels or cargoes of any other nation or on those of Chinese subjects. The United States hereby promise and agree that no other kind orTonnage dues and duties on imports to United States. higher rate of tonnage dues or duties for imports shall be imposed or levied in the ports of the United States upon vessels wholly belonging to the subjects of His Imperial Majesty and coming either directly or by way of any foreign port, from any of the ports of China which are open to foreign trade, to the ports of the United States; or returning therefrom either directly or by way of any foreign port, to any of the open ports of China; or upon the produce, manufactures or merchandise imported in the same from China or from any foreign country, than are imposed or levied on vessels of other nations which make no discrimiNation against the United States in tonnage dues or duties on imports, exports, or coastwise trade; or than are imposed or levied on vessels and cargoes of citizens of the United States. Article IV. When controversies arise in the Chinese Empire between citizens ofControversies. the United States and subjects of His Imperial Majesty, which need to be examined and decided by the public officers of the two nations, it is agreed between the Governments of the United States and China that such cases shall be tried by the proper official of the nationality of the defendant. The properly authorized official of the plaintiff’s nationality shall be freely permitted to attend the trial and shall be treated with the courtesy due to his position. He shall be granted all proper facilities for watching the proceedings in the interests of justice. If he so desires, he shall have the right to present, to examine, and to cross-exam-ine witnesses. If he is dissatisfied with the proceedings, he shall be permitted to protest against them in detail. The law administered will be the law of the nationality of the officer trying the case. In faith whereof the respective plenipotentiaries have signed andRatification. sealed the foregoing at Peking in English and Chinese, being three originals of each text, of even tenor and date, the ratifications of which shall be exchanged at Peking within one year from the date of its execution. Done at Peking this seventeenth day of November, in the year of our Lord, 1880, Kuanghsii, sixth year, tenth moon, fifteenth day. James B. AngellSignatures.. [seal.] John F. Swift. [seal.] Wm. Henry Trescot. [seal.] Pao Chün. [seal.] Li Hungtsao. [seal.] And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both partsProclamation. and the respective ratifications were exchanged at Peking on the 19th day of July 1881: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof: 830 In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done in Washington this fifth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, and of the Independence of the United States, the one hundred and sixth. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: James G. Blaine, *Secretary of State*. February 24, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 830 831 SUPPLEMENTAL CONVENTION—ITALY. February 24, 1881. *Supplemental contention between the United States and the Kingdom of Italy, concerning the rights, privileges, and immunities of consular officers. Concluded February* 24, 1881; *ratification advised by the Senate May* 5, 1881; *ratified by the President May* 10, 1881; *ratified by the King of Italy May* 8, 1881; *ratifications exchanged June* 18, 1881; *proclaimed June* 29, 1881.February 24, 1881. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention supplementary to the Consular Convention ofProclamation. May 8, 1878, between the United States and Italy, was concluded between the two Governments and signed by their respective Plenipotentiaries at Washington, on the twenty-fourth day of February, in the year one thousand, eight hundred and eighty-one, which Convention is word for word as follows: *Convention supplementary to the Consular Convention of May* 8, 1878, *between the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Italy*. Whereas question has arisen at divers times between the Government of the United States of America and the government of His Majesty the King of Italy, touching the interpretation of the eleventh article of the Convention between the two countries, concerning the rights, privileges and immunities of Consular Officers, signed at Washington on the eighth day of May, one thousand eight hundred and seventy-eight, and especially with respect to so much of said article as defines and limits the jurisdiction of the authorities of the country and of the Consular Officers, with regard to offenses and disturbances on shipboard, while in port; and whereas the high contracting parties, have deemed it expedient to remove for the future all ground of question in the premises, by substituting a new article in place of the said eleventh article of that Convention; the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Italy, have resolved to conclude a special supplementary Convention to that end and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries: 832 Contracting parties.The President of the United States: William Maxwell Evarts, Secretary of State of the United States, and His Majesty the King of Italy: Paul Beccadelli Bologna, Prince of Camporeale, his Chargé d’Affaires in the United States of America; who, after communicating to each other their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. Convention May 8, 1878, eleventh article of, annulled.The eleventh article of the Consular Convention of May 8, 1878, between the United States of America and Italy, is hereby annulled, and in its place the following article is substituted, namely: Merchant vessels;Consuls General, Consuls, Vice-Consuls and Consular Agents shall have exclusive charge of the internal order of the merchant vessels of their nation and shall alone take Differences at sea or in port, adjustment of.cognizance of differences which may arise either at sea or in port between the captains, officers and crews, without exception, particularly in reference to the adjustment of wages and the execution of contracts. In case any disorder should happen on board of vessels of either party, in the territorial waters of the other, neither the Federal, State or Municipal Authorities or Procedure for settlement of.Courts in the United States nor any Court or Authority in Italy, shall on any pretext interfere except when the said disorders are of such a nature as to cause or be likely to cause a breach of the peace or serious trouble in the port or on shore; or when, in such trouble or breach of the peace, a person or persons shall be implicated, not forming a part of the crew. In any other ease, said Federal, State or Municipal Authorities or Courts in the United States, or Courts or Authority in Italy, shall not interfere but shall render forcible aid to Consular Officers, when they may ask it, to search, arrest and imprison all persons composing the crew, whom they may deem it necessary to confine. Those persons shall be arrested at the sole request of the Consuls addressed in writing to either the Federal, State or Municipal Courts or Authorities in the United States, or to any Court or 833 Authority in Italy, and supported by an official extract from the register of the ship or the list of the crew, and the prisoners shall be held during the whole time of their stay, in the port at the disposal of the Consular Officers. Their release shall be granted at the mere request of such officers made in writing. The expenses of the arrest and detention of those persons, shall be paid by the Consular Officers. Article II. This supplementary Convention shall be ratified in conformity with the laws of the respective countries, and the ratifications thereof shall be exchanged at Washington, as soon as possible after the date hereof, and immediately upon such exchange, the foregoing form of the said article XI. shall become effective and have the same force as the other articles of the Convention of the eighth day of May of the year 1878 and the same duration. In faith whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Convention and have thereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate at Washington, the twenty-fourth day of February, Anno Domini, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one. [seal.] William Maxwell Evarts. [seal.] Camfokealk. *Convenzione Supplementare alla Convenzione Consolare dell 8 Maggio* 1878, *fra gli Stati Uniti di America e Sua Maestà il Re d’ Italia*. Divario di opinioni essendosiPreamble manifestato fra il Governo degli Stati Uniti d’ America cd il Go-verno di Sua Maestà il Re d’ Italia, riguardo alla interpretazione da darsi ail’ articolo undécimo della Convenzione conceruente i diritti, privilegi ed immunità degli Uffi-ciali Consolari dei due paesi, firmata a Washington il giorno otto del mese di Maggio dell’ anno mille otto cento e settan ta otto, ed in special modo riguardo a quella parte di dette articolo che definisce c limita la giurisdizione delie autori tà locali e degli Ufficiali Consolari rispetto a disordiui o delitti a bordo delle navi mercantili dell’ uno State mentre [si trovano] nelle aeque territorial i dell’ altro; ed a vendo le alte parti contraenti ritenuto utile di eliminare per F avvenire ogni motivo di dubbio riguardo a queste questioni, sostituendo un altro arti-colo a quello undécimo della con-venzione predetta; gli Stati Uniti di America e Sna Maestà il He d* Italia hanuo deliberato di stipulate una Speciale convenzione supplementäre a queste scope, ed hanno nominate loro Plenipotenziari: 832 Il Presidente degli State United America: 1’ onorevole William Maxwell Evarts, Segretario di Stato degli Stati Uniti d’America; e Sua Maestit il Re d’ Italia: Il Cavaliere Paolo Beccadelli Bologna, Principe di Cam poreale, Suo Incaricato d’ Afi'ari uegli Stati Uniti di America; i qnah, dopo aver scambiato i loro pieni-poteri, trovati in buona e de-bita forma, banno convenido uegli articoli segueuti: Articolo I. L’articolo undécimo della Con-venzione Consolare dell’ 8 Maggio 1878, fra gli Stati Uniti d’ America e 1' Italia, si dichiara annullato, e vi e sostituito 1’ articolo segueute: I Oonsoli Generali, Consoli, Vice Cousoli, ed Agenti Consolari, sarauuo esclnsivamente incaricati di mautenere Pordine interno a bordo delleuavi mercantili di lorouazione, e conosceranno soli delle questioui di qualunque genere che potrauuo insorgere si in mare che uei port!, fra il eapitauo, gli ufficiali ed i ma-rinai, senza eccezione, e segnatamente d i quelle relative al soldo, ed all’ adempimento degli accordi reci-procamente convenuti. Nel caso che aeeadono disordini abordo delle navi di uno dei due Stati nelle acque territoriali dell’ altro, le corti o Autoritá Federali, di Stato o municipal! degli Stati Uniti, ed i Tribunal! ele altreautoritá in Italia, non potranno sotto alcuu pretesto ittervenire, salvo che i disordiui fossero tali da aver túrbalo o da poter turbare la tranquillity o 1’ or-dine pubblieo a terra o nel porto, ovvero quaudo vi fosse implicate una o pin persone non faeenti parte dell’ equipaggio. I n ogn i al tro caso le corti od Autorita Federali, di Stato o municipal! negli Stati Uniti ed i Tribunal! e le Autorita in Italia non potranno interven ire; ma dovranno prestare man-forte agli Uffi-ciali Consolari, quaudo essi loriehie-dano, affine di ricercare, arrestare ed imprigionare qualunque indi-viduo tácente parte dell’ equipaggio, cu! ri patino conveniente di porre sotto custodia. Questi indi-vid ni saranuo arrestati sulla sola domanda degli Ufficiali Consolari, fatta per iscritto alie Corti od Autoritá Federali, di Stato o Mu-833nicipali negli Stati Uniti, od a qual-sivoglia Tribunale od Autori til in Italia, giustificando tale demanda eon un estratto officiale del registro della nave o del ruolo dell’ equipag-gio, e saranno detenuti durante 1’ intero soggiorno della nave nel porto, a disposizione degli Ufficiali Consolari. Essi verranno rilasciati dietro domanda per iscritto pre-sentata dull detto Ufficiale, e le spcse dell’ arresto e della detenzi-one saranno pagate dagli Ufficiali Consolari. Articolo II. La presente Convenzione supplementäreRatifications. saril ratificata in couformitä delle leggi di ciascuno dei due Stati, e le ratifiche saranno scam-biate a Washington il piti presto possibile, ed immediatamente dopo detto scam bio, il testo del precedente articolo undécimo diverrA obbligatorio del pari degli al tri ártico! i della convenzione del giorno otto Maggio dell’ anno mille otto cento e settanta otto, e per la me-desima du rata. In fede di che i rispettivi Pleni-potenziari hanno firmato quest» Convenzione in doppio originale e vi hanno apposto i loro sigilli. Data in Washington il vente-simo quarto giorno del mese di Feb-brajo Anno Domini mille otto cento e ottanta uno [seal.] William Maxwell Evarts.Signatures. [seal.] Camporeale. And whereas the said Convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the ratifications of the two governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the eighteenth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one; Now therefore be it known, that I, James A. Garfield, President of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every clause and article thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed, Done at the city of Washington, this twenty-ninth day of June, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, and of the Independence of the United States, the one hundred and fifth. [seal.] JAMES A. GARFIELD. By the President: James G. Blaine, *Secretary of State*. October 5, 1881 December 9, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 834 834 CONVENTION—VICTORIA. October 5, December 9, 1881. *Convention between the Post Office Department of the United States of America and the General Post Office of the Colony of Victoria, Australia, concerning the exchange of money orders. Done in duplicate and signed in Washington December* 9, 1881; *and in Melbourne October* 5, 1881.Oct. 5, Dec. 9, 1881. Contracting parties.The Post Office Department of the United States of America and the General Post Office of the Colony of Victoria, Australia, being desirous of establishing a system of exchange of money-orders between the two countries, the undersigned, duly authorized for that purpose, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article 1. Exchange of postal money orders.There shall be a regular exchange of money-orders between the two countries. Maximum of orders.The maximum of each order is fixed at $10 sterling, when issued in Victoria, and, when issued in the United States, at the equivalent, in sterling money, of $50 in the money of the latter country, converted at the rate fixed by Article 13 of the present Convention. Fractions excluded.No money-order shall include a fractional part of a penny, or, of a cent. The amount of each order, whether issued in the United States or in Victoria, must be expressed in letters hi British money, and the equivalent in the money of the United States must also be shown in figures. Article 2. Commissions.The Victoria Post Office shall have*power to fix the rates of commission on all money-orders issued in Victoria, and the Post Office Department of the United States shall have the same power in regard to all money-orders issued in the United States. Rate of charges.Each Office shall communicate to the other its tariff of charges, or rates of commission, which shall be established under this Convention, and these rates shall, in all cases, be payable in advance by the remitters, and shall not be repayable. Exchange, suspension of.It is understood, moreover, that each Office is authorized to suspend, temporarily, the exchange of money-orders in case the course of exchange, or any other circumstance should give rise to abuses, or, cause detriment to the postal revenue. Article 3. Commissions, disposition and payment ofEach country shall keep the commission charged on all money-orders within its jurisdiction, but shall pay to the other country three-fourths of one per cent, on the amount of such orders. Article 4. Designation of offices of Exchange.The service of the Postal money-order system between the two countries, shall be performed exclusively by the agency of Offices of Exchange. On the part of the United States the Office of Exchange shall be San Francisco California, and on the part of Victoria, Melbourne. Orders drawn on offices of exchange only.Orders shall be drawn only on the authorized money-order offices of the respective countries; and each Postal Administration shall furnish to the other a List of such offices, and shall, from time to time, notify any addition to, or change in such list. Every order and advice must contain the name of the office and of the country of destination, and if 835 relating to an order payable in the United States, the name of the State in which such office is situated. Article 5. No money-order shall be issued unless the applicant furnish the nameIssue of money order, conditions for the. and address of the person to whom the amount is to be paid, and his own name and address; or, the name of the firm, or company who are the remitters or payees, together with the addresses of each. The money-orders, issued in either country, shall be forwarded by the remitters to the payees, at their own expense. Article 6. The advices of all money-orders issued upon Victoria by the postAdvices, (Form “A.”) offices in the United States shall be sent to the Office of Exchange at San Francisco, where they shall be impressed with a dated stamp (Form “A”) showing the amount to be paid in Sterling money, and transmitted, by the next direct mail, to the Exchange Office at Melbourne, accompanied by a List, in duplicate, drawn upon the model ofList in duplicate, Form “B.” Form “B.” The advices, on their arrival in Melbourne, shall be compared with the entries in the List, and, afterwards dispatched to the paying offices. In like manner the advices of money-orders, drawn on the UnitedAdvices. States by postmasters in Victoria, shall be sent to the Exchange Office at Melbourne, shall there be impressed with a dated stamp (Form “A”)Form “A.” showing the amount to be paid in United States money, and be dispatched accompanied by a List, in duplicate (Form “C”) to theForm “C.” Office of Exchange at San Francisco by the next direct mail. The advices, on their receipt at San Francisco, shall be compared with the entries in the List, and afterwards dispatched to the paying offices. The advices of orders issued in the United States in the month of June, which may arrive at the Office of Exchange at San Francisco in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on Lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of June, and in like manner, the advices of orders issued in Victoria in the month of June, which may arrive at the Exchange Office at Melbourne in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on Lists supplementary to that of the last day of the mouth of June. Each Exchange Office shall certify its orders to the other in amountsCertification of orders. designated in the denominations of the money both of the dispatching and receiving country, at the rate of conversion established by Article 13 of this Convention. The amounts, so converted, shall be checked at the receiving Office of Exchange. Each Administration hereby undertakes and agrees to suspend theSuspension of issue, closing mails. issue of money-orders a sufficient length of time before the sailing of each steamer which carries the Exchange Lists and advices, at those post offices in its own territory where such suspension may be necessary, in order to prevent the issue of orders which could be dispatched by the outgoing mail while the corresponding advices could not be certified by the Exchange Office in time to be conveyed by that mail. The Exchange Lists and the accompanying advices shall invariably beLists and advices to be sent by direct route. sent by such steamers as carry the mails directly from San Francisco to Sydney, or from Sydney to San Francisco, as the case may be, and not via London in any event. Article 7. The Lists, dispatched from each Office of Exchange, shall be numberedLists to be numbered conseCutively, etc. consecutively, commencing with No. 1 at the beginning of the month of July in each year; and the entries in these Lists shall also have consecutive numbers. 836 Duplicates of lists to be kept.Of each List dispatched a duplicate shall be sent, which duplicate, after being verified by the receiving Office of Exchange, shall be returned to the dispatching Office of Exchange. Corrections and errors.Each Office of Exchange shall promptly communicate to the other the correction of any simple error, which it may discover in the verification of the Lists. Irregularities.When the Lists shall show irregularities, which the receiving Exchange Office shall not be able to rectify, that Office shall apply for an explaNation to the dispatching Exchange Office, and such explanation shall be afforded without delay. Duplicate lists to be furnished, when.Should any List fail to be received in due course, the dispatching Exchange Office, on receiving information to chat effect, shall transmit, without delay, a duplicate of the List, duly certified as such. Article 8. Duplicate orders, issue of.Duplicate orders shall only be issued by the Postal Administration of the country, on which the original orders were drawn, and in conformity with the regulations established, or, to be established in that country. Article 9. Regulations governing payment.The orders, issued by each country on the other, shall be subject, as regards payment, to the regulations which govern the payment of inland orders of the country, on which they were drawn. Possession of paid orders.The paid orders shall remain in the possession of the country of payment. Article 10. Repayment to remitters, how made.Repayment of orders to remitters shall not be made until an authorization for such repayment shall first have been obtained by the country of issue from the country where such orders are payable, and the amounts of the repaid orders shall be duly credited to the former country in the quarterly account. (Article 12.) It is the province of each Postal Administration to determine the manner in which repayment to the remitters is to be made. Article 11. Unpaid orders for twelve months’ void.Orders which shall not have been paid within twelve calendar months from the month of issue, shall become void, and the sums received shall accrue to, and be at the disposal of the country of origin. Accounts.The Victoria Office shall, therefore, enter to the credit of the United States, in the quarterly account, all money-orders entered in the Lists received from the United States, which remain unpaid at the end of the period specified. (Article 12.) On the other hand the Post Office Department of the United States shall, at the close of each month, transmit to the Victoria Office, for entry in the quarterly account, a detailed statement of all orders, included in the Lists dispatched from the latter Office, which under this Article become void. Article 12. Quarterly accounts to be rendered.At the close of each quarter an account shall be prepared at the General Post Office of Victoria, showing in detail the totals of the Lists, containing the particulars of orders issued in either country during the quarter, and the balance resulting from such transactions. Balances, payment of.Three copies of this account shall be transmitted to the Post Office Department of the United States, at Washington, and the balance, after proper verification, shall, if due by the General Post Office of Victoria, be paid to the General Post Office at London, to the credit of the Post 837 Office Department of the United States on account of the exchange of money-orders between the United States and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland; if due by the Post Office Department of the United States the balance shall likewise be paid to the General Post Office at London, to the credit of the General Post Office of Victoria. If pending the settlement of an account, one of the two Postal AdministrationsSettlement. shall ascertain that it owes the other a balance exceeding five hundred pounds (£500) sterling, the indebted Administrations shall promptly remit the approximate amount of such balance to the credit of the other. This account shall be in accordance with the forms “D,” “E,” “F,”Forms “D,” “E,” “F,” and “G.” and “G,” annexed to this Convention. Article 13. Until the two Postal Administrations shall consent to an alteration, itThe pound sterling, equivalent value of. is agreed that in all matters of account, relative to money-orders, which shall result from the execution of the present Convention, the pound sterling of Great Britain shall be considered as equivalent to four dollars eighty-seven cents of the money of the United States. Article 14. The Postal Administration in each country shall be authorized toAdditional rules. adopt any additional rules, (if not repugnant to the foregoing,) for the greater security against fraud, or, for the better working of the system generally. All such additional rules, however, must be promptly communicated to the Post Office of the other country. Article 15. This present Convention shall take effect on the first day of January,Commencement. 1882, and shall continue in force until twelve months after either of the contracting parties shall have notified to the other its intention toTermination. terminate it. Done in duplicate and signed in Washington on the ninth day of December, in the year of our Lord 1881, and in Melbourne on the fifth day of October, in the year of our Lord 1881. THOMAS L. JAMES,Signatures. *Postmaster General of the United States*. {Seal of the Post-Office Department of the United States.} HENRY BOLTON, *Postmaster General of Victoria*. [Seal of the General Post Office of Victoria.] I hereby approve the foregoing convention, and in testimony thereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. [Seal of the United States.] By the President: James G. Blaine *Secretary of State*. Washington, *December 9th*, 1881. 838 839 840 Blanks to be filled by the dispatching Exchange Office of San Francisco. For use of General Post Office, Melbourne. Current No. of international order. No. of original order Date of original order. Office issuing original order. Office where payable. Payee. Remitter. Amount of order in U.S. money. Amount of order in British money. Date of payment. Remarks. Name. Address. Name. $ c. 2 e. d. 841 842 Blanks to be filled up by the dispatching Exchange Office, Melbourne. Space for use of San Francisco Office. Current No. of international order. No. of original Money- Order Date of Original Order. Office of issue. Full name of Remitter Address of Remitter. Full name of Payee. Address of Payee. Amount received in Victoria Value of order in U.S. money. Office of Payment. Place of Residence. County. Place of ResiDence. County. State. £ e. d. $ c. 843 Orders Issued by the Victoria Office. Orders Issued by the United States Office. No. of List. Date of List. Total amount of each List. No. of List. Date of List. Total amount of each List. £ e. d. £ e. d. 844 Issued in Victoria. Issued in the United States. No. of List Date of List. No. of International Order. Amount of Order. No. of List Date of List. No. of International Order. Amount of Order. £ e. d. $ c. $ c. £ d. To credit of Victoria Office To credit of U. S. Office 845 Issued in Victoria. Issued in the United States. No. of List Date of List. No. of International Order. Amount of Order. No. of List Date of List. No. of International Order. Amount of Order. £ e. d. $ c. $ c. £ e. d. To credit of Victoria Office To credit of U. S. Office 846 October 8, 1881 December 6, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 847 847 CONVENTION—NEW ZEALAND. October 8, December 6, 1881. *Convention between the Post-Office department of the United States of America and the Post-Office department of the Colony of New Zealand, concerning the exchange of money-orders, done in duplicate and signed in Washington december* 6, 1881; *and in Wellington October* 8, 1881.Oct. 8, Dec. 6, 1881. The Post-Office Department of the United States of America and theContracting parties. Post-Office Department of the Colony of New Zealand, being desirous of establishing a system of exchange of money-orders between the two countries, the undersigned, duly authorized for that purpose, have agreed upon the following articles: Article 1. There shall be a regular exchange of money-orders between the twoExchange of postal money-orders. countries. The maximum of each order is fixed at £10 sterling, when issued inMaximum. New Zealand, and, when issued in the United States, at the equivalent, in sterling money, of $50 in the money of the latter country, converted at the rate fixed by article 13 of the present Convention. No money-order shall include a fractional part of a penny, or, of a cent.Fractions excluded.To be expressed in British money, and also the equivalent of money of the United States. The amount of each order, whether issued in the United States or in New Zealand, must be expressed in letters hi British money, and the equivalent in the money of the United States must also be shown in figures. Article 2. The New Zealand Post-Office Department shall have power to fix theCommissions, how fixed. rates of commission on all money-orders issued in New Zealand, and the Post-Office Department of the United States shall have the same power in regard to all money-orders issued in the United States. Each office shall communicate to the other its tariff of charges, orRate of charges. rates of commission, which shall be established under this Convention, and these rates shall, in all eases, be payable in advance by the remitters, and shall not be repayable. It is understood, moreover, that each office is authorized to suspend,Suspension authorized. temporarily, the exchange of money-orders, in case the course of Exchange, or any other circumstance should give rise to abuses, or, cause detriment to the postal revenue. Article 3. Each country shall keep the commission charged on all money-ordersCommissions, disposition and payment of. within its jurisdiction, but shall pay to the other country three fourths of one per cent, on the amount of such orders. Article 4. The service of the postal money-order system between the two countries,Exchange offices, designated. shall be performed exclusively by the agency of Offices of Exchange. On the part of the United States the Office of Exchange shall be San Francisco, California, and on the part of New Zealand, Auckland. Orders shall be drawn only on the authorized money-order offices ofOrders, how drawn. the respective countries; and each Postal Administration shall furnish to the other a List of such offices, an.I shall, from time to time, notify any addition to, or change in such List. Every order and advice mustAdvices and lists. contain the name of the office and of the country of destination, and if relating to an order payable in the United States, the name of the State in which such office is situated. 848 Article 5. Regulations for issue.No money-order shall be issued unless the applicant furnish the name and address of the person to whom the amount is to be paid, and his own name and address; or the name of the firm or company who are the remitters or payees, together with the addresses of each. How forwarded.The money-orders, issued in either country, shall be forwarded by the remitters to the payees, at their own expense. Article 6. Advices sent, form “A,”The advices of all money-orders issued upon New Zealand by the post-offices in the United States shall be sent to the Office of Exchange at San Francisco, where they shall be impressed with a dated stamp (Form “A”) showing the amount to be paid in sterling money, and transmitted, by the next direct mail, to the Exchange Office at Auckland, accompanied by a List, in duplicate, drawn upon the model of Form “ B.” The advices, on their arrival in Auckland, shall be compared with the entries in the List, and, afterwards dispatched to the paying offices. In like manner the advices of money-orders, drawn on the United States by postmasters in New Zealand, shall be sent to the Exchange Office at Auckland, shall there be impressed with a dated stamp (Form “A”) showing the amount to be paid in United States money, and be dispatched accompanied by a List, in duplicate, (Form “C ”) to the Office of Exchange at San Francisco by the next direct mail. The advices, on their receipt at Sun Francisco, shall be compared with the entries in the List, and afterwards dispatched to the paying offices. The advices of orders issued in the United States in the month of June, which may arrive at the Office of Exchange at San Francisco in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on Lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of June, and in like manner, the advices of orders issued in New Zealand in the month of June, which may arrive at the Exchange Office at Auckland in the earlier days of the following month shall be entered on Lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of June. Each Exchange Office shall certify its orders to the other in amounts designated in the denominations of the money, both of the dispatching and receiving country, at the rate of conversion established by Article 13 of this Convention. The amounts, so converted, shall be checked at the receiving Office of Exchange. Temporary suspension of issue before mails close, &c.Each Administration hereby undertakes and agrees to suspend the issue of money-orders a sufficient length of time before the sailing of each steamer which carries the Exchange Lists and advices, at those post-offices in its own territory where such suspension may be necessary, in order to prevent the issue of orders which could be dispatched by the outgoing mail while the corresponding advices could not be certified by the Exchange Office in time to be conveyed by that mail. Advices and lists, transmission of.The Exchange Lists and the accompanying advices shall invariably be sent by such steamers as carry the mails directly from San Francisco to Auckland, or from Auckland to San Francisco, as the case may be, and not via London in any event. Article 7. Lists to be numbered, &c.The Lists dispatched from each Office of Exchange, shall be numbered consecutively, commencing with No. 1 at the beginning of the month of July in each year; and the entries in these Lists shall also have consecutive numbers. Of each List dispatched a duplicate shall be sent, which duplicate, after being verified by the receiving Office of Exchange, shall be returned to the dispatching Office of Exchange. 849 Each Office of Exchange shall promptly communicate to the other the correction of any simple error, which It may discover in the verification of the Lists. When the Lists shall show irregularities, which the receiving Exchange Office shall not be able to rectify, that office shall apply for an explaNation to the dispatching Exchange Office, and such explanation shall be a Horded without delay. Should any List fail to be received in due course, the dispatching Exchange Office, on receiving information to that effect shall transmit, without delay, a duplicate of the List, duly certified as such. Article 8. Duplicate orders shall only be issued by the Postal Administration ofRegulations governing payment, &c. the country, on which the original orders were drawn, and in conformity with the regulations established, or, to be established in that country. Article 9. The orders, issued by each country on the other, shall be subject, as regards payment, to the regulations which govern the payment of inland orders of the country on which they were drawn. The paid orders shall remain in the possession of the country of payment.Paid orders, possession of, &c. Article 10. Repayment of orders to remitters shall not be made until an authorizationRepayment to remitters, how made. for such repayment shall first have been obtained by the country of issue from the country where such orders are payable, and the amounts of the repaid orders shall be duly credited to the former country in the quarterly account (Article 12.) It is the province of each Postal Administration to determine the manner in which repayment to the remitters is to be made. Article 11. Orders which shall not have been paid within twelve calendar monthsOrders unpaid for twelve months, void. from the month of issue shall become void, and the sums received shall accrue to, and be at the disposal of the country of origin. The New Zealand Office shall, therefore, enter to the credit of theQuarterly accounts, credit in. United States, in t he quarterly account, all money-orders entered in the Lists received from the United States, which remain unpaid at the end of the period specified. (Article 12.) On the other hand the Post-Office Department of the United StatesRendition of. shall, at the close of each month, transmit to the New Zealand Office, for entry in the quarterly account, a detailed statement of all orders, included in the Lists dispatched from the latter Office, which under this Article become void. Article 12. At the close of each quarter an account shall be prepared at the Postmaster-General’sAccounts, statement of. Office, Wellington, showing in detail the totals of the Lists, containing the particulars of orders issued in either country during the quarter, and the balance resulting from such transactions. Three copies of this account shall be transmitted to the Post-OfficePayment of balances. Department of the United States, at Washington, and the balance, after proper verification, shall, if due by the Post-Office Department of New Zealand, be paid to the General Post-Office at London, to the credit of the Post-Office Department of the United States on account of the Exchange of money-orders between the United States and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland; if due by the Post-Office Department of the United States, the balance shall likewise be paid to 850 the General Post-Office at London, to the credit of the Post-Office Department of New Zealand. Payment of balances pending settlement.If pending the settlement of an account, one of the two Postal Administrations shall ascertain that it owes the other a balance exceeding live hundred pounds (£500) sterling, the indebted Administration shall promptly remit the approximate amount of such balance to the credit of the other. Account to conform to forms “D,” “E,” “F,” and “G”This account shall be in accordance with the forms “D,” “E,” “F,” and “ G,” annexed to this Convention. Article 13. Equivalent value of the pound sterling.Until the two Postal Administrations shall consent to an alteration, it is agreed that in all matters of account relative to money-orders which shall result from the execution of the present Convention the pound sterling of Great Britain shall be considered as equivalent to four dollars, eighty-seven cents of the money of the United States. Article 14. Additional rules.The Postal Administration in each country shall be authorized to adopt any additional rules, (if not repugnant to the foregoing), for the greater security against fraud, or, for the better working of the system, generally. All such additional rules, however, must be promptly communicated to the Post Office of the other country. Article 15. Commencement.This present Convention shall take effect on the first day of January, 1882, and shall continue in force until twelve months after either of the contracting parties shall have notified to the other its intention to Termination.terminate it. Dates.Done in duplicate and signed in Washington on the sixth day of December, in the year of our Lord, 1881, and in Wellington on the eighth day of October, in the year of our Lord, 1881. Seal of the Post Office Department of the United States. (Signed) Signatures.THOMAS L. JAMES, *Postmaster General of the United States*. (Signed) WALTER U. JOHNSTON, *Postmaster General of New Zealand*. In the presence of— W. Gray, *Secretary Posts & Telegraphs*. I hereby approve the foregoing convention, and in testimony thereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. (Signed) CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President. [Seal of the United States] (Signed) James G. Blaine, *Secretary of State*. Washington, *December 8th*, 1881. 851 852 853 Blanks to be filled by the dispatching Exchange Office of San Francisco. For use of Post Office De­partment, Wellington. Current No. of international order. No. of original order. Date of original order Office issuing original order. Office where payable. Payee. Remitter. Amount of order in U.S. money. Amount of order in British money. Date of payment Remarks. Name. Address. Name. • $ c. £ e. d. 854 855 856 Orders issued by the New Zealand office. Orders issued by the United States office. No. of List. Data of List. Total amount of each List. No. of List. Date of List. Total amount of each List £ e. d. £ e. d. 857 Issued in New Zealand. Issued in the United States. No. of List. Date of List No. of International order. Amount of order. No. of List Date of List. No. of International order. Amount of order. £ e. d. c. $ c. £ e. d. To credit of New Zealand office To credit of United States office 858 Issued in New Zealand. Issued in the United States. No. of List. Date of List. No. of International order. Amount of order. No. of List. Date of List. No. of International order. Amount of order. E e. d. $ c. $ c. E c. d. To credit of New Zealand office To credit of United States office 859 October 11, 1881 October 26, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 860 860 CONVENTION—JAMAICA. October 11, 26, 1881. *Convention between the Post-Office Department of the United States of America and the General Post-Office of the Island of Jamaica, concerning an Exchange of money-orders. Done in duplicate and signed in Washington, October* 26, 1881; *and in Kingston, October* 11, 1881.Oct. 11, 26, 1881. Contracting parties.The Post-Office Department of the United States of America and the General Post-Office of the Island of Jamaica being desirous of establishing a system of exchange of money-orders between the two countries, the undersigned, duly authorized for that purpose, have agreed upon the following articles: Article 1. Exchange of Postal money-orders.There shall be a regular exchange of money-orders between the two countries. Maximum.The maximum of each order is fixed at Ten pounds (£10) sterling when issued in Jamaica; and when issued in the United States at Fifty dollars ($50) in the money of the latter country. Fractions excluded.No money-order shall include a fractional part of a penny, or of a cent. Amounts, how expressed.The amount of each order must be expressed in letters in the money of the country in which payment is to be made, and the equivalent in the money of the issuing country must also be shown in figures, at the rate of conversion fixed by Article 13 of the present convention. Article 2. Commissions, how rated.The Jamaica Post-Office shall have power to fix the rates, of commission on all money-orders issued in Jamaica, and the Post-Office Department of the United States shall have the same power in regard to all money-orders issued in the United States. Each office shall communicate from time to time to the other its tariff of charges, or rates of commission, which shall be established under this convention, and these rates shall, in all cases, be payable in advance by the remitters and shall not be repayable. Suspension of issue authorized.It is understood, moreover, that each office is authorized to suspend, temporarily, the exchange of money-orders, in case the course of exchange, or any other circumstance should give rise to abuses or cause detriment to the postal revenue. Article 3. Commissions, disposition and payment of.Each country shall keep the commission charged on all money orders within its jurisdiction, but shall pay to the other country three-fourths of one per cent, on the amount of such orders. Article 4. Exchange offices designated.The service of the Postal money-order system between the two countries, shall be performed exclusively by the agency of Offices of exchange. On the part of the United States the Office of Exchange shall be New York, and on the part of Jamaica, Kingston. Orders, how drawn.Orders shall be drawn only on the authorized money-order offices of the respective countries, and each Postal Administration shall furnish to Lists.the other a List of such offices, and shall, from time to time, notify any addition to or change in such list. Advices.Every order and advice must contain the name of the Office and of the country of destination, and, if relating to an order payable in the United States, the name of the State in which such office is situated. 861 Article 5. No money-order shall be issued, unless the applicant furnish the nameContents of orders. and address of the person to whom the amount is to be paid, and his own name and address, or the name of the firm, or company, who are the remitters or payees, together with the addresses of each. The money-orders issued in either country shall be forwarded by theTransmission. remitters to the payees at their own expense. Article 6. The advices of all money-orders issued upon Jamaica by the PostAdvices, transmission of. Offices in the United States shall be sent to the Office of Exchange at New York, where they shall be examined, and, if found correct, impressed with the dated stamp of that office, and transmitted, by the next mail, to the exchange office at Kingston, accompanied by a List, in duplicate, drawn upon the model of Form “A.”Form “A.” The advices, on their arrival at Kingston, shall be compared with the entries in the list, and afterwards, despatched to the paying offices. In like manner the advices of money orders, drawn on the United States by Postmasters in Jamaica, shall be sent to the Exchange Office at Kingston, shall there be examined, and, if found correct, impressed with the dated stamp of that Office, and be despatched accompanied by a list, in duplicate, (Form “B”) to the Office of Exchange atNew YorkForm “B.” by the next mail. The advices, on their receipt at New York, shall be compared withAdvices and lists, receipt of. the entries in the list, and afterwards despatched to the paying offices. The advices of orders issued in the United States in the month of September, which may arrive at the Office of Exchange at New York in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of September, and, in like manner, the advices of orders issued in Jamaica in the month of June, which may arrive at the Exchange Office at Kingston in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of June. Each Exchange Office shall certify its orders to the other, on the listsLists to be certified. in amounts designated in the denominations of the money both of the despatching and receiving country, at the rate of conversion established by Article 13 of this Convention. The amounts so converted shall be checked at the receiving office of Exchange. Article 7. The lists despatched from each office of Exchange shall be numberedLists to be numbered consecutively. consecutively, commencing with No. 1 at the beginning of the month of July in each year; and the entries in these lists shall also have consecutive numbers. Of each list despatched a duplicate shall be sent, which duplicate,Duplicate lists. after being verified by the receiving Office of Exchange shall be returned to the despatching Office of Exchange. Each Office of Exchange shall promptly communicate to the other, theErrors, notice of. correction of any simple error, which it may discover in the verification of the lists. When the lists shall show irregularities, which the receiving Office ofIrregularities, notice of. Exchange shall not be able to rectify, that office shall apply for an explanation to the despatching Exchange-Office, and such explanation shall be afforded without delay. Should any list fail to be received in due course the despatchingDuplicate lists, when. Exchange Office, on receiving information to that effect, shall transmit, without delay, a duplicate of the list, duly certified as such. 862 Article 8. Duplicate orders, when issued,Duplicate orders shall only be issued by the Postal Administration of the Country on which the original orders were drawn, and in conformity with the regulations established, or to be established in that Country. Article 9. Regulations governing payment.The orders, issued by each Country on the other, shall be subject, as regards payment, to the regulations which govern the payment of Money-Orders in the country on which they were drawn. The paid orders shall remain in the possession of the Country of payment. Article 10. Repayment to remitters, how made.Repayment of orders to remitters shall not be made until an authorization for such repayment shall first have been obtained by the Country of issue from t he Country where such orders are payable, and the amounts of the repaid orders shall be duly credited to the former country in the quarterly account. (Article 12.) It is the province of each Postal Administration to determine the manner in which repayment to remitters is to be made. Article 11. Orders which shall not have been paid within twelve calendar months Orders unpaid for twelve months, void.from the month of issue shall become void and the sums received shall accrue to, and be at the disposal of the country of origin. The Jamaica Office shall, therefore, enter to the credit of the United States, in the quarterly account all money-orders entered in the lists received from the United States, which remain unpaid at the end of the period specified. (Article 12.) On the other hand, the Post Office Department of the United States shall, at the close of each month transmit to the Jamaica Office, for entry in the quarterly account, a detailed statement of all orders, included in the lists despatched from the latter office, which, under this Article become void. Article 12. At the close of each quarter an account shall be prepared at the Accounts to be rendered quarterly.General Post Office of Jamaica, showing in detail the totals of the lists containing the particulars of orders issued in either Country during the quarter, and the balance resulting from such transactions. Three copies of this account shall be transmitted to the Post Office Balances, payment of.Department of the United States at Washington, and the balance, after proper verification shall, if due by the Post Office Department of the United States, be paid at Kingston, but, if due by the Jamaica Post Office, it shall be paid at New York, and in the money of the country to which the payment is made. Payments may also be made in Money, or by Drafts or by Bills of exchange on points other than Kingston or New York, by mutual agreement between the two Departments. If, pending the settlement of an account one of the two Postal Balances pending settlement.Administrations shall ascertain that it owes the other a balance exceeding Five thousand dollars ($5,000) the indebted administration shall promptly remit the approximate amount of such balance to the credit of the other; but nothing herein contained shall prevent such administration from remitting a lesser amount than Five thousand dollar's ($5,000) at discretion. Forms “C,” “D,” “E,” “F,” “G.”This account, and the letters which accompany such intermediate remittances, shall be in accordance with the forms “C,” “D,” “E,” “F” and “G” annexed to this Convention. 863 Article 13. Until the two Postal Administrations shall consent to an alteration itEquivalent value of pound sterling. is agreed that in all matters of account, relative to money-orders, which shall result from the execution of this convention, the pound sterling of Great Britain shall be considered as equivalent to four dollars, eighty-seven cents of the money of the United States. Article 14. The Postal Administration in eachConntry shall be authorized to adoptAdditional rules. any additional rules (if not repugnant to the forgoing) for greater security against fraud, or for the better working of the system generally. All such additional rules, however, must be promptly communicated to the Post Office Department of the other Country. Article 15. This present convention shall take effect on the first day of JanuaryCommencement, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, and shall continue in force until twelve months after either of the contracting parties shall have notified to the other its intention to terminate it.Termination. Done in duplicate and signed in Washington on the twenty-sixth dayDates. of October in the year of our Lord 1881, and in Kingston on the eleventh day of October in the year of our Lord 1881.Signatures. (Sig.) THOMAS L. JAMES, [Seal of the Post Office Department of the United States.] *Postmaster General of the United States*. (Sig.) A. MUSGRAVE, [Seal of Jamaica.] *Governor of Jamaica*. I hereby approve the foregoing Convention and in testimony thereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [Seal of the United States.] (Sig.) CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: (Sig.) James G. Blaine, *Secretary of State*. October 27th, 1881. 864 865 A. Blanks to be filled by the Dispatching Exchange Office of New York. For use of Gen’l. Post Office, Jamaica. Current number of International Order. Number of Original Order. Date of Original Order. Office issuing Original able. Office where payable. Payes. Remitter. Amount of Order. in U.S Money. Amount of Order. in British Money. Date of Payment. Remarks. Name. Address. Name. Address. $ c. a c. d. 866 867 868 C. Account of Exchange of Money-orders between Jamaica and the United States during the Quarter ended ............. 188. Orders issued by the Jamaica Office. Orders issued by the United States Office. No. of List. Date of List. Total amount of each List. No. of List. Date of List. Total amount of each List. $ c. £ c. d. 869 D. Table showing the particulars of such orders as have been repaid to the remitters in the country of issue. Issued in Jamaica. Issued in the United States. No. of List. Date of List. No. of international Order. Amount of Order. No. of List. Date of List. No. of international Order. Amount of Order. $ c. £ c. d. £ c. d. $ c. To credit of Jamaica Office To credit of United States Office 870 E. Table showing the particulars of such orders as have become void. Issued in Jamaica. Issued in the United States. No. of List. Date of List. No. of international Order. Amount of Order. No. of List. Date of List. No. of international Order. Amount of Order. $ c. £ c. d. £ c. d. $ c. To the credit of Jamaica Office To the credit of United States Office 871 872 873 Oct. 19, 1881 Nov. 30, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 874 874 CONVENTION—SWITZERLAND. Oct. 18, Nov. 30, 1881. *Convention for the Exchange of Postal Money Orders between the United States of America and Switzerland, concluded October* 18, *and November* 30, 1881.Oct. 19 and Nov. 30, 1881. Convention concluded between the Post-Office Department of the United States of America and the Postal Administration of Switzerland, of the 18th October and 30th November, 1881. Contracting parties.The undersigned have concluded the following convention for the exchange of postal orders between Convention.the United States of America and Switzerland, subject to the ratification of proper authority, and in Superseding convention, etc., of Oct. 12, 1807, and Feb. 23, 1872.lieu of the Convention of the 12th of October, 1807, and of the Article additional thereto of the 23rd of February, 1872. Article 1. Exchange of Postal money-orders.There is established between the United States of America and Switzerland a regular exchange of postal orders. This exchange is to be effected by the Exchange Offices which each of the two Administrations shall have designated for this purpose, and which Exchange Offices shall notify each other by means of lists of orders for payment. Article 2. Amount, to be expressed, how.The amount of the orders shall always be expressed in the money of the country where payment is to be made. Article 3. 1. Maximum. No order payable in the United States shall exceed the a mount of fifty dollars, and no order payable in Switzerland shall exceed an amount in francs equivalent to that sum 2. Fractions excluded. Fractions of a cent or of a centime, are not to be introduced into the amount of an order. Article 4. Payment, how made.Payment of the amount of orders is to be effected in money of metal- 875 lie value of the country of destination. This payment can also be effected in either country in paper money which is a legal tender therein. In that event, account is always to be taken of the difference of value, if there be any. Article 5. 1. Each of the two Administrations is at liberty to fix at any time the rate of conversion of the amounts, payment of which is to be made in the other country. 2. The two Administrations will communicate to each other the rate of exchange or of conversion fixed by them, as well as the changes which they may make therein. Article 6. 1. Each of the two Administrations shall fix the fees charged upon orders issued in its own country and payable in the other. 2. They will communicate to each other the fees which they shall have established and the changes which they may subsequently make therein. Article 7. The Postal Administration by which the money orders are issued shall credit the Administration of the country' of payment with the total amount of the orders which it has certified to the latter, in addition to three fourths of one per cent on the difference between the total amount of the orders certified and the amount of void and repaid orders. Article 8. 1. The sums converted into postal orders are guaranteed to the remitters until they shall have been regularly paid to the payees or to the representatives of the latter, or shall have been refunded to the said remitters 2. The sums received by each administration in exchange for postal orders, the amounts of which shall not have been claimed by the persons entitled to payment before the 876expiration of the periods fixed by the laws or the regulations of the country of origin, become the absolute property of the Administration which has issued the orders. Article 9. Accounts to be rendered quarterly.At the end of each quarter the Swiss Postal Administration shall prepare an account comprising all sums paid by the Offices of the two countries, and the credits to be given under each head in conformity with article 7 above mentioned, as well as a statement of the orders refunded by each Administration. Article 10. 1. The Postal Administration of the United States shall examine this account, correct it, if necessary, and if it is found to be the debtor, shall Payment of balances.transmit the balance due within fifteen days, at the latest, after its receipt to the Administration of the Swiss Posts. If the account shows a balance to the credit of the Administration of the United States of America the Postal Administration of Switzerland shall transmit the amount thereof to the former within fifteen days at the latest after receipt of notice of acceptance or of correction of the account. 2. Payment of balances to be in money of metallic value, &c. The balance must always be paid in the money of metallic value of the country to which it is found due, by means of a bill of exchange on Basle, or on New York as the case may be. 3. Expense of payment. The expenses which may result from the payment of balances, must always be borne by the Administration by which payment is made. Article 11. 1. Basis for ascertainment of balances. To ascertain the amount to be paid, the smaller credit is to be converted into the money of the country which has the larger credit, and is to be deducted from the latter credit. This conversion is to be effected according to the average rate of exchange at New York, during the quarter to which the account pertains, if the balance is 877 to the credit of Switzerland, and according to the average rate of exchange at Bente, during such quarter if the balance is to the credit of the Postal Administration of the United States. 2. The Administration which is to make payment shall transmit to theotherAdministration within live days, at the latest, after the expiration of the quarter a certified statement of the rate of exchange for every business day of the quarter. Article 12. Whenever, during the course of a quarter, it is found that the amount of orders drawn upon either of the two Administrations exceeds by five thousand dollars, or twenty-five thousand francs the amount of orders drawn upon the other administration, the latter shall send to the former, the proximate amount of the ascertained difference, in a round sum, as a payment on account, by means of bills of exchange under the conditions prescribed in Article 10. Article 13. 1. The form and the conditions of issue of postal orders in each country are subject to the regulations in force in the country of origin. 2. The form as well as the conditions for payment of postal orders, including those relating to the suspension of payment, the renewing of orders, the issue of duplicates, and other matters concerning payment are subject to the regulations in force in the country of destination. Article 14. 1. Each Administration is authorized to suspend, temporarily the interchange of postal orders, whenever the course of exchange, or any other circumstance may give rise to abuses, or cause detriment to the revenues. 2. Notice of action of this nature must be communicated immediately to the other Administration, and, if deemed necessary by means of the telegraph. 878 Article 15. Detailed regulations.The Postal Administrations of the two countries shall have power, by mutual agreement, to arrange detailed regulations for the execution of the present Convention, and to modify them, at any time, according to the requirements of the service. Article 16. 1. The present Convention shall Commencement, Jan. 1, 1882.take effect on the first day of January 1882. It shall remain in force until the expiration of a period of one year after the date upon which one of the two contracting administrations shall have notified the Termination.other of its intention to terminate it. 2. When the present Convention Convention of Oct. 12, 1867, and article of Feb. 23, 1872. abrogated.takes effect that of the 12th of October 1807, above mentioned as well as the Article of the 23d of February 1872, supplementary thereto shall be abrogated. Executed in duplicate and signed Dato of execution.at Berne on the eighteenth day of October in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty one, and at Washington, on the thirtieth day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty one.
(Sig)FRANK HATTON. *Signatures.Acting Postmaster General of the United States*. [Seal of the Post Office Department of the United States.] Convention conclue entre le Departement des postes des Etats-Unis d’Amérique et l’Administration des postes suisses, le 18 Oc-tobre et 30 Novembre 1881. Les soussignés ont conclu la convention suivante pour l’échange des mandats-poste entre les États-Unis d’Amérique et la Suisse, convention qui sera soumise à la ratification de l’autorité supérieure compétente, et qui remplacera celle du 12 Octobre 1867, et l’article additionnel à cette dernière convention du 23 Février 1872. Article 1. D est créé, entre les États-Unis d’Amérique et la Suisse, un échange régulier de mandats-poste. Cet échange s’effectue par l’entremise des bureaux d’échange que chacune des deux Administrations désigne à cet effet, et ces bureaux s’avisent réciproquement au moyen de listes des mandats à payer. Article 2. Le montant des mandats est toujours exprimé dans la monnaie du pays où doit s’effectuer le paiement. Article 3. 1. Aucun mandat payable aux Etats-Unis ne peut excéder le mon-tant de cinquante dollars, et aucun mandat payable en Suisse ne peut dépasser le montant équivalent en francs à cette somme. 2. Les fractions de cent, ou de centime ne sont pas admises dans l’expression du montant d’un mandat. Article 4. Le paiement du montant des mandats s’effectue dans la mon-875naie métallique du pays de destination. Ce paiement peut aussi avoir lieu dans chacun des deux pays en papier monnaie ayant coursLegal tender, légal dans le pays respectif. Dans ce cas, on doit toujours tenir compte de la différence îles cours, s’il y a lieu. Article 5. 1. Chacune des deux AdministrationsRate of conversion. a la faculté de fixer en tout temps le taux de versement des montants dont le paiement doit s’effectuer dans l’autre pays. 2. Les deux Administrations se communiquent réciproquement le taux de versement qu’elles ont fixé, aussi bien que les changements, qu’elles pourront y apporter. Article 6. 1. Chacune des deux AdministrationsFees. fixe les droits à prélever sur les mandats de poste émis dans son propre pays et payable dans l’autre pays. 2. Elles se communiquent réci-proquement les droits qu’elles ont fixés et les changements qu’elles pourraient y introduire ultérieurement. Article 7. L’Administration des postes parMutual accounting. laquelle les mandats ont été émis, crédite l’Administration du pays de paiement du montant total des mandats qu’elle a. facturés à l’autre, plus le trois-quart pour cent sur la différence entre le montant totalPer cent, of commissions retained. des mandats facturés et le mon-tant des mandats nuis ou restitués. Article 8. 1. Les montants convertis enPayment of sums guaranteed to remitters. mandats-poste sont garantis aux déposants jusqu’au moment où ils auront été régulièrement payes aux bénéficiaires, aux mandataires de ceux-ci, ou bien remboursés aux dits déposants. 2. Les sommes encaissées parUnpaid orders; disposition of sums received for. chacune des deux administrations en échange des mandats-poste dont le montant n’a pas été réclamé par les ayants-droit, dans les délais fixés 876 par les lois et règlements du pays d’origine, deviennent la propriété absolue de l’Administration qui en a émis les mandats. Article 9. A la fin de chaque trimestre l’Administration des postes suisses dresse un compte comprenant toutes les sommes payées par les bureaux des deux pays, et les bonifications à effectuer de leur chef conformément à l’article 7 susmentionné, de même que l’état des mandats remboursés par chaque administration. Article 10. 1. L’Administration des postes des États-Unis examine ce compte, le rectifie s’il y a lieu, et si elle se trouve être debitrice, transmet le solde dû, dans Te délai de quinze jours au plus tard, après la réception du compte à l’Administration des postes suisses. Si Ie compte présente un solde en faveur de l’Administration des États-Unis de l’Amérique l’Administratiou des postes suisses en transmet le montant à la première dans le délai de quinze jours an plus tard, après réception de l’avis d’acceptation, soit de rectification du compte. 2. Le solde doit toujours être payé dans la monnaie métallique du pays au profit duquel il ressort, au moyen d’une lettre de change sur Bâle ou sur New-York, suivant le cas. 3. Les frais qui peuvent résulter du paiement des soldes sont toujours supportés par l’Administration qui effectue le paiement. Article 11. 1. Pour déterminer le montant à payer le crédit le moins élevé est converti dans la monnaie du pays qui présente l’avoir le plus élevé, et est déduit de ce dernier. Cette conversion s’effectue d’après lamoyenne du cours de change A New York, pendant le trimestre auquel appartient le compte, si le solde est au crédit de la Suisse, et 877d’après la moyenne du cours de change à Berne pendant le dit tri-mestre, s’il est au crédit de l’Administration des postes des Etats Unis. 2. L’administration qui doitStatement of rate of exchange. effectuer le paiement transmet à l’autre Administration dans le délai de cinq jours au plus, après l’expiration du trimestre, un état certifié du cours de change de chaque jour ouvrable du trimestre. Article 12. Lorsque, dans le courant d’unPayments on account, in advance, when made. trimestre, il est constaté que le montant des mandats tirés sur l’une des deux Administrations excède de cinq mille dollars ou vingt-cinq mille francs le montant des man-dats tirés sur l’autre Administration cette dernière envoie à la pre-mière le montant approximatif de la différence constatée en somme ronde, titre de paiement à compte, au moyen d’une lettre de change et aux conditions prévues par l’article 10. Article 13. 1. Le mode et les conditions deForm and conditions of issue and payment of postal orders. l’émission des mandats-poste dans chacune des deux pays, sont soumis aux dispositions en vigueur dans le pays expéditeur. 2. Le mode, aussi bien que les conditions de paiement des man-dats-poste, y compris celles se rap-portant à la suspension du paiement, le renouvellement des man-dats, l’émission de duplicata, et les autres formalités ayant trait au paiement, sont soumis aux dispositions en vigueur dans le pays de destination. Article 14. 1. Chacune des deux AdministrationsRight of suspension of issue. est autorisée à suspen-dre, temporairement le service d’é-change des mandats-poste, toutes les fois que le cours de change on d’autres circonstances pourraient donner lieu à des abus, ou porter préjudice aux recettes. 2. Avis de toute mesure de cetteNotice of suspension of issue. nature sera immédiatement donné à l’autre Administration, au besoin, par voie télégraphique. 878 Article 15. Les Administrations des postes des deux pays sont compétentes pour arrêter d’un commun accord les dispositions de détail nécessaires à l’exécution do la présente convention , et de les modifier, en tout temps, selon les exigeances du service, moyennant entente réciproque. Article 16. 1. La présente convention sera mise à exécution le premier Janvier 1882. Elle restera en vigueur jusqu’à l’expiration d’une armée à compter du jour auquel l’une des deux Administrations aura notifié à l’autre son intention do faire ces-ser ses effets. 2. Seront abrogés dès le jour de la mise à exécution de la présente convention celle du 12 Octobre 1867, de même que l’article additionnel du 23 Février 1872. Fait en double expédition et signé à Berne le dix-huit Octobre mil huit cent quatre-vingt-un et à Washington le tren te Novembre mil huit cent quatre-vingt-un. Le Directeur général des postes Suisses
(Sig)ED. HÖHN. Ratifié la présente convention conformément à l’autorisation du Conseil fédéral, du 1, Novembre 1881. Berne, le 4 Novembre 1881. Le Conseiller fédéral Chef du Departement des Postes et Chemins de fer.
(Sig)BAVIER. I hereby approve the foregoing Convention, and in testimony thereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed.
(Sig)CHESTER A. ARTHUR. [Seal of the United States.] By the President. (Sig.) James G. Blaine *Secretary of State*. Washington, *December 2nd*, 1881. October 18, 1881 November 30, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 879 879 CONVENTION—SWITZERLAND. Oct. 18, Nov. 30, 1881. *Regulations of Detail, Dorms, and Order for the execution of the convention for the exchange of Postal Money Orders between the United States and Switzerland, concluded October* 18, *and November* 30, 1881. Detailed regulations, for the execution of the Convention concluded between the Postal Administration of the United States of America, and that of Switzerland, concerning the exchange of postal orders of the 18th of October and 30th of November 1881. In pursuance of the terms of Article 15 of the Convention of the 18th of October and 30th of November, 1881, concerning the exchange of postal order's, and in lieu of the Regulation of the 2nd and 26th July 1869 and of the provisions supplementary thereto of the 23rd of February 1872, the undersigned have agreed upon the following rules of action: Article 1. In conformity with Article 1 of the Convention the money-order office at Basle is designated as the Exchange Office on the part of Switzerland, and the international money-order office at New York, as the Exchange Office on the part of the United States. Article 2. For the lists by means of which the Exchange Offices are, in accordance with Article 1 of the convention to notify each other of the orders to be paid, the money-order office at Basle shall make use of form “A” hereto annexed, and the international money-order office at New York, of the form “B” hereto annexed. Article 3. 1. The lists are to be filled out in accordance with their printed headings with copying ink, which is also to be used in completing the letter of transmittal upon the first page thereof, and they are to be transmitted in duplicate by each outgoing mail, that is to say, by all 880 mails fixed by schedule which are conveyed between the offices of Basle and of New York. Should ¡¿happen, at the time of dispatching any mail that there are no money-orders to be certified for payment, a list must, nevertheless be sent in that mail. But in such event the dispatching Exchange Office will write across the list, the words: “No money-orders.” 2. Lists to be numbered consecutively. The lists shall bear consecutive numbers, commencing with the calendar year and ending with it. 3. Orders, entry of, on lists. The orders inscribed in the lists shall also be consecutively numbered, the series of numbers to commence with each month on the part of Switzerland, and with each calendar year on the part of the United States. 4. Supplementary lists. The orders issued in the United States during the Quarter ending June 30th of each year, which may arrive at the Office of Exchange at New York in the following quarter, shall be entered on lists supplementary to the last list of the month of June, and, in like manner, the orders issued in Switzerland during the quarter ending June 30th of each year which may arrive at the Exchange Office of Basle in the following quarter shall be entered on lists supplementary to the last list of the month of June. Article 4.Verification of lists. Each list is to be carefully examined by the receiving office, and, if the latter finds that it contains Errors.manifest errors it will correct them with red ink. That office will then fill up the columns intended for its use and return one of the copies of the list to the sending office. In the letter of transmittal of the next list which it has to send, the receiving office above mentioned will acknowledge the receipt of the list in question to the office which sent it. The corrections made are always to be mentioned with explanations at the end of the letter of transmittal. 881 Article 5. When the list contains errors or Irregularities which cannot be corrected without consultation with the Exchange Office of the country of origin, the Exchange office of the country of destination shall request explanations from the sending exchange Office at the same time that it acknowledges the receipt of the list. The explanations requested are to be furnished as promptly as possible. Meantime the payment of orders in regard to which errors have been discovered is to be suspended. Article 6. If it appears from the number of the list received that the preceding list has failed to arrive, the receiving office shall apply for such list by the first mail. The sending office, as soon as it is informed of the matter shall send, forthwith a duplicate of the missing list. Article 7. For the orders entered in the lists, the two Exchange Offices shall issue inland postal orders in accordance with the regulations in force in the premises in the country of destination,and with the provisions of Article 13 of the Convention. Article 8. 1. For the quarterly account provided for by Article 9 of the convention the Swiss Postal administration shall make use of form “C” hereto annexed. 2. This account is to be made out upon the basis of the lists accepted or corrected by 1 he receiving Offices of Exch ange. It is al way s to be prepared promptly, and transmitted to the Postal Administration of the United States as soon as all the lists from the international money-order office of New York bearing date of the quarter to which it pertains shall have reached the money-order office of Basle, and all the duplicates of the lists of the same quarter dispatched by the latter office, shall have been returned to it from New York. If it be possi-882ble, this account is to be transmitted by the Swiss Postal administration, to that of the United States at t lie la test within six weeks after the close of the quarter. Article 9. 1. Notice of payment to be given. The Postal Administration of the country of origin shall be duly notified of all orders which shall Repayment to remitters amount of unpaid orders.not have been paid to the respective payees in the country of destination, within one year after the date of the receipt of the list, and, after an agreement shall have been reached in regard to these orders they shall be entered in the quarterly accounts, in order that the amounts thereof may be restored to the remitters in conformity with Article 9 of the Convention. 2. In like manner, there shall be embraced in this account, postal orders, application for repayment of which has been made to, and permission therefor received from, the country of destination in conformity with Article 9 of the convention. Article 10. 1. Triplicate accounts. The quarterly account is always to be transmitted in triplicate to the Postal Administration of the United States. If this account shows a balance in favor of the Swiss Postal Administration two copies shall be returned to the latter, bearing an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the balance. In case the balance is in favor of the Postal Administration of theUnited States, the latter will retain two copies, and send back but one. 2. Payment of balances to be acknowledged. When the balance, found to be due the Swiss Postal Administration shall have been paid, the latter will affix its acknowledgment of receipt to one of the two copies, which have been returned to it,and will send it back as a voucher to the Postal Administration of the United States of America. 3. In case the balance is in favor of the latter, it will, on receipt of the amount of such balance, affix its acknowledgment of receipt to one of the two copies of the account, which it has retained, and will transmit the same, as a voucher, to the Swiss Office. 883 Article 11. Payments of balances and payments on account made in pursuance of Articles 10 and 12 of the Convention, are to be effected by means of bills of exchange, which, when the balance is in favor of the Swiss Postal Administration, are to be drawn on Basle, payable to the Director General of Posts at Berne. When the balance is to the credit of the Postal Administration of the United States, the bills of exchange are to be drawn upon New York, payable to the Postmaster General at Washington. Article 12. 1. For the purpose of balancing the quarterly account the conversion of one money into the other shall be made in compliance with the terms of Article 11 of the convention. To that end the debtor Administration shall forward to the creditor Administration a certified tabular statement of the rates of exchange at Berne or at New York, as the case may be, quoted each business day during the preceding quarter. 2. For the said “Tabular statement” the Swiss Office will use form “D” hereunto annexed, entering thereon the quotations of Bid and Asked made at Berne for “sight” exchange on New York as published by the “Union of Bernese Banks.” The Office of the United States of America will use form “E” hereunto annexed, stating thereon the lowest and highest quotations made at New York for “sight” exchange on Switzerland and published by the “New York Journal of Commerce.” 3. The average rate for the quarter shall then be established and serve as a basis for the conversion of the smaller sum into money of the other Administration by dividing the totals of the columns headed “Bid” and “Asked” and the totals of the columns headed “Lowest” and “Highest” by the number of quotations; the two averages thus obtained are then to be added and the half of this sum shall represent the average rate for the quarter. 884 Article 13. Intermediary services.The Swiss Postal Administration undertakes to serve as intermediary for the exchange of postal orders from the United States to be paid in any European Country with which that Administration maintains an exchange of Postal orders, and with which the postal Administration oftheUnited States does not have such exchange, as well as for the exchange of orders from any such European country destined for payment in the United States. Article 14. Regulations for intermediary service.Orders from the United States of America for the countries in question are to be entered by the international money-order office of New York upon the lists of Basle with an exact statement of names and localities, in the same manner as if they were destined for Switzerland, and the Exchange Office at Basle will issue for them international orders, in the same manner as if they bad originated at Basle, but under the condition of a deduction from the amounts entered in the lists of the ordinary fee for such orders. A list of the fees charged in such cases shall be furnished to the Postal Administration of the United States. Article 15. Article 14.As regards the orders in transit through Switzerland from other Countries for the United States of America, these orders are to be entered upon the lists for New York in the same manner as if they had been issued in Switzerland, and the Exchange Office of New York will treat them in the same manner as Swiss orders. Article 16. Supplementary to Article 9. ’In addition to the claims mentioned in article 9 concerning the repayment of orders, the two Administrations agree to take charge of other claims in relation to orders exchanged between Switzerland and the United States; Special claims.for example, in regard to changes of name, places of payment, requests 885 for information concerning payments which have been made, etc., and to dispose of them in accordance with the regulations in force in each country respec lively. Article 17. 1. The present Detailed regulations shall take effect at the same time as the Convention of the 18th of October and 30th of November 1881, and shall continue in force as long as the latter. 2. When these Regulations shall take effect, those of the 2nd and 26th July 1860, as well as the Articles supplementary thereto of the 23 February 1872, shall be obligated. Done in duplicate and signed at Berne the eighteenth day of October 1881, and at Washington the thirtieth day of November 1881.
(Sig)FRANK HATTON *Acting Postmaster General of the United States*. [Seal of the Post Office Department of the United States] Règlement de détail et d’ordre pour l’exécution delà convention conclue entre l’Administration des postes des Etats Unis d’Amérique et celle de la Suisse, concernant l’échange demandats-poste du 18 Octobre et 30 No-vembre 1881. En exécution des dispositions dePreamble. l’article 15 de la convention du 18 Octobre et 30 Novembre 1881, sur l’échange des mandats-poste, et en remplacement du règlement des 2 et 26 Juillet 1869 et des dispositions supplémentaires du 23 Fé-vrier 1872, les soussignés sont con-venus des mesures d’exécution sui-vantes: Article 1. Conformément à l’article 1er de laExchange officers designated. Convention, le bureau des mandats de Bâle est désigné comme bureau d’échange de la part de la Suisse, et le bureau international des man-dats de New York, comme bureau d’échange pour les États-Unis. Article 2. Pour les listes an moyeu desquellesLists. les bureaux d’échange, ont, àteneur de l’article 1er de la Convention à se communiquer réciproquement les mandats à payer, le bureau des mandats de Bâle se sert du for-mulaire “A,” ci-annexé, et le bureauForm “A.” international des mandats de New York du formulaire “B” éga-lementForm “B.” ci-annexé. Article 3. 1. Les listes sont remplies conformémentLists, dispatch of. aux indications imprimées, au moyen d’encre à copier, dont on se servira également pour com-pléter la lettre de transmission qui se trouve à la première page, et elles sont transmises en duplicata par chaque dépêche partante, c’est- 880 à-dire, par toutes les dépêches qui sont échangées entre les bureaux de Bâle et de New York conformément an tableau y relatif. S’il arrive, qu’au moment d’expédier une dépêche il n’y a pas de mandats, poste à aviser pour paiement, la liste n’en est pas moins envoyée par cette dépêche. Dans ce cas-toutefois, l’office d’échange expé-diteur écrit en travers de la liste, ces mots: “No money-orders.” (Point de mandats-poste.) 2. Les listes portent des numéros d’ordre consécutifs, commençant avec l’année ordinaire et finissant avec elle. 3. Les mandats inscrits sur les listes sont numérotés consécutivement, les séries de numéros com-mençant chaque mois de la part de la Suisse, et chaque année ordi-naire de la part des Etats Unis. 4. Les mandats émis dans les Etats Unis pendant le trimestre ex-pirant au 30 Juin de chaque année, et qui parviennent au bureau d’é-change de New-York dans le cou-rant du trimestre suivant, sont com-prisdans des listes supplémentaires de la dernière liste du mois de J uin, de même les mandats consignés eu Suisse pendant le tri mestre expirant le 30 Juin de chaque année, qui par-viennent au bureau d’échange de Bâle dans le courant du trimestre suivant sont compris dans des listes supplémentaires à la dernière liste du mois de Juin. Article 4. Chaque liste est vérifiée soi-gneusement par l’office réception-naire, et si ce dernier y constate des erreurs manifestes, il les corrige à l’encre rouge. Cet office remplit en suite les colonnes à lui réservées, et renvoie l’un des exemplaires de la liste au bureau expéditeur. Dans la lettre de transmission de la pro-chaine liste qu'il a à expédier le bureau réceptionnaire sus-mentionné accuse réception de la liste en question au bureau qui l’a expédiée. Les corrections faites doivent toujours être mentionnées avec explications à la fin de la let-tre de transmission. 881 Article 5. Lorsqu’une liste contient desCorrection of errors and irregularities, how made. erreurs ou irrégularités qui ne peu-vent être corrigées sans que le bureau d’échange du pays de destination ait consulté le bureau d’é-change du pays d’origine, ce premier réclame les renseignements néces-saires du bureau d’échange expé-diteur, en même temps qu’il accuse réception de la liste respective. Les renseignements demandés doi-ventêtre fournis aussi promptement que possible. En attendant, le paiement des mandats, au sujet des-quels des erreurs ont été relevées est suspendu. Article 6. S’il résulte du numéro d’une listeFailure of lists to arrive. reçue que la liste précédente n’est pas parvenue, le bureau réception-naire réclame cette listeparpremier courrier. Le bureau expéditeur dès qu’il a reçu avis du cas, envoie de suite un duplicata de la liste manquante. Article 7. Pour les mandats portés sur lesInland postal orders. listes les deux bureaux d’échange établissent des mandats-poste in-ternes, qui sont régis par les dispositions en vigueur dans le pays de destination, et par celles de l’article 13 de la convention. Article 8. 1. Pour le compte trimestrielAccounts and accounting. prévu ]ar l’article 9 de la convention l’Administration des postes suisses se sert du formulaire “C”Form “C.” ci-annexé. 2. Ce compte est établi sur la base des listes acceptées, soit rec-tifiées par les bureaux d’échange réceptionnaires le plus promptement possible, et transmis à l’Ad-ministrai ion des Etats-Unis aussi-tôt que tontes les listes du bureau international des mandats à New-York, portant la date du trimestre en cause sont parvenues au bureau des mandats de Bâle, et que tous les duplicata des listes du même trimestre, expédiées par ce dernier bureau lui ont été renvoyées de New York. Autant que possible ce compte est expédié par l’Admi- 882 nistration des postes suisses à celle des États-Unis au plus tard dans les six semaines qui suivent l’expiration du trimestre. Article 9. 1. L’Administration des postes du pays d’origine est dûment avisée de tous les mandats qui n’ont pas été payés à. leur bénéficiaire, dans le pays de destination, dans le délai d’un an à partir du jour de la réception de la liste. Après que les deux Administrations se sont mises d'accord à leur égard, ces mandats sont compris dans les comptes trimes-triels, afin que leur montant soit restitué àleurexpéditeur, conformément à ce que prescrit l’article 9, de la convention. 2. De même, on comprend d.ins ce compte les mandats dont la restitution a été réclamée et autorisée par le pays de destination, conformément à ce que prescrit l’article 9 de la convention. Article 10. 1. Le compte trimestriel doit tou-jours été transmis en triple expédition à l’Administration des postes des Etats Unis. Si ce compte pré-sente un solde en faveur de l’Ad-miuistrafion des postes suisses, il en est renvoyé à celle-ci deux expé-ditions, munies de l’acceptation du résultat. Dans le cas où le solde est en faveur de l’Administration des postes des Etats Unis, celle ci re-tient deux expéditions et n’eu ren-voie qu’une seule. 2. Lorsque le solde dû à l’Administration des postes suisses a été payé, celle-ci appose son accusé de réception sur l’une des deux expéditions qui lui ont été renvoyées et la renvoie à titre de quittance à l’administration des postes des Etats Unis d’Amérique. 3. Dans le cas où le solde est en faveur de cette dernière, elle joint dès qu’elle a reçu le montant que comporte ce solde, son accusé de réception â l’une des deux expéditions du compte qu’elle a retenues, et la transmet, comme quittance, à l’Administration Suisse. 883 Article 11. Les paiements de soldes et d’a-comptesPayment on account pending settlements. prévus par les articles 10 et 12 de la Convention sont effec-tués au moyen de lettres de change, qui, lorsque le solde est en faveur de l’Administration des postes suisses sont tirées sur Bâle payables au Directeur Général des postes à Berne. Lorsque le solde est au crédit de l’Administration des postes des Etats Unis, les lettres de change sont tirées sur New York, payable au Maître Général des postes à Washington. Article 12. 1. Pour obtenir le solde duBasis for ascertainment of balances, &c. compte trimestriel, la conversion d’une monnaie d’ans l’autre se fait conformément aux dispositions de l’article 11 de la Convention. À cet effet l’administration débitrice transmet à l’administration crédi-trice un état tabulaire certifié desStatement of rate of exchange. cours du change à Berne ou à New York, suivant le cas, cotés pendant tous les jours ouvrables du trimestre précédant. 2. Pour le dit “état tabulaire” d’office de Suisse se servira de la formule “D,” ci-jointe, en y inscri-vantForm “D.” les cotes à vue, offre et de-mande faites à Berne pour New-York et publiées par “l’Union des banques bernoises.” L’office des États Unis d’Amérique utilisera la formule “E” ci-annexée, en y ex-posantForm“E.” les cotes à vue, offre et de-mande faites à New York pour la Suisse, et publiées par “The New York Journal of Commerce.” On établira le cours moyen duAverage rate of exchange, how computed. trimestre qui servira de base pour la conversion de la somme moins élevée dans la monnaie de l’autre Administration, en divisant le total, tant des offres que des de-mandes parle nombre des annotations; en suite on additionnera les deux moyennes obtenues et on prendra la moitié du total qui re-présentera ainsi le cours moyen du trimestre. 884 Article 13. L’administration des postes suisses se charge de servir d’intermédiaire pour la transmission de fonds des États Unis dans les pays de l’Europe avec lesquels cette administration échange des mandats-poste, niais avec lesquels l’Administration des postes des États Unis n’entretient pas un échange de cette nature; de même que pour l’envoi de fonds de l’un de ces pays de l’Europe aux États Unis. Article 14. Les mandats des Etats Unis d’Amérique pour les pays en question sont portés par le bureau international des mandats à New York sur les listes pour Bâle, avec l’indication exacte des noms et lo-calités, de la même manière que si ces mandats étaient à destination de la Suisse, et le bureau d’échange de Bâle émet pour ces envois des mandats internationaux de la même manière que s’ils étaient originaire de Bâle, mais à la condition de déduire du montant inscrit sur les listes, le droit ordinaire fixé pour ces mandats. Une liste in-diquant les droits prélevés dans ce cas sera fournie à l’Administration des postes des Etats Unis. Article 15. En ce qui concerne les mandats en transit par la Suisse provenant d’autres pays et à destination des Etats Unis d’Amérique, ils sont portés pour New-York de la même manière que s’ils avaient été consignés en Suisse, et le bureau d’échange de New York les traite de la même manière que les man-dats suisses. Article 16. Abstraction faite des léclamations mentionnées à l’article 9, con-cernant le remboursement de mandats-poste, les deux Administrations conviennent de se charger des autres réclamations relatives aux mandats échangés entre la Suisse et les Etats Unis; par ex-empie, en ce qu i regarde les change-885ments de noms, les lieux de paiement, les demandes d’information sur des paiements effectués etc., et de les traiter conformément aux règlements en vigueur dans chacun des deux pays. Article 17. 1. Iæ présent règlement de détailCommencement. entrera en vigueur en même temps que la convention du 18 Octobre et 30 Novembre 1881. Il aura la mêmeDuration. durée que cette convention. 2. A partir du jour de l’entrée enAbrogation of regulations of July 2, 26, 1869, and Article of February 23, 1872. ' vigueur du présent règlement, celui des 2 et 26 Juillet 1869, de même que les Articles supplémentaires du 23 Février 1872 seront abrogés. Fait en double expédition etsignéDate. à Berne le 18 Octobre 1881, et à Washington le 30 Novembre 1881. Le Directeur général des Postes suisses.Signatures
(Sig)ED. HÖHN. Ratifié le présent Règlement. Berne le 4. Novembre 1881. Le Conseiller fédéral Chef du Département des Postes et chemins de fer.
(Sig)BAVIER. 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 C Account of the exchange of money-orders between Switzerland and the United States of America during the Quarter ending .............. 188.... Orders issued in Switzerland Orders Issued in the United States Number of List Date of List International numbers of the orders Total amounts of the Lists Number of List Date of List International numbers of the orders Total amounts of the Lists From To $ C From To Frs Ces Transport Transport … 893 Orders issued in Switzerland Orders Issued in the United States Number of List Date of List International numbers of the orders Total amounts of the Lists Number of List Date of List International numbers of the orders Total amounts of the Lists From To $ C From To Frs Ces Transport Transport Total Total Less amount of invalid orders Less amount of invalid orders Balance Balance 894 Orders issued in Switzerland Orders Issued in the United States Number of List Date of List International numbers of the orders Total amounts of the Lists Number of List Date of List International numbers of the orders Total amounts of the Lists From To $ C From To Frs Ces s Total Total 895 896 897 Jour. Offre. Demande. Offris. Demande. Offre. Demande. Valeur d'un dollar en Centimes et huitièmes de Centime. Centimes. huit. Centimce. huit. Centimes. huit. Centimes, huit. Centimes. huit. Centimes. huit. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 10. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. Nombre des Cotes. 898 899 Day ... ... ... Lowest. Highest. Lowest. Highest. Lowest. Highest. Value of one dollar in centimes and eighths of a centime. Centimes. Eighths. Centimes. Eighths. Céntimes. Eighths. Céntimes. Eighths. Centimes. Eighths. Centimes. Eighths. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 10 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Number of quotations. Oct. 29, 1881 Dec. 6, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 900 900 CONVENTION—NEW SOUTH WALES. Oct. 29, Dec. 6, 1881. *Contention between the Post Office Department of the United States of America and the General Post Office of the Colony of New South Wales, Australia, concerning the exchange of money orders. Done in duplicate and signed in Washington December* 6, 1881, *and in Sidney October* 29, 1881.Oct. 29 and Dec. 6, 1881. Contracting parties. 'The Post Office Department of the United States of America and the General Post Office of the Colony of New South Wales, Australia, being desirous of establishing a system of exchange of money-orders between the two countries, the undersigned, duly authorized for that purpose, have agreed upon the following Articles: Article 1. ExchangeofPostal money-orders.There shall be a regular exchange of money orders between the two countries. Maximum of orders.The maximum of each order is fixed at £10 sterling, when issued in New South Wales, and when issued in the United States, at the equivalent, in sterling money, of $50 in the money of the latter country, converted at the rate fixed by Article 13 of the present Convention. Fractions excluded.No money order shall include a fractional part of a penny, or, of a cent. Amounts of orders, how expressed.The amount of each order, whether issued in the United States or in New South Wales, must be expressed in letters in British money, and the equivalent in the money of the United States must also be shown in figures. Article 2. Commissions.The New South Wales Post Office shall have power to fix the rates of commission on all money orders issued in New South Wales, and the Post-Office Department of the United States shall have the same power in regard to all money orders issued in the United States. Charges, notice of rates to be given.Each Office shall communicate to the other its tariff of charges, or rates of commission, which shall be established under this Convention, and these rates shall, in all cases, be payable in advance by the remitters, and shall not be repayable. Temporary suspension authorized.It is understood, moreover, that each Office is authorized to suspend, temporarily, the exchange of money orders, in case the course of exchange, or any other circumstance should give rise to abuses, or, cause detriment to the postal revenue. Article 3. Per centum of commissions to be paid.Each country shall keep the commission charged on all money orders within its jurisdiction, but shall pay to the other country three fourths of one per cent, on the amount of such orders. Article 4. Offices of exchange designated.The service of the Postal money order system between the two countries, shall be performed exclusively by the agency of Offices of exchange. On the part of the United States the Office of Exchange shall be San Francisco, California, and on the part of New South Wales, Sydney. Orders.Orders shall be drawn only on the authorized money order offices of the respective countries; and each Postal Administration shall furnish to the other a List of such offices, and shall, from time to time, notify Lists.any addition to, or change in such list. Every order and advice must 901 contain the name of the office and of the country of destination, and if relating to an order payable in the United States, the name of the StateAdvices. in which each office is situated. Article 5. No money-order shall be issued unless the applicant furnish the nameIssue of orders. and address of the person to whom the amount is to be paid and his own name and address; or the name of the firm, or company who are the remitters or payees, together with the addresses of each. The money-orders issued in either country, shall be forwarded by the remitters to the payees at their own expense. Article 6. The advices of all money-orders issued upon New South Wales by theAdvices. post offices in the United States shall be sent to the Office of Exchange at San Francisco, where they shall be impressed with a dated stamp (Form “A”) showing the amount to be paid in Sterling money, andForm “A.” transmitted, by the next direct mail, to the Exchange Office at Sydney, accompanied by a List,in duplicate, drawn upon the model of Form “B.”Form “B.” The advices, on their arrival in Sydney, shall be compared with the entries in the List, and, afterwards dispatched to the paying offices. In like manner the advices of money-orders, drawn on the United States by postmasters in New South Wales, shall be sent to the exchange Office at Sydney, shall there be impressed with a dated stamp (Form “A”) showing the amount to be paid in United States money, and be dispatched accompanied by a List, in duplicate, (Form “C”) to the Office of Exchange at San Francisco by the next direct mail. The advices, on their receipt at San Francisco, shall be compared with the entries in the List, and afterwards dispatched to the paying offices. The advices of orders issued in the United States in the month ofSupplementary lists. June, which may arrive at the Office of Exchange at San Francisco in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on Lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of June, and in like manner, the advices of orders issued in New South Wales in the month of June, which may arrive at the Exchange Office at Sydney in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on Lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of June. Each Exchange Office shall certify its orders to the other in amountsOrders to be certified in the money of both countries.Rate of conversion (see Art. 13). designated in the denominations of the money both of the dispatching and receiving country, at the rate of conversion established by Article 13 of this Convention. The amounts, so converted, shall be checked at the receiving office of Exchange. Each Administration hereby undertakes and agrees to suspend theSuspension of issue of money-orders, etc. issue of money-orders a sufficient length of time before the sailing of each steamer which carries the Exchange Lists and advices, at those post offices in its own territory where such suspension may be necessary, in order to prevent the issue of orders which could he dispatched by the outgoing mail while the corresponding advices could not be certified by the Exchange Office in time to be conveyed by that mail. The Exchange Lists and the accompanying advices shall invariablyLists and advices, dispatch of. be sent by such steamers as carry the mails directly from San Francisco to Sydney, or from Sydney to San Francisco, as the case may be, and not via London in any event. Article 7. The Lists, dispatched from each Office of Exchange, shall be numberedLists to be numbered consecutively. consecutively, commencing with No. 1 at the beginning of the month of July in each year; and the entries in these Lists shall also have consecutive numbers. 902 Duplicates of list.Of each List dispatched a duplicate shall be sent, which duplicate, after being verified by the receiving Office of Exchange, shall be returned to the dispatching Office of Exchange. Errors and correction, notice to be given.Each Office of Exchange shall promptly communicate to the other the correction of any simple error, which it may discover in the verification of the Lists. When the Lists shall show irregularities, which the receiving exchange Office shall not be able to rectify, that Office shall apply for an explanation to the dispatching Exchange Office, and such explanation shall be afforded without delay. Lists, failure of, to arrive.Should any List fail to be received in due course, the dispatching Exchange Office, on receiving information to that effect, shall transmit, without delay, a duplicate of the List, duly certified as such. Article 8. Duplicate orders.Duplicate orders shall only be issued by the Postal Administration of the country, on which the original orders were drawn, and in conformity with the regulations established, or, to be established, in that country. Article 9. Local regulations to control payment.The orders, issued by each country on the other, shall be subject, as regards payment, to the regulations which govern the payment of inland orders of the country, on which they were drawn. Paid orders.The paid orders shall remain in the possession of the country of payment. Article 10. Repayment to remitters for unpaid orders.Repayment of orders to remitters shall not be made until an authorization for such repayment shall first have been obtained by the country of issue from the country where such orders are payable and the amounts of the repaid orders shall be duly credited to the former country in the quarterly account. (Article 12.) It is the province of each Postal Administration to determine the manner in which repayment to the remitters is to be made. Article 11. Orders unpaid twelve months void.Orders which shall not have been paid within twelve calendar months from the month of issue, shall become void, and the sums received shall accrue to, and be at the disposal of the country of origin. Accounts and accounting.The New South Wales Office shall, therefore, enter to the credit of the United States, in the quarterly account, all money-orders entered in the Lists received from the United States, which remain unpaid at the end of the period specified. (Article 12.) On the other hand the Post Office Department of the United States shall, at the close of each month, transmit to the New South Wales Office, for entry in the quarterly account, a detailed statement of all orders, included in the Lists dispatched from the latter Office, which under this Article become void. Article 12. Accounts to be rendered quarterly.At the close of each quarter an account shall be prepared at the General Post Office of New South Wales, showing in detail the totals of the Lists, containing the particulars of orders issued in either country during the quarter, and the balance resulting from such transactions. Three copies of this account shall be transmitted to the Post Office Department of the United States at Washington, and the balance, after proper verification, shall, if due by the General Post Office of New South Wales, be paid to the General Post Office, at London, to the 903 credit of the Post Office Department of the United States on account of the exchange of money orders between the United States and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland; if due by the Post Office Department of the United States, the balance shall likewise be paid toPayment of balances. the General Post Office at London, to the credit of the General Post Office of New South Wales. If pending the settlement of an account, one of the two Postal AdministrationsPayment on account pending settlement. shall ascertain that it owes the other a balance exceeding five hundred pounds (£500) sterling, the indebted Administration shall promptly remit the approximate amount of such balance to the credit of the other. This account shall be in accordance with the forms “D,” “E,” “F,”Forms “D,’’“E,” “F.” and “G,” annexed to this Convention. Article 13. Until the two Postal Administrations shall consent to an alteration,Equivalent value of the pound sterling. it is agreed that in all matters of account, relative to money-orders, which shall result from the execution of the present Convention, the pound sterling of Great Britain shall be considered as equivalent to four dollars, eighty seven cents of the money of the United States. Article 14. The Postal Administration in each country shall be authorized toAdditional rates. adopt any additional rules, (if not repugnant to the foregoing,) for the greater security against fraud, or, for the better working of the system generally. All such additional rules, however, must be promptly communicated to the Post Office of the other country. Article 15. The present Convention shall take effect on the first day of January,Commencement. 1882, and shall continue in force until twelve months after either of the contracting parties shall have notified to the other its intention to terminateTermination. it. Done in duplicate and signed in Washington on the sixth day of December,Date of execution. in the year of our Lord, 1881, and in Sydney on the twenty ninth day of October, in the year of our Lord, 1881. THOMAS L. JAMESSignatures., [Seal of the Post Office Department of the United States.] *Postmaster General of the United States*. F. B. SUTTER [Seal of General Post Office of New South Wales.] *Postmaster General of New South Wales*. I hereby approve the foregoing convention, and in testimony thereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [Seal of the United States] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President James G. Blaine, *Secretary of State*. Washington, *December 8th*, 1881 904 905 906 B. Blanks to be filled by the dispatching Exchange Office of San Francisco. For use of General Post Office Sydney. Current No of international order. No of original order. Date of original order. Office issuing original order. Office where payable Payee. Remitter. Amount of order in U.S. money. Amount of order in British money. Date of payment. Remarks. Name. Address. Name. $ c. £. c. d. 907 908 909 D. Amount of exchange of Money-Orders between the Colony of New South Wales and the United States, during the Quarter ended......................., 188. Orders issued by the Naw South Wales Office. Orders leaned by the United Stated Office. No. of List. Date of List Total amount of each List. No. of List. Date of List. Total amount of each List. £ c. d. £ c. d. 910 E Table showing the particulars of such orders as have been repaid to the remitters in the country of issue. Issued in New South Wales. Issued In the United States. No of List. Date of List No. of International Order. Amount of Order. No. of List. Date of List. No. of International Order. Amount of Order. £ c. d. $ c. $ c. £ c. d. To credit of New South Wales Office. To credit of U. S. Office 911 F Table showing the particulars of such orders as have become void. Issued in New South Wales. Issued In the United States. No of List. Date of List No. of International Order. Amount of Order. No. of List. Date of List. No. of International Order. Amount of Order. £ c. d. $ c. $ c. £ c. d. - To credit of New South Wales Office. To credit of U. S. Office 912 February 7, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 913 913 AGREEMENT—BELGIUM. February 7, 1882. *Agreement between the United States and Belgium for increasing the limits of weight and the dimensions of packets of patterns of merchandise exchanged through the post between the two countries. Signed at Washington, February 7th*, 1882,.February 7, 1882. The Post Office Department of the United States and the Postal Administration of Belgium, desiring to facilitate the postal relations between the two countries, and in exercise of the power given to them under Article XV of the convention of the Universal Postal Union concluded in Paris on the 1st June 1878, the undersigned, duly authorized by their respective Governments, Have agreed as follows: The limits of weight and the dimensions of packets of patterns of merchandise exchanged through the post between Belgium, on the one part, and the United States, on the other part, may be increased by the Postal Administration of tire country of origin beyond those which have been fixed by Article V of the International Convention of the 1st June 1878, under the express reservation that such limits shall not exceed the following: In weight 350 grammes. 30 cintemetres length In dimensions 20 cintemetres breadth 10 cintemetres depth The present Agreement shall take effect on the first day of April 1882. In witness whereof they have signed the present Agreement, and affixed their respective seals. Done in Duplicate at Washington tire 7th February, 1882. L’Office Général desContracting parties. Postes des États Unis et l’Administration des Postes de la Belgique, désirant fa-ciliter les relations postales entre les deux pays, et usant rie la facul-té qui leur est. laissée par l’Article XV de la Convention de l’Union Postale Universelle conclue à Paris le 1er Juin 1878, les soussignés dûment autorisés à cet effet par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, Sont convenus de ce qui suit: Les limites de poids et de dimensionsWeight and dimensions of packets exchanged through the post, increased. des paquets d’échantillons de marchandises échangés par la voie delà poste entre la Belgique, d’une part, et les États Unis, d’autre part, peuvent être portées par l’administration des Postes du pays d’origine au delà de. celles qui ont été fixées par l’Article V de la convention Internationale dn 1er Juin 1878, sous la réserve expresse que ces limites ne dépasseront pas, savoir: Pour le poids 350 grammes.Maximum weight. 30 cintemétres, en longneur. In dimensions 20 cintemétres, en largeur.Dimensions. 10 cintemétres, en épaisseur. Le present Arrangement sera ex-écutoire à partir du premier Avril 1882. En foi de quoi ils ont signé le présent Arrangement, et y ont ap-posé le cachet de leurs armes. Fait en double expédition à Washington le 7™“Février, 1882. [l. s.] TIM°. HOWE,Signatures. Postmaster-General of the United States. [l. s.] THRE, de BOUNDER de MELSEROECK, Envoye Extraordinaire et Ministre Plenipotentiare de S. M. Ie Boi des Beiges. I hereby approve the foregoing Agreement and in testimony thereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be affixed hereto. [l. s.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State*. Washington, *February 7th*, 1882. Feb. 10, 1882 Feb. 16, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 914 914 AMENDED ARTICLE—CANADA. February 10, 16, 1882. *Amended Article to replace Article* 2 *of the Additional Articles of Agreement of April* 28 *and May* 3, 1881, *between the United States of America and the Dominion of Canada*.Feb. 10, 16, 1882. Article 2 of agreements of April 28 mill May 3, 1881, replaced.In order to effectively protect the postal revenues of the United States from the evasive practices of persons or linns who seek to elude the postal laws and regulations of the United States by posting their publications in Canada, the undersigned, duly authorized by their respective governments, have agreed to replace Article 2 of the additional articles of agreement of April28May23 by the following Article: Prepayment of postage on printed matter.When newspapers, periodicals, and other printed matter, published or originating in the United States, or purporting to be published in the United States, or circulated on behalf of a person or firm doing business in the United States are posted in Canada for destinations in the United States, apparently to evade the postage rates or regulations applicable to such matter in the United States, the Canada Post Office may-require prepayment of the same to be made at a rate equivalent to the domestic postage chargeable thereon by the laws of the United States. The present Article takes effect immediately. In witness whereof the Postmaster General of the United States, and the Postmaster General of Canada have hereunto set their hands and affixed their seals at the date set opposite to each, respectively. [l. s.] TIMOTHY O. HOWE,Signatures. *Postmaster General of the United States*. Washington, *February 16th*, 1882. [l. s.] JOHN O’CONNER, *Postmaster General of Canada*. Ottawa, *February 10th*, 1882. I hereby approve the aforegoing amended article, and in testimony thereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. [l. s.] CHESTER A. ARTHUB. By the President: Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State*. Washington, *February 16th*, 1882. May 6, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 915 915 AGREEMENT—SPAIN. May 6, 1882. *Protocol of a conference between the Secretary of State awl the Spanish Minister for prolonging the term of the Spanish-American Claims Commission until January* 1, 1883; *signed and exchanged at Washington, May* 6, 1882.May 6, 1882. *Protocol of a conference between the Honorable Frederick T. Freling-huysen, Secretary of State of the United States, and. His Excellency Francisco Barca, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the King of Spain, held at the department of Stats in Washington on the sixth day of May, eighteen hundred and eighty two*. Mr. Frelinghuysen ¡landed to Mr. Barca the following paper, entitled “Article IX.” and said that it embodied the results of several preliminary conferences between himself and Mr. Barca relating to the prolongation of the Spanish-American Claims Commission until the first day of January next. Article IX. It being impossible for the Commission, in consequence of the death of the Arbitrator and of the Advocate on the part of the United States, to examine and decide within one year from the 12th of May, 1881, each and every claim which has been presented, it is agreed that the term aforesaid be extended to the 1st of January, 1883, for the sole purpose of permitting the commission to examine and decide the claims actually pending. And it is further agreed to this end 1st That no evidence in any case shall be received after the 15th day of June next. 2nd That no printed or written brief or argument before the Arbitrators shall be filed on behalf of any claimant after the 15th day of July 1882. 3rd That no printed or written 916brief or argument shall be filed in reply on behalf of Spain after the 15th day of September 1882. 4th That no oral arguments shall be heard by the Arbitrators after the 1st day of November 1882. 5th That no arguments either written or oral shall be made before the Umpire except on his written request addressed to the commission, specifying the time within which lie will hear or receive said arguments. 6th That the Arbitrators may establish hi accordance with the preceding stipulations convenient rules for the better and more rapid despatch of the business of the Commission, and any disagreement which may arise between them as to those rules or their interpretation, shall be decided by the Umpire. Decisions of arbitrators to be given before December 15, 1882.Decisions in every pending case shall be given by both Arbitrators before the 15th day of December next: jointly if they agree, separately when they disagree. Umpire.All cases in which on that day the two Arbitrators shall not have agreed, or in which neither Arbitrator shall have rendered a decision, shall go to the Umpire. Allowance and rejection of claims to be in the form, etc.All cases in which the American Arbitrator shall have failed to give a decision shall be rejected or allowed, as the case may be, in the form determined by the decision of the Arbitrator of Spain if the Spanish Arbitrator shall have, given a decision: and *vice-versa* all cases in which the Spanish Arbitrator shall have failed to give a decision shall be allowed or rejected, as the case may be, in the form determined by the decision of the American Arbitrator if the American Arbitrator shall have given a decision: it being the purpose of both parties to have the work of the Arbitrators finished before December 15, 1882, Decisions of the umpire to be rendered before January 1, 1883.The Umpire is requested to render decisions before January 1, 1883, in all cases submitted to him in order that the work of the Coin-mission may cease on that day. But if the Umpire fails to comply 917 with this request, decisions rendered by him after that day shall be respected by both parties, notwithstanding that the Commission shall be deemed to be terminated and dissolved after the 1st day of January, 1883. Mr. Barca observed that the Article as reduced embodied correctly the understanding between himself and Mr. Frelinghuysen. In testimony whereof we have interchangeably signed this protocol. FREDK. T. FRELINGHUYSEN. *Protocolo de una conferencia entreContracting parties. el Honorable Frederick T. Fre-linghuysen, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos, y el Exmo. Señor don Francisco Barca, En-viado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de S. M. el-Bey de España, celebrada en el de-partamento de Estado en Washington á seis de Mayo de mil ocho-cientos ochenta y dos*. Mr. Frelinghuysen entregó al Señor Barca el siguiente documento,Spanish-American Claims Commission. titulado “Artículo IX.” y dijo que en él se hallaba, compren-dido el resultado de varias con'ver-saciones preliminares que habían mediado entre él y el Señor Barca respecto de la proroga de la comisión de Arbitrage hispano americana, hasta el I° de Enero de 1883. Articulo IX. Siendo imposible que la comisión,Prolongation to January 1, 1883. á consecuencia del fallecimiento del Arbitro y del Abogado por parte de los Estados Unidos, examine y decida, en un año, A contar desde el 12 de Mayo de 1881, todas y cada una de las reclamaciones que han sido presentadas; se conviene en que el término citado se prorogue hasta el I° de Enero de L°83 con el •soloobjeto de que la comisión pueda examinar y decidir las reclama-ciones que actualmente se hallan pendientes; y, con este fin, se con-viene además en que: 1° No se recibirá prueba, algunaProcedure. en ningún caso, despues del 15 de Junio próximo. 2° Ningún argumento ó alegato, impreso ó escrito, dirigido á los Ar-bitros, será registrado por parte de reclamante alguno, despues del 15 de Julio de 1882. ' 3° No podrá ser registrado, como 916 contestación por parte de España, ningún alegato ó argumento, escrito ó impreso, después del 15 de Setiem-bre de 1882. 4° Ningún argumento verbal será-oido por los Arbitros después del I° de Noviembre de 1882. 5° No se hará ningún argumento tanto verbal como por escrito, ante el Tercero en discordia, excepto á petición escrita del mismo, dirigida á la Comisión, especificando el tiempo dentro del cual oirá ó reci-birá dichos argumentos. 6° Los Arbitros pueden estable-cer, de acuerdo con las estipula-ciones precedentes, reglas conve-nientes para el mejor y mas rápido despacho de los negocios de la Comisión; y cualquier desacuerdo que entre ellos se suscite sobre est as reglas ó su interpretación, será de-cidido por el Tercero en discordia. Las decisiones en todos los caros pendientes, serán dadas por los dos Árbitros antes del 15 de Diciembre próximo: juntamente, si se hallan de acuerdo, y por separado, si hay desacuerdo. Todos los casos en los cuales, en el dia citado, no haya acuerdo enf re los arbitros, así como todos aquellos en que ninguno de los Arbitros haya dado una decisión, pasarán, el mismo dia 15 de Diciembre, al Tercero en discordia. Todos los casos en los cuales el Arbitro americano no haya dado decisión, serán rechazados ó ad-mitidos, según sea el caso, en la forma determinada-por la decisión del Arbitro de España, si éste hu-biese dado una decisión: y *vive versa*, todos los casos en los cuales el Arbitro por España no haya dado decisión, serán admitidos ó rechaza-dos, según sea el caso, en la forma determinada por la decisión del Ár-bitro délos Estados Unidos, si este hubiese dado una decisión: siendo el propósito de ambas partes el de que los trabajos de los Arbitros hayan terminado antes del 15 de Diciembre de 1882. El Tercero en discordia es rogado para que en todos los casos que se le sometan, dé sus decisiones antes del I° de Enero de 1883, á fin de que los trabajos de la Comisión cesen ese dia; pero si el Tercero en 917discordia dejára de cumplir este ruego, las decisiones que dé des-pués del dia citado serán respeta-das por ambas partes, no obstante tenerse por terminada y disuelta la Comisión desde el 1° de Enero de 1883. El Señor Barca observó que esteCommission to terminate January 1, 1883. artículo, tal como se halla redac-tado, contenia correctamente todo lo convenido entre él y Mr. Freling-huysen. En testimonio de lo cual hemos firmado este protocolo. FRANco BARCA.Signatures. July 15, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 918 918 CONVENTION—PORTUGAL. July 15, 1882. *Convention for the exchange of sums of money by means of postal orders between the United States and Portugal, Concluded at Washington, July* 15, 1882.July 15, 1882. The Government of the Republic of the United States of AmericaContracting parties. and the Government of his Majesty the King of Portugal and of the Algarves, being desirous of facilitating the exchange of sums of money between the two countries by making use of postal orders and availing themselves of the authority granted by Articles 13 and 15 of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union concluded at Paris on the 1st of June, 1878, the undersigned, Timothy O. Howe, Postmaster General of the United States of America, in virtue of the powers vested in him by law, and Viscount das Nogueiras, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of his Majesty the King of Portugal, in the name of his Government, and by virtue of the powers which he has formally presented to this effect, have agreed upon the following convention. Article 1. Sec. 1. There shall be a regular exchange of sums of money by meansScope. of postal orders between Portugal and the United States of America. Sec. 2. All the stipulations which are contained in this ConventionStipulations made applicable to Ilie Azores and to the Madeira Islands.Designation of localities for issue and payment of orders. with regard to Portugal are to be understood as applicable also to the Azores and to the Madeira Islands. Sec. 3. The Postal Administration of each of the two countries shall determine in regard to its own territory— *a.*— The localities where the orders in question can be issued. *b.*— The localities where such orders can be paid. Article 2. Sec. 1. The amount of the orders shall be collected from the re-nuttersPayments in gold coin, or, money of equal value; exception. and paid to the beneficiaries in gold coin or in other lawful money of equal value. Each one of the Postal Administrations may however receive for the issue and employ for the payment of money-orders any money of less value which is a legal tender in its own country, provided account be taken of the difference of value, when occasion arises. Sec. 2. The amount of each order shall not exceed—Maximum. *a.*— Fifty mile is when issued in the United States for payment in Portugal. *b.*— Fifty dollars when issued in Portugal for payment in the United States. The, Postal Administrations of the two countries may however, by mutual agreement, increase this maximum to ninety milreis and to one hundred dollars. Sec. 3. The amount of each order shall be expressed in the metallicRate of conversion. money of the country in which payment is to be made. For this purpose, the Postal Administration of the country of origin shall fix the rate of conversion of its own money into metallic money of the country of payment. ‘ Sec. 4. The right is reserved to each of the two contracting countriesRight to transfer, by endorsement, reserved. to declare transferable, within its territory, by means of endorsement, the ownership of postal orders originating in the other. 919 Article 3. Sec. 1. Each of the two contracting countries shall fix the rate ofSchedule of fees. fees to be collected from the remitters of money-orders issued therein for payment in the other country. This rate of fees shall not exceed one and one half per cent, upon the amounts constituting the divisions in the schedule of fees. Sec. 2. In addition to the fee mentioned in this Article no other charge, tax, commission, or impost shall be collected for the issue, transmission, distribution, or payment of money-orders, provided for in this Convention. Sec. 3. The country which issues the orders shall pay to the country on which they are drawn three, quarters of one per cent, computed upon the total value of those orders. Article 4. Orders issued in Portugal for payment in the United States shall notFractions excluded. contain a fraction of a cent, and those which are issued in the United States for payment in Portugal shall not contain a fraction of ten reis. Article 5. The service of the postal money-order system between the two countriesDesignation of exchange offices. shall be performed exclusively by the agency of offices of exchange. These offices shall be— *a.*— Lisbon, on the part of Portugal. *b.*— New York, on the part of the United States. Article 6. Sec. 1. Each Office of Exchange shall send, by every mail, to theList, and advices transmission of. other, a certified List, in duplicate, of the money-orders issued in its own country, since the last previous transmission, for payment in the other. Sec. 2. At the close of each Quarter, or, at the latest, within two monthsQuarterly accounts. after the expiration thereof, an account, in duplicate, shall be prepared and transmitted by the Administration of Mails, Telegraphs, and Lighthouses of Portugal to the Postal Administration of the United States. This account, having been accepted, shall be paid in the metallic moneyPayment of balances. of the creditor country by the indebted Postal Administration, within a limited time to be determined by mutual agreement. Sec. 3. For this purpose the smaller credit shall be converted into the money of the larger credit. Sec. 4. In case of the nonpayment of the balance of an account withinUnpaid balances to bear interest. the time specified, the amount of such balance shall be chargeable with interest from the date of the expiration of the stipulated period until the day of the transmission of the amount due. Such interest shall be computed at the rate of five per cent, per annum; and is to be entered in the accounts as a debit against the dilatory Administration. Article 7. Sec. 1. The sums received for the issue of money-orders remain theOut landing money-orders. property of the remitters until they shall have been duly paid to the beneficiaries or to the representatives of the latter. Sec. 2. Postal orders accrue to the country of origin when the amounts thereof have not been claimed by the payees within a period of time fixed by mutual agreement. Sec. 3. Repayment of orders to remitters shall not be made untilRepayment to remitters. an authorization for such repayment shall first have been obtained by the country of issue from the country where such orders are payable, and the amounts of the repaid orders shall be duly credited to the for- 920mer country in the quarterly account. It is the province of each Postal Administration to determine the manner in which repayment to the remitters is to be made. Under no circumstances can the fees paid for money-orders be refunded to the remitters thereof. Sec. 4. Duplicate orders shall only be issued by the Postal AdministrationDuplicate orders. of the country on which the original orders were drawn, and in conformity with the regulations established, or, to be established, in that country. Article 8. Each Administration is authorized, in extraordinary circumstancesSuspension. that would justify the measure, to suspend temporarily I Im money-order service, in whole or in part, upon condition of giving notice of such suspension immediately to the other country, and, if deemed necessary, by means of the telegraph. Article 9. The General Administration of Mails, Telegraphs, and Lighthouses, ofRegulations to be provided. Portugal, and the General Postal Administration of the United States are authorized to adopt by mutual agreement all measures, and to arrange all matters of detail, necessary to secure the execution of all the stipulations of the present Convention, Article 10. The present Convention shall take effect on the first day of January,Commencement. 1883, and shall continue in force until twelve months after either of the Termination.contracting parties shall have notified to the other its intention to terminate it. Article 11. The ratifications of the present Convention shall be exchanged prior Ratification.to the first day of December, 1882. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention and have affixed thereto their seals. Executed in duplicate and signed at .Washington the fifteenth day ofDate. July, 1882. [Seal of the Post Office Department of the United States.] TIM°. 0. HOWE, *The Postmaster General of the United States,Signatures. * [Seal of the Legislative of Portugal to the United States.] VISCONDE DAS NOGUEIRAS, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister* *Plenipotentiary of Portugal to the United Slates.* I hereby approve the foregoing Convention, and in testimony thereof i have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President. [Seal of the United States.] Fred’k T. Frelinghuysen. *Secretary of State.* Washington, *July 15th,* 1882. July 15, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 921 921 CONVENTION—PORTUGAL July 15, 1882. *Regulations of detail, forms and order for the execution of the Convention for the exchange of Postal Money Orders between the United States and Portugal, concluded at Washington, July* 15, 1882. DETAILED REGULATIONS. The undersigned, in pursuance of Article 9 of the Convention concluded between the United States and Portugal, on the fifteenth day o! July, 1882, for the exchange of sums of money by means of postal orders, have by mutual agreement, decided to adopt the following Regulations: Article 1. The Postal Ad mi nisi rations of the two countries shall communicateRates of conversion. to each other the tables of conversion which they shall have adopted for the conversion of money in pursuance of the provisions of the third section of Article 2 of the Convention, and also all alterations which may be made therein. Article 2. Any person in the United States desiring to remit to any part ofIssue of money-orders. Portugal a sum of money within the limits prescribed by the second section of Article 2 of the Convention, may pay it into any post-office of the former country authorized to receive sums payable in Portugal, and to pay orders for sums remitted from that country. The remitter shall give to the postmaster at such post-office the name and exact address of the person to whom the amount is to be paid in the country of destination, and also his own name and address. Any person in Portugal desiring’to remit to the United States a sum of money within the limits prescribed by the second section of Article 2 of the Convention, may pay it into any post office of the former country authorized to receive sums payable in the United States, giving at the same time his own name and address, and the name and exact address of the person to whom the amount is to be paid in the United States. The receiving post office in either country shall transmit, in accordanceNotification payment. with the rules established by its postal administration, due notice of ofsuch payment, by an internal money-order, or otherwise, to the dispatching exchange office. Article 3. Sec. 1. The lists by means of which the Exchange Office of New YorkLists. shall communicate to the Exchange Office of Lisbon the amounts deposited in the United States to be paid in Portugal, shall be in conformity with the model “A” annexed to the present Regulations. The lists byForm “A.” means of which the Exchange Office of Lisbon shall communicate to that of New York the amounts deposited in Portugal to be paid in the United States, shall follow the pattern “B” hereto annexed.Form “B.”Transmission of lists. Sec. 2. The lists described in this Article shall be regularly transmitted by every mail, even when there are no deposits to be communicated for payment. In such cases, the words “No Money Orders,” arc to be written transversely across the lists. Sec. 3. The lists transmitted by each of the two countries shall beLists to be consecutively numbered. consecutively numbered each year, commencing with Number 1, at the first of January, and terminating at the close of December. The entries in the lists shall also be consecutively numbered, commencing with Number 1 on the first of July in each year. Sec. 4. The orders issued in the United States during the quarterSupplementary lists. ’ ending June 30th of each year, which may arrive at the Office of Ex- 922change at New York in the following quarter, shall be entered on lists supplementary to the last list of the month of June, and in like manner the orders issued in Portugal during 1he quarter ending June 30th of each year, which may arrive at the Exchange Office of Lisbon in the following quarter, shall be entered on lists supplementary to the last list of the month of June. Article 4. Sec. 1. The Exchange Office, upon receipt of the lists shall proceedErrors and corrections. to verify them. Should errors be found the necessary corrections are to be made in red ink. Sec. 2. For the orders entered in the lists, the two Exchange OfficesInland postal-orders. shall issue inland postal orders in accordance with the regulations in force, in the premises, in the country of destination. Sec. 3. By the first mail forwarded after the receipt, of the lists, one Receipt of lists to be acknowledged.of them shall be transmitted to the dispatching office of exchange with a duly executed acknowledgment of receipt. Sec. 4. When.the lists shall show irregularities which the receivingIrregularities, adjustment of. exchange office shall not be able to rectify, that office shall demand an explanation from the dispatching exchange office, which shall give such explanation with as little delay as possible. Pending the receipt of the explanation, the issue of-inland money orders of payment relating to the entries found to be erroneous in the list should be suspended. Article 5. Orders shall be valid during a period of twelve months after the dateOrders Io be valid twelve mon lbs. of the issue thereof. Article 6. Sec. 1. Orders which shall not have been paid within a period of twelveVoid orders. months from the, date of the issue thereof shall be considered void, and the amount thereof shall be placed to the credit of the country of origin Form “C.”in the Quarterly Account. (Model “C.”) Sec. 2. For the execution of this stipulation, each of the two contractingForm “D.” countries shall make out a monthly statement (Model “D”) of orders originating in the other country, to which the provisions of this Article are applicable. This statement shall include orders of which repayment shall have been reclaimed by the remitters. Article 7. Sec. 1. For the Quarterly Account required by Article G of the ConventionQuarterly account, Form “C, prescribed for. a form shall be used in exact conformity with the pattern “U,” hereto annexed. Sec. 2. For the purpose of balancing this account, when the largerBasis for exchange of values. credit is in favor of Portugal the conversion mentioned in Section 3 of Article 6 of the Convention shall be made in accordance with the average, rate of exchange in New York during the quarter to which the account pertains. When the larger credit is in favor of the United States, the conversion shall be made in accordance with the average rate of exchange at Lisbon, during the same period. Sec. 3. For this purpose the debtor Postal Administration shall sendStatement of rates of exchange. to the creditor Administration within ten days after the expiration of each quarter, a statement of the changes in the rates of exchange, during that quarter. Sec. 4. The Postal Administration of the United States shall returnLimit for return of verified account. to Portugal a copy of the account in question, duly verified, within fifteen days, at the latest, after the receipt of the said account. Sec. 5. If the ascertained balance of the account is in favor of Portugal,Balances, remittance of. the Postal Administration of the United States, when it returns 923 the duplicate of that account, shall remit the amount of such balance by a bill of exchange upon Lisbon, to the order of the Director General of Mails, Telegraphs, and Lighthouses. If the balance is in favor of the United States, the administration of Mails Telegraphs, and Light houses, of Portugal shall remit the amount thereof by letter of exchange on New York to the order of the Postmaster General of the United States, fifteen days, at the latest, after the receipt of the account, with a verification of the account, made by the United States. Sec. 6. Whenever, in the interval between the quarterly statements,Payment on account pending settlements. it is found that one of the two countries owes the other a balance exceeding four thousand five hundred milreis, or five thousand dollars, the Postal Administration of the debtor country shall transmit, without delay, in a letter of exchange, the approximate amount of such balance. Sec. 7. All expenses attending the remittance of bills of exchange shall be at the charge of the debtor country.Expenses of remittance. Article 8. The present Detailed Regulations shall take effect at the same timeCommencement. as the Convention of the fifteenth of July, 1882, and shall continue in force asDuration. long as the latter. Done in duplicate, and signed at Washington, the fifteenth day of July, 1882. TIM°. O. HOWE. *The Post master General of the United States.Signatures. * [Seal of the office of the Department of the United States.] VISCONDE DAS NOGUEIRAS On behalf of the Director General of Posts, Telegraphs, and Light houses of Portugal. [Seal of the Legation of Portugal to the United States.] 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 July 29, 1882 Agreement 22 Stat. 934 934 AGREEMENT—MEXICO. July 29, 1882. *Agreement between the United States and Mexico establishing the reciprocalJuly 29, 1882. right to pursue savage Indians across the boundary line; concluded, signed, and exchanged at Washington July* 29, 1882. *Memorandum of an agreement entered into in behalf of their respective Governments, by Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and Matias Romero,Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Republic of Mexico, providing for the reciproca l crossing of the international boundary Une by the troops of the respective Governments in pursuit of savage Indians, under the conditions hereinafter stated.* Article I. It is agreed that the regular federal troops of the two Republics may reciprocally cross the boundary line of the two countries, when they are in close pursuit of a band of savage Indians, upon the conditions stated in the following articles. Article II. The reciprocal crossing agreed upon in Article I shall only occur in the unpopulated or desert parts of said boundary line. For the purposes of this agreement the unpopulated or desert parts are defined to be all those points which are at least two leagues distant from any encampment or town of either country. Article III. No crossing of troops of either country shall take place from Capitan Leal, a town on the Mexican side of the Rio Bravo, twenty Mexican leagues (52 English miles) above Piedras Negras, to the mouth of the Rio Grande. Article IV. The Commander of the troops which cross the frontier in pursuit935 of Indians, shall, at the time of crossing or before if possible, give notice of his march to the nearest military commander or civil authority of the country whose territory he enters. Article V. The pursuing force shall retire to its own territory as soon as it shall have fought the band of which it is in pursuit or have lost its trail. In no case shall the forces of the two countries, respectively, establish themselves or remain in the foreign territory for any time longer than is necessary to make the pursuit of the band whose trail they follow. Article VI. The abuses which may be committed by the forces which cross into the territory of the other nation shall be punished by the Government to which the forces belong, according to the gravity of the offense and in conformity to its laws, as if the abuses had been committed in its own territory, the said Government being further under obligation to withdraw the guilty parties from the frontier. Article VII. In the case of offenses which may be committed by the inhabitants of the one country against the foreign forces which may be within its limits, the Government of said country shall only be responsible to the Government of the other for denial of justice in the punishment of the guilty. Article VIII. This agreement shall remain in force for two years, and may be terminated by either Government upon four months’ notice to the other, to that effect. Article IX. As the Senate of the United States of Mexico has authorized the President of that Republic in accordance with paragraph III. letter B,936 Section III. of article 72nd of its Constitution, as modified on the 6th of November, 1874, to allow the passing of Mexican troops into the United States and of United States troops into Mexico, and the Constitution of the United States empowers the President of the United States to allow the passage without the consent of the Senate, this agreement does not require the sanction of the Senate of either country and will begin to take effect twenty days after this date. In testimony of which we have interchangeably signed this memorandum this 29th day of July, 1882, [Seal] FREDK. T. FRELINGHUYSEN. *Memorandum de un convenio cele-bradoContracting parties. en nombre de sus respectivos Gobiernos, por Frederick T. Fre-linghuysen, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de America, y Matías Romero, Enviado Extra-ordinario y Ministro Plenipoten-ciario de la República Mexicana, autorizando el paso reciproco de la línea divisoria internacional, de tropas de los respectivos Gobiernos, en persecución de indios salvages, con arreglo á las condiciones que se expresan mas adelante.* Artículo I. Se conviene en que las tropasScope. federales regulares de las dos Repúblicas pasen recíprocamente la línea divisoria entre los dos paises cuando vayan persiguiendo de eeiea una partida de indios salvages, con arreglo á las condiciones que se ex-presan en los artículos siguientes: Artículo II. El paso recíproco convenido enPlaces of crossing for troops designated. el artículo I no podrá hacerse sino por la parte despoblada y desierta de dicha línea divisoria. Para los efectos de este convenio se entien-den por partes despobladas ó de-siertas todos aquellos puntos dis-tantes por lo ménos dos leguas de cualquier campamento ó población de ambos países. Artículo III. El paso de tropas Restrictions.de uno ú otro país no podrá tener lugar desde Capitan Leal, población en el lado mexicano del Rio Bravo—á veinte leguas mexicanas (cincuenta y dos millas inglesas) rio arriba de Piedras Negras hasta la emboca-dura del Rio Grande. Artículo IV. El Gefe de las fuerzasCommander of troops to give notice of crossing, &c. que pasen la frontera en persecución de in- 935 dios, deberá, al cruzar la línea divi-soria, ó antes si fuere posible, dar aviso de su marcha al gefe militar ó á la autoridad civil mas inmedia-ta del país á cuyo territorio entra. Artículo V. La fuerza perseguidora se reti-rará á su país tan luego como haya batido la partida perseguida, ó per-dido su huella. En ningún caso podrán las fuerzas de los dos países, respectivamente, establecerse en el territorio extrangero, ni perma-necer en él mas tiempo que el nece-sario para hacer la persecución de la partida cuya huella sigan. Artículo VI. Los abusos que cometan las fuer-zas Punishment for abuses and offenses.que pasen al territorio de la otra nación, serán castigados, se-gún la gravedad de la ofensa y con arreglo á sus leyes, por el Gobierno de quien dependan, como si fuesen cometidos en su propio suelo, quedando siempre compro-metido el mismo Gobierno á retirar de la frontera á los culpables. Artículo VII. En los casos de delitos cometidos por los habitantes de un país contra la fuerza del otro que esté dentro de los límites del primero, el Gobierno de este país solo es responsable para con el otro Go-bierno por denegación de justicia en el castigo de los culpables. Artículo VIII. Este convenio permanecerá enDuration. vigor por dos años y podrá termi-narse por cualquiera de los dos *Post,* p. 125.Gobiernos mediante la notificación respectiva hecha al otro Gobierno, dada con cuatro meses de antici-pación. Artículo IX. Como el Senado de los EstadosConstitution al authorities. Unidos Mexicanos ha autorizado al Presidente de esa República, de conformidad con el párrafo III., letra 936 B, Sección III. del artículo 72 de su Constitución reformada el 6 de Noviembre de 1874, para permitir el paso de tropas mexicanas á los Estados Unidos, y de tropas de los Estados Unidos á México, y la Con-stitución de los Estados Unidos fa-culta al Presidente de los Estados Unidos para permitir el paso sin el consentimiento del Senado, este convenio no necesita la ratificación del Senado de uno ú otro de los países contratantes, y comenzará á tener efecto veinte dias contados desde esta fecha, En testimonio de lo cual hemos firmado recíprocamente este memo-rándum hoy 29 de Julio de 1882. [Seal] M. ROMERO.Signatures. August 31, 1882 September 19, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 937 937 AGREEMENT—SWITZERLAND. August 31, 1882. *Agreement between the United States and Switzerland for increasing theAugust 31, 1882 and September 19, 1882. limits of weight and the dimensions of packets of patterns of merchandise exchanged through the post between the two countries. Executed on the part of Switzerland August* 31, 1882, *and on the part of the United States September* 19, 1882. The Post Office Department of the United States and the Postal Administration of Switzerland, desiring to facilitate the postal relations between the two countries, and in exercise of the power given to them under Article XV. of the Convention of the Universal Postal Union concluded in Paris on the 1st June, 1878, the undersigned, duly authorized by their respective governments, Have agreed as follows: The limits of weight and the dimensions of packets of patterns of merchandise exchanged through the post between Switzerland, on the one part, and the United States, on the other part, may be increased by the Postal Administration of the country of origin beyond those which have been fixed by Article V. of the International Convention of the 1st June, 1878, under the express reservation that such limits shall not exceed the following: In weight ......... In dimensions. 350 grammes. { 30 centimetres, length. 20 centimetres, breadth. 10 centimetres, depth. The present Agreement shall take effect on the first day of October 1882, and shall be terminable at any time on a notice, by either office, of one year. In witness whereof the undersigned have executed the present Agreement. Done in duplicate at Berne on the 31st August, 1882, and at Washington on the 19th September, 1882. [SEAL] A. D. HAZEN, *Acting Postmaster General.* L’Office Général des Postes desContracting parties. Etats Unis et l’Administration des Postes de la Suisse, désirant facili-ter les relations postales entre les deux pays, et usant de la faculté qui leur est laissée par l’Article XV. de la Convention de l’Union Pos-tale Universelle conclue à Paris le 1er Juin, 1878, les soussignés, dû-ment autorisés à cet effet par leurs Gouvernements respectifs, Sont convenus de ce qui suit: Les limites de poids et de dimensionsLimits of weight and dimensions of packets of patterns of merchandise increased. des paquets d’échantillons de marchandises échangés par la voie de la poste entre la Suisse, d’une part, et les États Unis, d’autre part, peuvent être portées par l’Administration des Postes du pays d’origine au delà de celles qui ont été fixées par l’Article V. de la Convention Internationale du 1er Juin, 1878, sous la réserve expresse que ces limites ne dépasseront pas, sa-voir: Pour le poidsWeight. ......... Pour les dimen sions. 350 grammes. Dimensions. { 30 centimètres, en longueur. 20 centi mètres, en largeur. 10 centimètres, en énaisseur. Le présent Arrangement sera ex-écutoireCommencement, October 1, 1882. à partir du premier Octo-bre 1882, et se terminera moyen-nant Termination.un avertissement donné une année à l’avance par l’un on l’autre office. En foi de quoi les soussignés ont exécuté le présent Arrangement. Fait en double expédition à Berne le 31 Août, 1882, et à Washington le 19 Septembre, 1882. Par autorisation supérieure, le Di-Signaturerecteur Général des postes suisses, E. C. HÖHN. 938 I hereby approve the aforegoing Agreement, and in testimony thereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be affixed hereto.Signatures. [seal] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President Fred K. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State.* Washington, *September* 19ft, 1882. September 21, 1882 Protocol 22 Stat. 939 AGREEMENT—MEXICO. September 21, 1882. 939 *Protocol of an Agreement modifying Article VIII. of the “AgreementSept. 21, 1882. between the United States and Mexico establishing the reciprocal right to pursue Indians across the boundary line of July* 29, 1882;” *signed and exchanged at Washington, September* 21, 1882. Protocol of an agreement entered into in behalf of their respective Governments, by Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State of the United States of America, and Matias Romero, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Republic of Mexico, modifying article VIII. of the agreement signed in Washington, on the 29th of July, 1882, providing for the reciprocal crossing, in the unpopulated or desert parts of the international boundary line, by the regular federal troops of the respective Governments, in pursuit of savage hostile Indians. Only article. Article VIII of the agreement signed in the city of Washington, by the representatives of the United States of America and the United States of Mexico, on the 29th of July, 1882, providing for the reciprocal crossing, in the unpopulated or desert parts of the international boundary line by the regular federal troops of the respective Governments, in pursuit of savage hostile Indians, under the conditions stated in said agreement, is hereby modified in the following terms: " “Article VIII. This agreement shall remain in force for a year from the 18th of August 1882, and may be terminated by either Government, at any time upon four mouths’ notice to the other to that effect.” " In testimony of which, we have interchangeably signed this protocol this 21st day of Sept ember, 1882. Potocolo de un convenio cele-brado en nombre de sus respectivos Gobiornos, por Frederick T. Fre-linghuysen, Secretario de Estado Contracting parties.de los Estados-Unidos de America, y Matías Romero, Enviado Extra-ordinario y Ministro Plenipoten-ciario de la República Mexicana, modificando el articulo VIII. del convenio firmado en Washington el 29 de Julio de 1882, que autorizo el paso reciproco por las partes de-siertas de la linea divisoria inter-nacional, de tropas regulares de los respectivos Gobiernos en persecu-ción de indios salvajes sublevados. Artículo Unico. El articulo VIII del con venio Modification of Article VIII.*Ante,* p. 121.fir-mado en la ciuded de Washington, por los representantes de los Es-tados-Unidos de America y los Estados-Unidos Mexicanos, el 29 de Julio de 1882, autorizando el paso reciproco por las ¡»artes desiertas de la linea divisoria internacional por tropas regulares de los respectivo s Gobiernos, en persecución de indios salvajes sublevados con ar-reglo á las condiciones espresadas en dicho convenio, se modifica en estos términos: " “Articulo VIII. Este convenioDuration. permanecerá in vigor por un año contado desde el dia 18 de Agosto de 1882, y podra terminarse por cualquiera de los dos Gobiernos, en cualquier tiempo, mediante la notificación respectiva, hecha al otro Gobierno, y dada con cuatro meses de antipacion.” " Eu testimonio de lo cual hemos firmado reciprocamente este protocolo hoy 21 Setiembre de 1882. FREDK. T. FRELINGHUYSEN, [seal.] M. ROMERO. [seal.] August 22, 1864 Convention 22 Stat. 940 940 CONVENTION—INTERNATIONAL. August 22, 1864. *Convention between the United States, Baden, Switzerland, Belgium, Denmark,August 22, 1864. Spain, France, Hesse, Italy, Netherlands, Portugal, Prussia, Wur-temberg, Sweden, Greece, Great Britain, Mecklenburg-Schwerin, Turkey, Bavaria, Austria, Russia, Persia, Roumania, Salvador, Montenegro, Servia, Bolivia, Chili, Argentine Republic and Peru; with additional articles: For the amelioration of the wounded in armies in the field; concluded August* 22, 1864; *acceded to by the President March* 1, 1882; *accession concurred in by the Senate March* 16, 1882; *proclaimed as to the original convention, but with reserve as to the additional articles, July* 26, 1882. [The President’s ratification of the act of accession, as transmitted to Berne and exchanged for the ratifications of the other signatory and adhesory powers, embraces the French text of the convention of August 22, 1864, and the additional articles of October 20, 1868. The French text is therefore, for all international purposes, the standard one.] By the President of the United States of America a proclamation. Whereas on the 22d day of August, 1864, a Convention was concludedPreamble. at Geneva, in Switzerland, between the Grand Duchy of Baden and the Swiss Confederation, the Kingdom of Belgium, the Kingdom of Denmark, the Kingdom of Spain, the French Empire, the Grand Duchy of Hesse, the Kingdom of Italy, the Kingdom of the Netherlands, the Kingdom of Portugal, the Kingdom of Prussia and the Kingdom of Wiirtemberg, for the amelioration of the wounded in armies in the field, the tenor of which Convention is hereinafter subjoined: The Swiss Confederation; His Royal Highness the Grand Duke of Baden; His Majesty the King of the Belgians; His Majesty the King of Denmark; Her Majesty the Queen of Spain; His Majesty the Emperor of the French; His Royal Highness the Grand Duke of Hesse; His Majesty the King of Italy; His Majesty the King of theNether-lauds; His Majesty the King of Portugal and of the Algarves; His Majesty the King of Prussia; His Majesty the King of Wiirtemberg, being equally animated with the desire to soften, as much as depends on them, the evils of warfare, to suppress its useless hardships and improve the fate of wounded soldiers on the field of battle, have resolved to conclude a convention to that effect, and have named for their plenipotentiaries, viz: The Swiss Confederation: Guil-laume Henri Dufour, Grand Officer of the Imperial Order of the Legion of Honor, General in Chief of the941 federal army, Member of the Council of the States; Gustave Moynier, President of the International Relief Committee for wounded soldiers, and of the Geneva Society of Public Utility; and Samuel Leh-mann, federal Colonel, Doctor in Chief of the federal army, Member of the National Council; His Royal Highness the Grand Duke of Baden: Robert Volz, Knight of the Order of the Lion of Zæhringen, M. D., Medical Councillor at the Direction of Medical Affairs; and Adolphe Steiner, Knight of the Order of the Lion of Zæhringen, Chief Staff Physician; His Majesty the King of the Belgians: Auguste Visschers, Oflicer of the Order of Léopold, Councillor at the Council of Mines; His Majesty the King of Denmark: Charles Émile Fenger, Commander of the Order of Danebrog, decorated with the silver cross of the same Order, Grand Cross of the Order of Léopold of Belgium, &c., &c., His Councillor of State; Her Ma jesty the Queen of Spain: Don José Heriberto García de Que-vedo, Gentleman of Her Chamber on active service, Knight of the Grand Cross of Isabella the Catholic, Numeracy Commander of the Order of Charles III., Knight of the first class of the Royal and Military Order of St. Ferdinand, Officer of the Legion of Honor of France, Her Minister-Resident to the Swiss Confederation; His Majesty the Emperor of the French: Georges Charles Jager-schmidt, Officer of the Imperial Order of the Legion of Honor, Ofli-cer of the Order of Léopold of Belgium, Knight of the Order of the Red Eagle of Prussia of the third class, &c., &c., Sub-Director at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; Henri Eugène Séguineau de Préval, Knight of the Imperial Order of the Legion of Honor, decorated with the Imperial Order of the Medjidié of fourth class, Knight of the Order of Saints Maurice and Lazarus of Italy, &c., &c.,military Sub-Commissioner of first class; and Martin François Boudier, Officer of the Imperial Order of the Legion of Honor, decorated with942 the Imperial Order of the Medjidié of the fourth class, decorated with the medal of Military Valor of Italy, &c., &c., doctor in chief of second class; His Royal Highness the Grand Duke of Hesse: Charles Auguste Brodriick, Knight of the Order of Philip the Magnanimous, of the Order of St. Michael of Bavaria, Officer of the Royal Order of the Holy Savior, &c., &c., Chief of Battalion, Staff Officer; His Majesty the King of Italy: Jean Capello, Knight of the Order of Saints Maurice and Lazarus, His Consul-General to Switzerland, and Felix Baroffio, Knight of the Order of Saints Maurice and Lazarus, Doctor in Chief of medical division; His Majesty the King of the Netherlands: Bernard Ortuinns Theodore Henri Westenberg, Officer of His Order of the Crown of Oak, Knight of the Orders of Charles III. of Spain, of the Crown of Prussia, of Adolphe of Nassau, L. D., His Secretary of Legation at Frankfort; His Majesty the King of Portugal and of the Algarves: José Antonio Marques, Knight of the Order of Christ, of Our Lady of the Conception of Villa Viçosa, of Saint Benedict of A viz, of Leopold of Belgium, &c., M. D. Surgeon of Brigade, Sub-Chief to the Department of Health at the Ministry of War- His Majesty the King of Prussia: Charles Albert de Kamptz, Knight of the Order of the Red Eagle of second class, &c., &c., &c., His Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the Swiss Confederation, Private Councillor of Legation; Godefroi Frédéric Fran-çois Lœffler, Knight of the Order of the Red Eagle of third class, &c., &c., M. D. Physician in Chief of the fourth Army Corps; Georges Her-mann Jules Ritter, Knight of the Order of the Crown of third class, &c., &c., Private Councillor at the Ministry of War; His Majesty the King of Wur-temberg: Christophe Ulric Hahn, Knight of the Order of Saints Maurice and Lazarus, &c., Doctor of Philosophy and Theology, Member943 of the Central Royal Direction for Charitable Institutions: Who, after having exchanged their powers, and found them in good and due form, agree to the following articles: Article I. Ambulances and military hospitals shall be acknowledged to be neuter, and, as such, shall be protected and respected by belligerents so long as any sick or wounded may be therein. Such neutrality shall cease if the ambulances or hospitals should be held by a military force. Art. II. Persons employed in hospitals and ambulances, comprising the staff for superintendence, medical service, administration, transport of wounded, as well as chaplains, shall participate in the benefit of neutrality, whilst so employed, and so long as there remain any wounded to bring in or to succor. Art. III. The persons designated in the preceding article may, even after occupation by the enemy, continue to fulfil their duties in the hospital or ambulance which they serve, or may withdraw in order to rejoin the corps to which they belong. Under such circumstances, when these persons shall cease from their functions, they shall be delivered by the occupying army to the outposts of the enemy. Art. IV. As the equipment of military hospitals remains subject to the laws of war, persons attached to such hospitals cannot, in withdrawing, carry away any articles but such as are their private property. Under the same circumstances an ambulance shall, on the contrary, retain its equipment. Art. V. Inhabitants of the country who may bring help to the wounded shall be respected, and shall remain free. The generals of the belligerent Powers shall make it their care to inform the inhabitants of the appeal addressed to their humanity, and of the neutrality which will be the consequence of it. Any wounded man entertained and taken care of in a house shall be considered as a protection944 thereto. Any inhabitant who shall have entertained wounded men in his house shall be exempted from the quartering of troops, as well as from a part of the contributions of war which may be imposed. Art. VI. Wounded or sick soldiers shall be entertained and taken care of, to whatever nation they may belong. Commanders-in-chief shall have the power to deliver immediately to the outposts of the enemy soldiers who have been wounded in an engagement, when circumstances permit this to be done, and with the consent of both parties. Those who are recognized, after their wounds are healed, as incapable of serin ng, shall be sent back to their country. The others may also be sent back,. on condition of not again bearing arms during the continuance of the war. Evacuations, together with the persons under whose directions they take place, shall be protected by an absolute neutrality. Art. VII. A distinctive and uniform flag shall be adopted for hospitals, ambulances and evacuations. It must, on every occasion, be accompanied by the national flag. An arm-badge (brassard) shall also be allowed for individuals neutralized, but the delivery thereof shall be left to military authority. The flag and the arm-badge shall bear a red cross on a white ground. Art. VIII. The details of execution of the present convention shall be regulated by the commanders-in-chief of belligerent armies, according to the instructions of their respective governments, and in conformity with the general principles laid down in this convention. Art. IX. The high contracting Powers have agreed to communicate the present convention to those Governments which have not found it convenient to send plenipotentiaries to the International Conference at Geneva, with an invitation to accede thereto; the protocol is for that purpose left open. Art. X. The present convention shall be ratified, and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Berne, in four months, or sooner, if possible. 945 In faith whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed it and have affixed their seals thereto, Done at Geneva, the twenty-second day of the month of August of the year one thousand eight hundred and sixty-four. [l. s.] General G. H. Dufour. [l. s.] G. Moynier. [l. s.] Dr. Lehmann. [l. s.] Dr. Robert Volz. [l. s.] Steiner. [l. s.] Visschers. [l. s.] Fenger. [l. s.] J. Heriberto Garcíade Quevedo [l. s.] Ch. Jagerschmidt. [l. s.] S. de Préval. [l. s.] Boudier. [l. s.] Brodrück. [l. s.] Capello. [l. s.] F. Baroffio. [l. s.] Westenberg. [l. s.] José Antonio Marques, [l. s.] de Kamptz. [l. s.] Lœffler. [l. s.] Ritter. [l. s.] Dr. Hahn. La Confédération suisse; SonContracting parties. Altesse Royale le Grand-Due de Bade; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges; Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark; Sa Majesté la Reine d’Espagne; Sa Majesté l’Empereur des Français; Son Altesse Royale le Grand-Duc de Hesse; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie; Sa Majesté le Roi des Pays-Bas; Sa Majesté le Roi de Portugal et des Algarves; Sa Majesté le Roi de Prusse; Sa Majesté le Roi de Wur-temberg,—également animés du désir d’adoucir autant qu’il dépend d’eux, les maux inséparables de la guerre; de supprimer les rigueurs inutiles et d’améliorer le sort des militaires blessés sur les champs de bataille, ont résolu de conclure une convention à cet effet et ont nommé pour leurs Plénipoten-tiaires, savoir: La Confédération suisse: le SieurPlenipotentiaries. Guillaume-Henri Dufour, Grand-Officier de l’ordre Impérial de la Légion d’Honneur, Général en chef 941 de l’armée fédérale, Membre du Plenipotentiaries—continued.Conseil des États; le Sieur Gus-tave Moynier, Président du Comité international do secours pour les militaires blessés et de la Société génevoise d’utilité publique; et le Sieur Samuel Lehmann, Colonel fédéral, Médecin en chef de l’armée fédérale, Membre du Conseil national; Son Altesse Royale le Grand-Duc de Bade: le Sieur Robert Volz, Chevalier de l’Ordre du Lion de Zæhringen, Docteur en médecine, Conseiller médical à la Direction des affaires médicales; et le Sieur Adolphe Steiner, Chevalier de l’Ordre du Lion de Zæhringen, Médecin-major; Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges: le Sieur Auguste Visschers, Officier de l’Ordre de Léopold, Conseiller au Conseil des mines; Sa Majesté le Roi de Danemark: le Sieur Charles-Émile Fenger, Commandeur de l’Ordre du Dane-brog, décoré de la croix d’argent du même Ordre, Grand’Croix de l’Or-dre de Léopold de Belgique, &c., &c., Son Conseiller d’État; Sa Majesté la Reine d’Espagne: le Sieur Don José Heriberto Garcia de Quevedo, Gentilhomme de sa Chambre avec exercice, Chevalier Grand’Croix d’Isabelle la Ca-tholique, Commandeur numéraire del’Ordrede Charles III., Chevalier de première classe de l’Ordre Royal et Militaire de St. Ferdinand, Offi-cier de la Légion d’Honneur de France, Son Ministre-Résident au-près de la Confédération suisse; Sa Majesté l’Empereur des Fran-çais: le Sieur Georges-Charles Ja-gerschmidt, Officier de l’Ordre Impérial de la Légion d’Honneur, Officier de l’Ordre de Léopold de Belgique, Chevalier de l’Ordre de l’Aigle rouge de Prusse de troi-sième classe, &c., &c., Sous-Direc-teur au Ministère des Affaires Étrangères; le Sieur Henri-Eugène Séguineau de Préval, Chevalier de l’Or dre I mpéri al de la Légion d’Hon-neur, décoré de l’Ordre Impérial du Medjidié de quatrième classe. Chevalier de l’Ordre des Saints Maurice et Lazare d’Italie, &c., &c., Sous-intendant militaire de pre-mière classe; et le Sieur Martin-François Boudier, Officier de l’Or-dre Impérial de la Légion d’Hon- 942 neur, décoré de l’Ordre ImpérialPlenipotentiaries—continued. du Medjidié de quatrième classe, décoré de la médaille de la valeur militaire d’Italie, &c., &c,, médecin principal de deuxième classe; Son Altesse Royale le Grand-Duc de Hesse: le Sieur Charles-Auguste Brodrück, Chevalier de l’Ordre de Philippe le Magnanime, de l’Ordre de St. Michel de Bavière, Officier de l’Ordre Royal du St. Sauveur, &c., &c., Chef de batail-lon d’état-major; Sa Majesté le Roi d’Italie: le Sieur Jean Oapello, Chevalier de l’Ordre des Saints Maurice et Lazare, Son Consul Général en Suisse, et le Sienr Félix Baroffio, Chevalier de l’Ordre des Saints Maurice et Lazare, Médecin de division; Sa Majesté le Roi des Pays-Bas: le Sieur Bernard-Ortuinus-Théo-dore-Henri Westenberg, Officier de Son Ordre de la Couronne de Chêne, Chevalier des Ordres de Charles HI. d’Espagne, de la Couronne de Prusse, d’Adolphe de Nassau, Doc-teur en droit, Son Secrétaire de Légation à Francfort; Sa Majesté le Roi de Portugal et des Algarves: le Sieur José-Antonio Marques, Chevalier de l’Ordre du Christ, de Notre-Dame de la Conception de Villa-Viçosa, de Saint-Benoit d’Aviz, de Léopold de Belgique, &c., Docteur en méde-cine et chirurgie. Chirurgien de brigade, Sous-Chef du Département de Santé au Ministère de la Guerre; Sa Majesté le Roi de Prusse: le Sieur Charles-Albert de Kamptz, Chevalier de l’Ordre de l’Aigle rouge de seconde classe, &c., &c., &c., Son Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire près la Confédération suisse, Conseiller in-time de Légation; le Sieur Godefroi-Frédéric-François Lœffler, Chevalier de l’Ordre de l’Aigle rouge de troisième classe, &c., &c., Docteur en médecine, Médecin général du quatrième corps d’armée, et le Sieur Georges-Hermann-Jules Rit-ter, Chevalier de l’Ordre de la Cou-ronne de troisième classe, &c., &c., Conseiller intime au Ministère de la Guerre; Sa Majesté le Roi de Wurtem-berg: le Sieur Christophe-Ulric Hahn, Chevalier de l’Ordre des Saints Maurice et Lazare, &c., Docteur en philosophie et théo- 943 logie, Membre de la Direction centrale et Royale pour les établissements de bienfaisance: Lesquels, après avoir échangé leurs pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des articles suivants: Article I. Les ambulances et Hospitals and ambulances with sick or wounded protected and. held inviolate, etc.les hôpitaux militaires seront re-connus neutres, et, comme tels, protégés et respectés par les belli-gérants aussi longtemps qu’il s’y trouvera des malades on des blessés. La neutralité cesserait, si ces ambulancesexception. on ces hôpitaux étaient gardés par une force militaire. Art. II Le personnel des hôpi-taux Employés, etc., respected as nontrans.et des ambulances, compre-nant l’intendance, les services de santé, d’administration, de transport des blessés, ainsi que les au-môniers, participera au bénéfice de la neutralité lorsqu’il fonctionnera, et tant qu’il restera des blessés à relever on à secourir. Art. III. Les personnes désignéesEmployés, etc. protected by occupying forces. dans l’article précédent pour-ront, môme après l’occupation par l’ennemi, continuer à remplir leurs fonctions dans l’hôpital on l’ambulance qu’elles desservent, on se retirer pour rejoindre le corps au-quel elles appartiennent. Dans ces circonstances, lorsque ces personnes cesseront leurs fonc-tions, elles seront remises aux avant-postes ennemis, par les soins de l’armée occupante. Art. IV. Le matériel des hôpi-taux militaires demeurant soumis aux lois de la guerre, les personnes attachées à ces hôpitaux ne pour-ront,Employés in hospitals to take away private property, only. en se retirant, emporter que les objets qui sont leur propriété particulière. Dans les mêmes circonstances, au contraire, l’ambulance conservera son matériel. Art. V. Les habitants du paysPersons serving the wounded to remain free. qui porteront secours aux blessés seront respectés, et demeureront li-bres. Les généraux des Puissances belligérantes auront pour mission de prévenir les habitants de l’ap-pel fait à leur humanité, et de la neutralité qui en sera la conséquence. Tout blessé recueilli et soignéHouses where the wounded are cared for to be protected. dans une maison yservira de sauve-garde. L’habitant qui aura recueilli 944 chez lui desExemptions for care of wounded. blessés sera dispensé du logement des troupes, ainsi que d’une partie des contributions de guerre qui seraient imposées. Art. VI. Les militaires blessésSoldiers sick or wounded of any nation to be relieved and cared for.Delivery of wounded, etc. on malades seront recueillis et soignés, à quelque nation qu’ils appartiendront. Les Comm an dan ts en chef a uront la faculté de remettre immédiate-ment aux avant-postes ennemis, les militaires blessés pendant le combat, lorsque les circonstances le per-mettront et du consentement des deux partis. Seront renvoyés dans leurs paysSoldiers incapacitated for service to be sent home. ceux qui, après guérison, seront re-connus incapables de servir. Les autres pourront être égale-ment Conditions of return.renvoyés, à la condition de ne pas reprendre les armes pendant la durée de la guerre. Les évacuations, avec le personnel Evac nations, etc., to have absolute neutrality.qui les dirige, seront couvertes par une neutralité absolue. Art. VII. Un drapeau distinctifHospital, ambulance, and evacuation flag, etc. et uniforme sera adopté pour les hôpitaux, les ambulancesArm-badge. et les évacuations. H devra être, en toute circonstance, accompagné du drapeau national. Un brassard sera également admis pour le personnel neutralisé, mais la délivrance en sera laissée à l’autorité militaire. Le drapeau et le Flag and arm-badge to Bear red cross, etc.Execution of details of convention.brassard por-teront croix rouge sur fond blanc. Art. VIII. Les détails d’exécu-tion de la présente convention seront réglés par les Commandants en chef des armées belligérantes, d’après les instructions de leurs Gouvernements respectifs, et conformément aux principes généraux énoncés dans cette convention. Art. IX. Les hautes PuissancesInvitation to be made to certain governments to accede to convention.Protocol to remain open, etc. contractantes sont convenues de communiquer la présente convention aux Gouvernements qui n’ont pu envoyer des Plénipotentiaires à la Conférence internationale de Genève, en les invitant à y accéder; le protocole est à cet effet laissé ouvert. Art. X. La présente conventionRatification. sera ratifiée, et les ratifications en seront échangées à Berne, dans l’es-pace de quatre mois, on plus tôt si faire se peut. 945 En foi de quoi les Plénipoten-tiaires Signatures.respectifs Font signée et y ont apposé Ie cachet do leurs armes. Fait à Genève, le vingt-deuxième jour du mois d’août de Fan mil huit-cent soixante-quatre. [l. s.] Général G. H. Dufour. [l. s.] G. Moynier. [l. s.] Dr. Lehmann. [l. s.] Dr. Robert Volz. [l. s.] Steiner. [l. s.] Visschers. [l. s.] Fenger. [l. s.] J. Heriberto García Quevedo. [l. s.] Ch. Jagerschmidt. [l. s.] S. de Préval. [l. s.] Boudier. [l. s.] Brodrück. [l. s.] Capello. [l. s.] F. Baroffio. [l. s.] Westenberg. [l. s.] José Antonio Marques. [l. S.] DE KAMPTZ. [l. s.] Lœffler. [l. s.] Ritter. [l. s.] Dr. Hahn. And whereas the several contracting parties to the said conventionExchange of ratifications. exchanged the ratifications thereof at Geneva, on the 22d day of June, 1865; And whereas the several States hereinafter named have adhered toStates whose adherence have been given to convention. the said convention in virtue of Article IX. thereof, to wit: Sweden............................................................................... December 13, 1861. Greece................................................................................. January 5-17, 1865. Great Britain......................................................................... February. 18, 1865. Mecklenburg-Schwerin.................................................... March 9, 1865. Turkey .................................................................................. July 5, 1865. Wörtern berg..................................................... June 2, 1866. Hesse................................................................................. June 22, 1866. Bavaria................................................................................... June 30, 1866, Austria................................................................................... July 21, 1866. Russia.................................................................................. May 10-22, 1867. Persia .................................................................................... December 5, 1874. Romania............................................................................. November 18-30, 1874. Salvador................................................................................ December 30, 1874. Montenegro ......................................................................... November 17-29, 1875. Servia.................................................................................. March 24, 1876. Bolivia................................................................................... October 16, 1879. Chili...................................................................................... November 15, 1879. Argentine Republic............................................................ November 25, 1879. And whereas the Swiss Confederation, in virtue of the said ArticleInvitation to the United States to accede to convention.Additional articles. IX. of said convention, has invited the United States of America to accede thereto; And whereas on the 20th October, 1868, certain additional articles were proposed and signed at Geneva on behalf of Great Britain, Austria, Baden, Bavaria, Belgium, Denmark, France, Italy, Netherlands, 946 North Germany, Sweden and Norway, Switzerland, Turkey and Wurttemberg, the tenor of which additional articles is hereinafter subjoined: The governments of North Germany, Austria, Baden, Bavaria, Belgium, Denmark, France, Great Britain, Italy, the Netherlands, Sweden and Norway, Switzerland, Turkey, and Wurttemberg, desiring to extend to armies on the sa the advantages of the Convention concluded at Geneva the 22d of August, 1864, for the amelioration of the condition of wounded soldiers in armies in the field, and to further particularize some of the stipulations of the said Convention, have named for their commissioners: 1. North Germany: Henri de Reeder, Lieutenant-General, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the King of Prussia and of the North Germanic Confederation to the Swiss Confederation, Knight of the Red Eagle, second class, &c., &c.; Frédéric Lœtlier, Physician in Chief of the Army, Professor of Military Medicine, Knight of the Order of the Crown, second class, with crossed swords, Ac., &c.; Henry Köhler, Naval Captain, Chief of Division at the Ministry of the Navy, Knight of the Order of the Crown, third’ class, &c., &c. 2. Austria: Dr. Jaromir, Baron Mundy, Staff Physician of first class, Commander of the Order of His Majesty Emperor Francis Joseph of Austria, King of Hungary. 3. Baden: Adolphe Steiner, Chief Staff Physician. Knight of the first class of the order of the Lion of Zæhringen, with oak-leaf. 4. Bavaria: Theodore Dompierre, Chief Physician of first class, Knight of the order of St. Michael. 5. Belgium: Auguste Visschers, Councillor of the Council of Mines of Belgium, Officer of the Order of Léopold. 1. Denmark: John Barthélemy Galfro Galiffe, L. D., Consul of His Majesty the King of Denmark to the Swiss Confederation, Knight of the Order of Danobrog and of the Order of Saints Maurice and Lazarus. 7. France: Augusto Coupvent des Bois, Rear-Admiral, Commander of the imperial order of the Legion of Honor, &c., &c.; Henri Eugène Séguineau de Préval, military subcommissioner of first class, officer of the imperial order of the Legion of Honor, &c., &c. 8. Great Britain: John Saville Lumley, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Her Britannic Majesty to the Swiss Confederation; Hastings Reginald Yelverton, Rear-Admiral in the service of Her Britannic Majesty, Companion of the Order of the Bath. 9. Italy: Felix Baroffio, Physician in Chief, Knight of the Order of Saints Man-riceand Lazarus, of the Order of the Crown of Italy; Paul Cottrau, Captain of frigate, Knight of the Order of Saints Maurice and Lazarus, decorated with the silver medal of military Valor. 10. The Netherlands: Jonkheer Hermann Adrien van Karnebeek, Vice-Admiral, Aide-de-camp extraordinary to His Majesty the947 King of the Netherlands, decorated with the civil and military orders and the crosses and medals of 1815, of 1830 of the Netherlands, and of the campaigns of Java, Grand Cross of the military orders ofChrist and of Tunis, Grand Officer of the Order of Charles the Third of Spain, Commander of the Orders of St. Ann« of Russia, in diamonds, of Leopold of Belgium and of the Falcon of Saxo-Weimar, Knight of the Legion of Honor, deeorated with the medal of St, Helena; Bernhard Ortuinus Theodore Henri Westenberg, L. D., Councillor, of Legation of His Majesty the King of the Netherlands, Commander of the Oaken Crown, Grand Commander of the Order of St. Michael of Bavaria, Knight of the Orders of Charles III. of Spain, of the Crown of Prussia, of Danebrog, of Denmark, and of Adolphe of Nassau. 11. Sweden and Norway: Ferdinand Nathaniel Staalf, Lieutenant Colonel,military attaché of tho Legation of Sweden and Norway in Paris, Knight of the Royal Orders of the Sword of Sweden and of Saint Olaf of Norway, officer of the imperial order of the Legion of Honor, as well of Public Instruction in France, Knight of the imperial order of the Iron Crown of Austria, &c., &c. 12. Switzerland: Guillaume Henri Du-four, ex-general in chief of the federal army, Grand Cross of the Legion of Honor; Gustave Moy ni or, President of the international Committee for the relief of the wounded, officer of the order of Saints Maurice and Lazarus, Knight of lirst class of tho Order tho Lion of Zæhringen, Knight of the Ordcrsof the Polar Star and of Our Lady of the Conception of Villar Viçosa, &c., &c.; Samuel Lehmann, federal Colonel, physician in-chief of the federal army, member of the National Council. 13. Turkey: Husny Effendi, Major, military at taché of Turkey to Paris, decorated with tho imperial order of Medjidié of the fifih class. 14. Wiirtemberg: Christophe Hahn, Doctor of philosophy and theology, member of the central direction for charitable institutions, President of the committee from Wiirtembergfor tho wounded, Knight of the Order of Frédéric and of Saints Maurice and Lazarus; Édouard Fichte, M. D., physician in chief of the army of Wiir-temberg and Knight of the Order of Frédéric and of the Crown, of Prussia, of third class; Who, having been duly authorized to that effect, agreed, under reserve of approbation from their governments, to the following dispositions: Article I. The persons designated in Article II. of the Convention shall, after the occupation by the enemy, continue to fulfil their duties, according to their wants, to the sick and wounded in the ambulance or the hospital which they serve. When they request to withdraw, the commander of the occupying troops shall fix the time of departure, which he shall only be allowed to delay for a short time in case of military-necessity. Art. II. Arrangent an ts will have to be made by the belligerent powers to ensure to the neutralized person, fallen into the hands of the army of the enemy, the entire enjoyment of his salary. 948 Art. III. Under the conditions provided for in Articles I. and IV. of the Convention, the name “ambulance” applies to field hospitals and other temporary establishments, which follow the troops on the field of battle to receive the sick and wounded. Art. IV. In conformity with the spirit of Article V, of the Convention, and to the reservations contained in the protocol of W64, it is explained that for the appointment of the charges relative to the quartering of troops, and of the contributions of war, account only shall be taken in an equitable manner of the charitable zeal displayed by the inhabitants. Art. V. In addition to Article VI. of the Convention, it is stipulated that, with the reservation of officers whose detention might be important to the fate of arms and within the limits fixed by the second paragraph of that article, the wounded fallen into the hands of the enemy shall be sent back to their country, after they are cured, or sooner if possible, on condition, nevertheless, of not again bearing arms during the continuance of the war. [*Article« concerning the Marine*.] Art. VI. The boats which, at their own risk and peril, during and after an engagement pick up the shipwrecked or wounded, or which having picked them up, convey them on board a neutral or hospital ship, shall enjoy, until the accomplishment of their mission, the character of neutrality, as far us the circumstances of the engagement and the position of the ships engaged will permit. The appreciation of those circumstances is entrusted to the humanity of all the combatants. The wreckoil and wounded thus picked and saved must not serve again during the continuance of the war. Art. VII. The religious, medical,and hospital staff of any captured vessel are declared neutral, and, on leaving the ship, may remove the articles and surgical instruments which are their private property. Art. VIII. The stall designated in the preceding article must continue to fulfil their functions in the captured ship, assisting in the removal of the wounded made by the victorious party; they will then be at liberty to return to their country, in conformity with the second paragraph of the first additional article. The stipulations of the second additional article are applicable to the pay and allowance of the staff. Art. IX. The military hospital ships remain under martial law in all that concerns their stores; they become the property of the captor, but the latter must not divert them from their special appropriation during the continuance of the war. ** Note.—In the published English text, from which this version of the Additional Articles is taken, the paragraph thus marked in brackets appears in continuation ofArticle IX. It is not, however, found in the original French text adopted by the Geneva conference, October 20, 1808. By an instruction sent to the United States minister at Berne, January 20, 1883, the right is reserved to omit this paragraph from the English text, and to make any other necessary corrections, if at any time hereafter the Additional Articles shall be completed by the exchange of the ratifications hereof between the several signatory and adhering powers. [*The vessels not equipped for fighting, which, during peace, the government shall have, officially declared to be intended to serve as floating hospital skips, shall, however, enjoy during the war complete neutrality, both as regards stores, and also as regards their staff, prodded their equipment is exclusively appropriated to the special service on which they are employed*.] 949 Art. X. Any merchantman, to whatever nation she may belong, charged exclusively with removal of sick and wounded, is protected by neutrality, but the mere fact, noted on the ship’s books, of the vessel having been visited by an enemy’s cruiser, renders the sick and wounded incapable of serving during the continuance of the war. The cruiser shall even have the right of putting on board an officer in or Ter to accompany the convoy, and thus verify the good faith of the operation. If the merchant ship also carries a cargo, her neutrality will still protect it, provided that such cargo is not of a nature to be confiscated by the belligerents. The belligerents retain the right to interdict neutralized vessels from all communication, and from any course which they may deem prejudicial to the secrecy of their operations. In urgent cases special conventions may be entered into between commanders-in-chief, in order to neutralize temporarily and in a special manner the vessels intended for the removal of the sick and wounded. Art. XI. Wounded or sick sailors and soldiers, when embarked, to whatever nation they may belong, shall be protected and taken care of by their captors. Their return to their own country is subject to the provisions of Article VI. of the Convention, and of the additional article V. Art. XII. Thodistinctive flag to housed with the national flag, in order to indicate any vessel or boat which may claim the benefits of neutrality, in virtue of the principles of this Convention, is a white nag with a red cross. The belligerents may exercise in this respect any mode of verification which they may deem necessary. Military hospital ships shall be distinguished by being painted white outside, with green strake. Art. XIII. The hospital ships which are equipped at the expense of the aid societies, recognized by the governments signing this Convention, and which are furnished with a commission emanating from the sovereign, who shall have given express authority for their being fitted out, and with a certificate from the proper naval authority that they have been placed under his control during their fitting out and on their final departure, and that they were then appropriated solely to the purpose of their mission, shall be considered neutral, as well as the whole of their staff. They shall be recognized and protected by the belligerents. They shall make themselves known by hoisting, together with their national flag, the white flag with a red cross. The distinctive mark of their staff, while per-950 forming their duties, shall be an armlet of the same colors. The outer painting of these hospital ships shall be white, with red strake. These ships shall bear aid and assistance to the wounded and wrecked belligerents, without distinction of nationality. They must take care not to interfere in any way with the movements of the combatants. During and after the battle they must do their duty at their own risk and peril. The belligerents shall have the right of controlling and visiting them; they will be at liberty to refuse their assistance, to order them to depart, and to detain them if the exigencies of the ease require such a step. The wounded and wrecked picked up by these ships cannot be reclaimed by either of the combatants, and they will be required not to serve during the continuance of the war. Art. XIV. In naval wars any strong presumption that either belligerent takes advantage of the benefits of neutrality, with any other view than the interest of the sick and wounded, gives to the other belligerent, until proof to the contrary, the right of suspending the Convention, as regards such belligerent. Should this presumption become a certainty, notice may be given to such belligerent; that the Convention is suspended with regard to him during the whole continuance of the war. Art. XV. The present Act shall be drawn up in a single original copy, which shall be deposited in the Archives of the Swiss Confederation. An authentic copy of this Act shall be delivered, with an invitation to adhere to it, to each of the signatory Powers of the Convention of the22d of August, 1864, as well as to those that have successively acceded to it. In faith whereof, the undersigned commissaries have drawn up the present project of-additional articles and have apposed thereunto the seals of their arms. [*Done at Geneva, the tuontiefh day nf the mouth of October, of the year one thousand eight hundred and sixty-eight.*] von Rœder. F. Iaeffler. Köhler. Dr. Mundy. Steiner. Dr. Dompierre. F. N. Staaff. J. B. G. Galiffe. A. Coupvent des Bois. H. de Préval. Husky. John Saville Lumley. H. R. Yelverton. D. Felice Ba roffig. Paolo Cottrau. H. A. van Karnebeek. Westenberg. Visscheks. G. H. Dufour. G. Moynier. Dr. S. Lehmann. Dr. C. Hahn. Dr. Fichte. Les Gouvernements de l’Allemagne duProposed extension of provisions of convention to armies on the sea. Nord, de l’Autriche, Bade, la Bavière, la Belgique, le Danemark, la France, laGran-de-Sretagne, l’Italie, les Pays-Bas, Suède et Norvège, la Suisse, la Turquie, le Wur-temberg. désirant étendre aux armées de mer les avantages de la Convention con-clue à Genève, le 22 août 1864, pour l’amélioration du sort des militaires blessés dans les armées en campagne, et préciser davantage quelques-unes des stipulations de la dite Convention, ont nommé pour leurs Commissaires: 1. Allemagne du Nord: Le Sieur Henri Commissioners,de Rœder, Lieutenant-Général, Envoyé Extraordinaire et ministre plénipotenti-aire de sa Majesté le Roi de Prusse et de la Confédération de l’Allemagne du Nord près la Confédération suisse, Chevalier de l’aigle ronge, 2d classe, &c., &c.; Le Sieur Frédéric Lœfiier, médecin général de l’armée, Professeur de médecine militaire, Chevalier de l’ordre de la Couronne, 24 classe, croisé d’épées, &c., &c.; Le Sieur Henry Kohler, Capit aine do vaisseau, Chef de section au ministère de la Marine, Chevalier de l’ordre de la Couronne, 3™’ classe, &c., &c. 2. Autriche: Le Sieur Jaromir, baron Muudy, Docteur on médecine et chirurgie, Médecin-Major do première classe, Com-mandeur de l’ordre de 8. M. l’Empereur François-Joseph d’Autriche, Roi de Hon-grie. 3. Bade: Le Sieur Adolphe Steiner, Médecin d’Ëtat-Major, Chevalier de 1” classe de l’ordre du Lion de Zæhringen, avec feuille de Chêne. 4. Bavière: Le Sieur Théodore Dom-pierre, Médecin principal do 1 classe. Chevalier de l’ordre de St. Michel. 5. Belgique: Le Sieur Auguste Visschers, Conseiller an Conseil des mines de Bel-gique, Officier do l’ordre de Léopold. 6. Danemark: Le Sieur John Barthélemy Gaïfre Galiffe, Docteur en droit, Consul de S. M. le Roi de Danemark près la Confédération suisse, Chevalier de l’ordre du Dancbiog et do celui des SS. Maurice et Lazare. 7. France: Le Sieur Auguste Conpvent des Bois, Contre-Amiral, Commandeur de l’ordre impérial do la Légion d’honneur, &c., &c.; Le Sieur Henri Eugène Ségui-nean de Préval, sous-intendant militaire de 1 classe, officier de l’ordre impérial de la Légion d’honneur, &c., Ac. 8. Grande-Bretagne: Le Sieur John Sa-vile Lumley, Envoyé extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiaire de Sa Majesté Britannique près la Confédération suisse; Le Sieur Hastings Reginald Yelvirton, Contre-Amiral au service de S. M. Britan-nique, Compagnon do l’ordre du Bain. 9. Italie: Le Sienr FélixBaroffio, Méde-cin-directeur, Chevalier do l’ordre des SS. Maurice et Lazare, de l’ordre de la Couronne d’Italie; Le Sieur Paul Cot-trau, Capitaine de frégate, Chevalier de l’ordre des SS. Maurice et Lazare, décoré de la médaille d’argent à la Valeur Mili--taire. 10. Pays-Bas: Le Sieur Jonkheer Her-mann Adrien van Karnebeek, Vice-Amiral, Aide-dc-camp en service extraordinaire de 947 S. M. le Roi desPays-Bas, décoré désordres militaireCommissioners—continued. et civil et des croix et médailles de 1815, de 1830 Néerlandais et des cam-pagnes de Java, Grand-Croix de l’ordre militaire du Christ et de celui de Tunis, Grand-Officier de l’ordre de Charles III. d’Espagne, Commandeur des ordres do St. Aune en diamant de Russie, de Léopold de Belgique et du Faucon de Saxo-Weimar, Chevalier de la Légion d’honneur, décoré de la médaille do St. Hélène; Le Sieur Bernhard Ortuiaus Théodore Henri Wcs-tenberg, docteur un droi t, Cotise! 11er de Lé-gation de S. M. le Roi des Pays-Bas, Com-mandeur de la Couronne de Chêne, Grand-Comm an d eurde l’ordre le St. Miche 1 de Ba-vière, Chevalier do l’ordre do Charles III. d’Espagne, de la Couronne de Prusse, du Danebrog de Danemark et d’Adolphe de Nassau. 11. Suède et Norvège: Le Sieur Ferdinand Nathanaël Staatf, Lieutenant Colonel, attaché militaire de la Légation do Suède et do Norvège à Paris, Chevalier des Ordres Royaux de l’Épéode Suêdeet de Saint-Olaf de Norvège, officier de l’Ordre Impérial de la Légion d’honneur ainsi que de l’instruction publique en France, Chevalier lt;le l’Ordre Impérial de la Couronne do for d’Autriche, &c., &c. 12. Suisse: Le Sieur Guillaume Henri Dufour, Grand-officier de l’Ordre Impérial de hi Légion d’Honneur, ancien Général-eu-chef de l’armée fédérale, ancien Mem-bre du Conseil des États; Lu Sieur Gus-tave Moynier, Président du Comité international de secours pour les militaires blessés et de la Société génevoise d’utilité publique; Le Sieur Samuel Lehmaun, Colonel fédéral, Médecin en chef de l’armée fédérale, membre du Conseil National. 13. Turquie: Hnsny Effendi, Major, Attaché Militaire à l’Ambassade de Turquie à Paris, décoré do l’Ordre Impérial du Medjidié de 5“ classe. 14. Wurtemberg: Le Sieur Christophe Hahu, Docteur eu philosophie et théo-logie, membre do la direction centrale pour les établissements de bienfaisance, Président du Comité wurtembergeoie pour lus militaires blessés; Chevalier des Ordres de Frédéric et des SS. Maurice et Lazare; Le Sieur Édouard Fichte, Docteur en médecine, médecin principal de l’armée wurtembergeoise, Chevalier de l’Ordre de Frédéric et de l’Ordre de la Couronne de Prusse de 3me classe; Lesquels dûment autorisés à cet effet,Additional stipulations. sont convenus, sous réserve d’approbation de leurs Gouverne monts, des dispositions suivantes: Article I. Lu personnel désigné dans Rights of employés, etc., in hospitals or ambulances; their release and departure.l’article deux dc.la Convention continuera, après l’occupation par l’ennemi, à donner dans la mesure des besoins, ses soins aux malades et aux blessés de l’ambuhiiiw on de l’hôpital qu’il des ert. Lorsqu’il de-mandera à se retirer, le commandant des troupes occupantes fixera le moment de ce départ, qu’il ne pourra toutefois différer que pour une coune durée eu cas de nécessités militaires. Art. II. Des dispositions devront ÊtreSalary of neutrals, etc., when in enemies bands. prises par les Puissances belligérantes pour assurer au personnel neutralisé, tombé entre les mains de l’armée ennemie, la jouissance intégrale de son traitement. 948 Art. III. Dansles conditions prévues parDefinition of the term ‘ ‘ambulance.” les articles un et quatre do la Convention, la dénomination d’ambulance s’applique aux hôpitaux de campagne et autres éta-blissements temporaires qui suivent les troupes sur les champs de bataille pour y recevoir des malades et des blessés. Art. IV. Conformément à l’esprit de l’articleCharges for quartering of troops, and contributions, etc. cinq do la Convention et aux réserves mentionnées au Protocole de 1364, il est expliqué que pour la répartition des charges relatives au logement do troupes et aux contributions lt;le guerre, il ne sera tenu compte que dans la mesure de l’équité du zèle charitable déployé pur les habitants. Art. V. Par extension do l’article six do la Convention, il est stipulé que sonsWounded to be returned to their country on condition of not again bearing arms in the war. la réserve des officiers dont la possession importerait au sort des armes, et dans les limites fixées par le deuxième paragraphe do cet article, les blessés tombés entre les mains de l’ennemi, lors mémo qu’ils no seraient pus reconnus in capables de servir, devront être renvoyés dans leur pays après leur guérison, on plus tût si faire se peut, A la condition toutefois de ne pus reprendre les armes pendant la durée de la guerre. Articles concernant la Marine. Art. VI. Les embarcations qui, à leursBoats picking np the shipwrecked or wounded, etc. risques et périls, pendant et après le combat, recueillent on qui, ayant recueilli des naufragés on des blessés, les portent à bord d’un navire soit neutre, soit hospitalier, jouiront jusqu’A l’accomplissement de leur mission de la part de neutralité que les circonstances du combat et la situation des navires en conflit permettront de leur appliquer. L’appréciation de ces circonstances est confiée A l’humanité de tous les combattants. Les naufragés et les blessés ainsi recueillis et sauvés ne pourront servir pendant la durée de la guerre. Art. VII. Le personnel religieux, médi-calReligious, medical, and hospital staff of a captured vessel declared neutral.Duties of staff officers, etc. et hospitalier de tout bâtiment capturé, est déclaré neutre. Il emporte, en quittant le navire, les objets et les instruments de chirurgie qui sont sa propriété particulière. Art. VIII. Le personnel désigné dans l’article précédent doit continuer A rem-plir ses fonctions sur lo bâtiment capturé, concourir aux évacuations do blessés faites par le vainqueur, puis il doit Être libre de rejoindre son pays, conformément un second paragraphe du premier article addi-tionnel ci-dessus. Les stipulations du deuxièmePay and allowance of staff. .. article additionnel ci-dessus sont applicables au traitement de ce personnel. Art. IX. Les bâtiments hôpitaux mili-tairesCaptured hospital ships to remain under martial law, etc.; not to be used for other purposes. restent soumis aux lois de lu guerre, en ce qui concerne leur matériel; ils deviennent la propriété du capteur, mais ce-lui-ci no pourra les détourner de leur affection spéciale pendant la durée de la guerre. 949 Art. X. Tout bâtiment de commerce,Merchant vessels performing hospital duty to be treated as neutral; visited by enemy’s cruiser rendering sick and wounded incapacitated from further war service. A quelque nation qu’il appartienne, chargé exclusivement do blessés et do malades dont il opère l’évacuation, est couvert par la neutralité; mais le fait seul de la visite, notifié sur le journal du bord, par un croi-seur ennemi, rend les blessés et les mala-des incapable de servir pendant la durée de la guerre. Le croiseur aura mémo le droit do mettre à bord uu commissaire pour accompagner le convoi et vérifier ainsi la bonne foi de l’opération. Si le bâtiment de commerce contenait Cargo of merchant ship protected; when; proviso.on outre un chargement, la neutralité le couvrirait encore pourvu que ce charge-ment ne fût pas de nature à être confisqué par le belligérant. Les belligérants conservent le droitRight of belligerents. d’interdire aux bâtiments neutralisés toute communication et toute direction qu’ils jugeraient nuisibles an secret de leurs opérations. Dans les cas urgents, des conventions particulières pourront Être faites entre les commandants-en-chef pour neutraliser momentanément d’une manière spéciale les navires destinés A l’évacuation des blessés et des malades. Art. XI. Les marins et les militairesWounded or sick sailors and soldiers, when embarked, etc.Return to native country. embarqués, blessés on malades, à quelque naton qu’ils appartiennent, seront pro-tégés et soignés par les capteurs. Leur rapatriement est soumis aux prescriptions do l’article six de la convention et do l’article cinq additionnel. Art. XII. Le drapeau distinctif à join-dreauWhite flag with red cross, etc., used by vessels claiming neutrality. pavillon national pour indiquer un navire on une embarcation quelconque qui réclame le bénéfice de la neutralité, en vertu des principes de cette Convention, est le pavillon blanc à croix rouge. Les belligérants exercent à cet égard toute vérification qu’ils jugent nécessaire. Les bâtiments hôpitaux militaires serontMilitary hospitals painted white, etc.Hospital ships, etc., and staff to be treated as neutral. distingués par une peinture extérieure blanche avec batterie verte. Art. XIII. Les navires hospitaliers, équipés aux frais des sociétés de secours reconnues par les Gouvernements signa-taires de cette Convention, pourvus do commission émanée du Souverain qui aura donné l’autorisation expresse de lour arme-ment, et d’un document de l’autorité maritime compétente, stipulant qu’ils ont été soumis à son contrôle pendant leur armement et à leur départ final, et qu’ils étaient alors uniquement appropriés an but de leur mission, seront considérés comme neutres ainsi que tout leur personnel. Ils seront respectés et protégés par les belligérants. Ils se feront reconnaîtreFlag sign, etc., of neutrality. eu bissant avec leur pavillon national, le pavillon blanc à croix rouge. La marque distinctive do leur personnel dans l’exercice de ses fono- 950tionssora un brassard aux mêmes couleurs; leur peinture extérieure sera blanche avec batterie rouge. Ces navires porteront secours et assistanceAid and assistance to wounded and wrecked belligerents, without distinction of nationality. aux blessés et aux naufrages des bel-ligérants sans distinction de nationalité. Iis no devront gêner en aucune manière les mouvements des combattants. Pendant et après le. combat, ils agiront à leurs risques et périls. Les belligérants auront sur eux le droitRights of belligerents to control and visit vessels, etc. do contrôle et do visite; ils pourront re-fuser leur concours, leur enjoindre do s’éloigner et les détenir si la gravité des circonstances l’exigeait. Les blessés et les naufragés recueillis parWounded and wrecked picked up, etc., cannot be reclaimed. ces navires ne pourront être réclamés par aucun des combattants, et il leur sera im-posé de no pas servir pendant la durée do la guerre. Art. XIV. Dans les guerres maritimes,Bight of belligerents to suspend Convention, etc. toute forte présomption que l’un des belli-gérants profite du bénéfice de la neutralité dans un autre intérêt que celui des blessés et des malades, permet à l’autre belligé-rant, jusqu’à preuve du contraire, do sus-pendre la Convention à son égard. Si cette présomption devient une certitude,Notice of suspension of convention, etc., to be given. la Convention peut même lui être dénoncée pour toute la durée de la guerre. Art. XV. Le présent acte seraAct embodied in one original copy and deposited in archives of Swiss Confederation.Authentic copy to be delivered to signatory Powers, etc. dressé en un seul exemplaire original qui sera déposé aux archives de la Confédération suisse. Une copie authentique de cet acte sera délivrée, avec l’invitation d’y adhérer, à chacune des Puissances signataires de la Convention du 22 août 1804, ainsi qu’à celles qui y ont successivement accédé. Eu foi do quoi les Commissaires sous-signés ont dressé le présent Projet d’articles additionnels et y ont apposé le cochet de leurs urines. Fait à Genève le vingtième Seale of Commissaries.jour dn mois d’octobre de l’au mil huit cent soixante-huit. von Rœder. F. Iaeffler. Köhler. Dr. Mundy. Steiner. Dr. Dompierre. F. N. Staaff. J. B. G. Galiffe. A. Coupvent des Bois. H. de Préval. Husky. John Saville Lumley. H. R. Yelverton. D. Felice Ba roffig. Paolo Cottrau. H. A. van Karnebeek. Westenberg. Visscheks. G. H. Dufour. G. Moynier. Dr. S. Lehmann. Dr. C. Hahn. Dr. Fichte. And whereas the President of the United States of America, byPreamble. and with the advice and consent of the Senate, did, on the first day of March, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, declare that the United States accede to the said Convention of the 2?d of August, 1804, and also accede to the said Convention of October 20, 1808; And whereas on the ninth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, the Federal Council of the Swiss Confederation, in 951 virtue of the final provision of a certain minute of the exchange of the ratifications of the said Convention at Berne, December 22, 1804, did, by a formal declaration, accept the said adhesion of the United States of America, as well in the name of the Swiss Confederation as in that of the other contracting States; And whereas, furthermore, the government of the Swiss Confederation has informed the Government of the United States that the exchange of the ratifications of the aforesaid additional articles of 20th October, 1808, to which the United States of America have in like manner adhered as aforesaid, has not yet taken place between the contracting parties, and that these articles cannot be regarded as a treaty in full force and effect: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention of August 22d, 1804, to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof: reserving, however, the promulgation of the hereinbefore mentioned additional articles of October 20, 1868, notwithstanding the accession of the United States of America thereto, until the exchange of the ratifications thereof between the several contracting States shall have been effected and the said additional articles shall have acquired full force and effect as an international treaty. In witness whereof 1 have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. . Done at the city of Washington, this twenty-sixth day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-[seal.] two, and of the independence of the United States the one hundred and seventh. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: Fred’k T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State.* May 13, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 952 952 TREATY—MADAGASCAR. May 13, 1881. *Treaty between the United States of America and Madagascar of Peace,May 13, 1881. Friendship and Commerce. Concluded at Antananarivo May* 13, 1881; *ratification advised by the Senate February* 27, 1883; *ratified by the President March* 10, 1883; *ratified by the Ambassadors of the Queen of Madagascar March* 12, 1883; *ratifications exchanged at Washington March* 12, 1883; *proclaimed March* 13, 1883. By the President of the United States of America a proclamation. Whereas a treaty of peace, friendship and commerce between thePreamble. United States of America and the Kingdom of Madagascar was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at Antananarivo, on the 13th day of May in the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, which treaty in the English Malagasy languages is word for word as follows: [*The following is the English version:*] Whereas a treaty of friendship and commerce between the GovernmentPreamble. of Madagascar and the Government of the United States of R. S. Pub. treaties, 464.America was concluded on the fourteenth of February, 1867, at. Antananarivo, the capital of Madagascar, under which the most friendly relations between the two have existed up to the present time; and whereas her Majesty Ranavalomanjaka, Queen of Madagascar, and his Excellency James A. Garfield, President of the United States of America, are both desirous, for the good and welfare of their respective countries, to maintain the present friendly relations, and to expand the commerce between the two countries; to prevent as far as possible complications and disputes between their respective subjects and citizens, and to pro-provide more definitely the manner of executing the obligations of the treaty and the adjustments of disputes that may arise in the future, the following articles of revision and addition to the treaty of the fourteenth of February, 1867, have been mutually agreed to and signed by Ravon-inahitriniarivo 15th Honor, Officer of the Palace, Chief Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, on the part of the Government of Madagascar; and W. W. Robinson, United States Consul for Madagascar, on the part of the Government of the United States of America, on the thirteenth day of May (seventeenth of Alakaosy), eighteen hundred and eighty-one. Article I. The high contracting parties solemnly declare that there shall continueFriendship. to be a firm, inviolate peace, and a true and sincere friendship existing between them and their respective heirs and successors forever without war. Article II. 1. The dominions of each contracting party, as well as-the right ofDominion and right of domicile. domicile of their inhabitants are sacred, and no forcible possession of territory shall ever take place in either of them by the other party, nor any domiciliary visits nor forcible entries be made to, Or espionage of, the houses of either party against the will of the. occupants, except as hereinafter provided in Article VI., sections 4 and 23. 953 2. The right of sovereignty shall in all cases be respected in the dominionsSovereignty, right of. of one government by the subjects or citizens of the other. 3. Citizens protégés of the United States of America will respect the Government of Ranavalomanjaka, and that of her heirs and successors, and will not interfere with the institutions of the country, nor meddle with affairs of Her Majesty’s Government, unless employed by Her Majesty. ’ . 4. The dominions of Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar shall be United States citizens and vessels restricted from aiding rebellion, etc.understood to mean the whole extent of Madagascar; and United States vessels and citizens shall not aid Her Majesty’s subjects in rebellion, nor sell munitions of war to them, nor bring them help in warfare, or teach the art of war to them; and the same shall apply to rebels against the heirs and successors of Her Majesty within the dominions of Madagascar. 5. Citizens and protégés of the United States of America, while inChristian religion. Madagascar, shall enjoy the privilege of free and unmolested exercise of their respective Christian religious opinions and customs; new places of worship, however, shall not be built by them without permission of the Government of Madagascar. 6. Citizens and proteges of the United States of America while inProtection in right of person and property. Madagascar shall enjoy full and complete protection and security for themselves and their property equally with the subjects of Madagascar. Article III. 1. According to the laws of Madagascar from all time, Malagasy Real estate.lands cannot be sold to foreigners, and, therefore, citizens and proteges of the United States of America are prohibited from purchasing lands in Madagascar; but still they shall be permitted to lease or rent lands, houses, or storehouses for a term of months or years, mutually agreed upon between the owners and United States citizens, not exceeding twenty-live years for one term; but the lessee, or owner of theLeasehold. lease, at the expiration of a term, may, if he should wish to do so, and can agree with the lessor (proprietor of the land), renew the lease by periods not exceeding twenty-live years for any one term; and the conditions agreed upon by the parties for such renewals are to be inserted in the lease. However, every renewal must be acknowledged at the time of making it before the proper authorities, as hereinafter provided in section 9 of this article for executing leases for lands and houses; and the same fee may be exacted. 2. United States citizens and protégés shall be permitted to buildBuildings and improvement under leases. houses and magazines, of any material desired, on land leased by them, according to the agreement made with the owner; and when the lease contains a condition permitting the lessee to remove the buildings and fixtures so constructed by him, the same shall be removed within three months after the final expiration of the lease; otherwise they shall become the property of the owner of the land. 3. This privilege of leasing lands and building thereon by UnitedFortifications. States citizens and protégés shall not be construed as a right to build fortifications of whatever nature, nor to mine on the lands; and should any minerals be accidentally found on such lands, they are to be left toMinerals. the disposition of Her Majesty’s Government, and no agreement will be valid made between parties to avoid this clause relative to minerals. 4. United States citizens and protégés who wish to lease tracts ofUnappropriated lands. unappropriated lands in Madagascar may lease of the Malagasy Government, under the same rules as provided above in this article, sections 1-3, for leasing lands of Her Majesty’s subjects. 5. United States citizens and protégés shall be allowed to hire laborers,Hire of laborers, etc. not soldiers, and, if slaves, not without the permission of their masters. And if such hired laborers should desire to leave, they shall 954 be at liberty to do so, and be paid up to the time of leaving on giving one month’s previous notice. 6. This notice, however, shall not be required from the Government ofHired laborers, light of service to the government reserved. Madagascar, when Her Majesty the Queen shall have immediate and unexpected need of the services of such laborers; but the officers of the Government in taking such laborers for government service will Skilled labor.avoid taking the skilled laborers—those who have become habituated to the special avocations in which they are employed—and the permanently employed servants, when the circumstances will admit. And the Queen calling such laborer’s for soldiers or other pressing Government service, shall be considered as the circumstances under which they may be taken without the notice, and paid up to the time of leaving. The above restriction is intended to prevent the local authorities from taking such permanent laborers from their employers, but not to i nterfere with the right, of Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar to call them to government service when needed. 7. Mail carriers, and bearers of dispatches, and bearers of freight, asMail carriers, etc.,protection of. well as the servants and bearers of travelers employed by United States citizens and protégés, and provided with passports from the Malagasy Government, will not be taken away while en route, but must be permitted to finish their journeys. Nevertheless, such persons, if transgressing the Jaw, will ’ not be exempt from arrest even while on the journey. 8. Slaves shall be allowed to engage themselves with United StatesSlaves. citizens and protégés for short periods, where their masters are far away, or where it is not known whether they are slaves or not, but if they are demanded by their masters they shall be allowed to leave, and be paid up to the time of leaving, without giving the one month’s previous notice. 9. Contracts for renting or leasing lands or houses, or hiring laborers,Contracts, execution of. shall be executed by leases for lands and contracts for labor in writing which shall be executed before the United States consular officer and the governor of the district where such consular officer resides, or instead of said governor such officer as he may delegate for such duty, who, when satisfied that the parties have the right to make the contract, Approval.shall approve within writing signed by them, and sealed with their official government seals. 10. And for such service a fee not exceeding two dollars ($2) may beFees. exacted for each official seal. But when the period contracted for, for labor does exceed six months, procuring this official approval shall be optional with the parties. 11. And the United States consular officer, as well as the governor ofApproval of contracts to be ii ado without delay. the district where such officer resides, or any other local officer that may be designated by the governor for that purpose, shall approve the same without, delay, unless it be in the case of some unavoidable preventing circumstances, or on a day when official business is stayed by the Queen of Madagascar. 12. On lands so leased by American citizens and protégés, the American Tax, annual, on leased lands.lessee shall pay to Her Majesty an annual tax of two cents per English square acre upon lands for cultivation, and on town lands an annual tax of one-fourth cent per English square yard. 13. This tax shall not be considered as payment in whole or in partTaxes. of other taxes which may be levied on such United States citizens and protégés, or the citizens and subjects of other nations residing in Madagascar and Malagasy subjects, not of any part of the export duty upon the productions of such lands, but as a special land tax. 14. This tax shall be paid once each year in the month which shallPayment of land tax. be fixed by (he government for its payment; and the officer who shall be designated to receive such, shall upon reception of each tax give a receipt therefor, over his signature and official seal, mentioning t he day, month and year on which it was received, and describing the land upon which the tax is paid, and for what year, as a proof of payment. 955 15. Such leases maybe transferred; in which cases notice must beTransfer of leases. given to the government authorty of Madagascar. 16. Citizens and protégés of the United States of America who comePassports. to Madagascar must present a passport from their government, or from some consul, certifying their nationality; otherwise they are liable to be prohibited from residing in Madagascar. 17. But after producing such passport, they shall be permitted toProtection, rights, etc.Printing. follow any occupation they wish; to print books or newspapers of a moral character, or any books or periodicals on literary, commercial, or scientific subjects, provided they are not of an unlawful character; but shall not be permitted to publish seditious criticisms upon Her Majesty’s government. 18. United States citizens and proteges shall be permitted to passRight of travel restricted to certain districts. with or without merchandise, with their bearers, baggage, carriers, and servants, through all parts of Madagascar which are under the control of a governor duly appointed by Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar, with the exception of Ambohmianga, and Ambohmianambola, and Amparafaravats, which places foreigners are not permitted to enter; and, in fact, be entitled to all privileges of commerce or other business,Privileges of most favored nation extended.Reciprocal rights of subjects of Madagascar. calling or profession granted to the most favored nation, so long as they do not infringe the laws of Madagascar. 19. The subjects of Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar shall enjoy the same privileges in the United States of America. Article IV. 1. Commerce between the people of the United States of AmericaCommerce. and Madagascar shall be perfectly free, with all the privileges under which the most favored nations are now, or may hereafter be trading. 2. Citizens of the United States of America shall, however; pay aDuty on exports and imports. duty not exceeding ten per cent, on both exports and imports in Madagascar, to be regulated by a tariff to be mutually agreed upon. 3. No other duties, such as tonnage, pilotage, quarantine, or lighthouseDuty, etc., on vessels. ’ dues shall be imposed in ports of either country on the vessels of the other, to which national vessels, or vessels of the most favored nations, shall not equally be liable. 4. Until Her Majesty the Queen shall decide to collect all duties in Tariff duty, how payable.money, the import duty on American goods may be paid in money or in kind, on each kind of goods, at the option of the owner or consignee, and according to a tariff that shall be agreed upon, not exceeding ten per cent. 5. This tariff of customs dues shall be drawn up by the United StatesTariff of customs dues, rates of, may be revised, etc. consul and an officer delegated by Her Majesty’s Government for the purpose, within three months after the exchange of the ratification of this treaty, and shall be submitted to the two governments for approval; and the same shall be published within one year from the date of the exchange of the ratification of this treaty. And this tariff may be revised in the same way, in whole or upon any article or articles, at any time, upon the application of either government, should it be found rated too high or too low, in whole or upon any one article or articles of merchandise. 6. In ease any article of import or export should be inadvertentlyArticle not provided for to pay ten per cent, ad valorem. omitted from such tariff, the duty levied on such article shall be ten per cent, ad valorem until the proper tariff on the same shall be agreed upon. 7. United States citizens and protégés are not allowed to importMunitions of war. munitions of war into Madagascar, except on orders from Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar. 8. In regard to alcoholic liquors, the Malagasy Government may regulateAlcoholic liquors. the importation according to its pleasure; or prohibit the importation altogether; or limit the importation as tequired; may levy as high 956 a duty as it may see fit, or make it a misdemeanor to sell or give such liquors to certain classes of its subjects. 9. And should it be found at any time that any other articles of anReserved control of importation of articles injurious, etc. injurious nature, tending to the injury of the health or morals of Her Majesty’s subjects, are being imported, Her Majesty’s Government shall have the right to control, restrict or prohibit the importation in like manner, after giving due notice to the United States Government. 10. Prohibited from export by the laws of Madagascar’ are timber andTimber and COWS. cows. Timber, however, may be exported by Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar, or by her order. 11. Ports of Madagascar, where there is no military station under thePorta of entry. control of a governor duly appointed by Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar, must not be entered by United States vessels for purposes of trade; should they do so, they will be treated as smugglers. 12. And Her- Majesty’s Government will not be responsible for damageRobberies, etc.; damages; special permits. by robbery of, or other malfeasance to United States citizens or proteges in districts where there are no governors, nor other officers or soldiers duly7 appointed by7 Her Majesty’s Government, should such United States citizens go into such districts without special permits. 13. Goods which have been duly entered and duties paid thereon atLanding duty-paid goods at United States ports. a regular port of entry, may be carried to other ports in United States coasting vessels and landed without further payment, on presentation of invoices of the same, duly certified by the chief collector of customs at the port of entry7, showing that the duties have been paid. 14. Vessels entering Malagasy ports which arc not ports of entry forSmuggling; penalty. the purpose of trade, will be seized; the masters and crews will be treated as smugglers, and the vessel and cargo will be confiscated. 15. It is further agreed between the high contracting parties that theForged passports, etc.; penalty- offering of a forged passport or one surreptitiously obtained, for entry of goods at any of Her Majesty’s ports, or being in any manner knowingly concerned in such fraudulent passports or invoices, either by making, or buying, or selling the same, or by offering to enter goods by means of the same, shall be considered a felony, and the person or persons found guilty7 of such an offense, whether American or Malagasy, shall be punished by imprisonment or fine or both according to the aggravation of Fraudulent invoices, etc.the offence, as hereinafter provided by Article VI.; and this in addition to the penalty for smuggling when goods have been smuggled, or attempt has been made to smuggle, by means of such fraudulent passports or invoice. 16. United States vessels of war shall be permitted to enter freelyVessels of war. into the military ports, rivers, and creeks situated in the dominions of Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar, to make repairs and to provide themselves, at a fair and moderate price, such supplies, stores and provisions as they may from time to time need, including timber for necessary repairs, without payment of duty. 17. On account of Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar’s desireCoaling station privileges, etc. to facilitate communications between the United States and Madagascar and thereby to advance commerce between the two countries, the United States Government and United States private steamship companies are hereby granted the privilege to land and deposit coal for the use of United States Government and private steamers at Tamatave or Mo-janga, or both, on land designated by the governor for that purpose, and to take the same away again from time to time for the use of such steamers, without payment of duties or harbor charges of any kind; but a nominal rent for five cents a ton shall be paid per annum as rent for the land on which it may be stored. This privilege shall continue until coal of Madagascar production in sufficient quantity for such Traffic in coal.steamers can be bought. But should any of the vessels bringing such coal, or any of the steamers taking the same away, bring goods to sell at such port, or take goods from the same, such vessel must pay the same duty and harbor charges as other merchant vessels except on the 957 coal. And should any of such coal be sold in Madagascar, duty must be paid on the quantity so sold. Article V. 1. The contracting parties may appoint consular officers of any or ofConsular officers. all grades to reside in the dominions of the other, and such consular officers shall be granted all the rights and privileges granted to functionaries of like grades of the most favored nations, as witnesses of the good relations existing between the two nations, and to regulate and protect commerce. 2. The President of the United States of America may send a diplomaticDiplomatic Officers. officer of any grade to reside in Madagascar who shall enjoy the rights and privileges provided by international law for his gratis 3. The Queen of Madagascar shall have the like privilege of sending a diplomatic officer of any grade to the United States of America, and he shall enjoy there likewise all the rights and privileges of his grade established by international law. Article VI. 1. Citizens and protégés of the United States of America, who enterLaws of trade and commerce. Madagascar, and subjects of Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar, while sojourning in the United States of America, are subject to the laws of trade and commerce in the respective countries. 2. In regard to civil fights, whether of person or property, of citizensCivil rights. and protégés of the United States of America, where disputes or differences shall arise between them, or in eases of criminal offenses committed by them upon each other, they shall be under the exclusive civil and criminal jurisdiction of then-own consuls, duly invested with the necessary powers. 3. Neither shall the Malagasy authorities interfere in differences orDifferences and disputes. disputes between United States citizens and proteges and the citizens or subjects of any third power in Madagascar. 4. But the Malagasy police may, whenever a United States citizen orArrests for crime, etc. protégé shall be discovered in the act of committing a crime against any person, of whatever nationality, or breach of the peace in any manner, whether by making unlawful disturbance in the streets and public places, or in any manner breaking the published laws of Madagascar, arrest such offender without process and take him immediately before the proper United States consular officer, who will take such action in the case as the circumstances, the laws of the two countries, and the stipulations of this treaty require. 5. The Malagasy Government will supply to each United States consular Laws, decrees, etc., affecting foreigners.officer residing in Madagascar, within six months after the exchange of the ratification of this treaty, one or more printed copies of all laws, decrees, or customs having the force of law which affect in any way, directly or indirectly, foreigners sojourning in Madagascar, in their rights and privileges, either of person or property, for the information of United States citizens sojourning in Madagascar. 6. And in like manner, whenever any change shall be made in suchChanges in laws, etc.; notice to be furnished consuls, etc. laws or decrees, or new ones be promulgated, touching the interests of such persons, a like printed copy of the same shall be furnished to each said United States consular officers, at least one month before such change, or new law, or decree shall take effect; and when any such change, or new law, or decree, touches or changes the regulations of the ’ customhouse, or duties to be paid, or the laws in regard to exports and imports, the said copies of such new laws and decrees shall be so furnished at least six months before taking effect against United States citizens. 7. All disputes and differences arising between citizens and protégésDisputes and differences between of the United States of America and subjects of Madagascar, and all 958 criminal offences committed by such citizens and protégés against saidcitizens of both governments to be tried by “ mixed courts.” subjects of Madagascar, and all criminal offences committed by the subjects of Madagascar against the citizens and proteges of the United States of America, as well as all infringement of the laws of Madagascar by the United States citizens and protégés, shall be investigated, tried, and adjudged by “ mixed courts,” as follows: 8. The chief United States diplomatic officer, when there shall be oneCourts. tn Madagascar, or when there is no such officer residing in the kingdom, the chief or senior United States consular officer, and a Malagasy officer, duly appointed by Her Majesty the Queen of Madagascar for that purpose,“Mixed superior court, how organized. shall constitute a “mixed superior court,” which shall be “a court of record,” and may bold its sittings at Antananarivo, the capital of Madagascar, or at Tamatave, according as the circumstances of the business of the court may require. 9. . This superior court shall have both original and appellate jurisdiction;Jurisdiction. that is, actions may be commenced and decided in it, and it may also try cases appealed from the inferior courts herein provided for, as follows: 10. There shall be one inferior mixed court tn each United States consularInferior mixed court. and each United Stales consular agent’s district in Madagascar. Such courts shall consist of the United States consular officer of the district and a Malagasy officer appointed by Her Majesty’s Government for the purpose, for each district. 11. The inferior courts shall have original jurisdiction of civil casesJurisdiction. where the sum claimed does not exceed five hundred dollars ($500) or imprisonment for more than one year, or both, as will be more fully explained in the “Code of Bules” of proceedings for the mixed courts, hereinafter provided for. 12. Appeals from the superior mixed courts may be taken to either of Appeals.the two governments, at the option of the party appealing, in the manner provided in said “Code of Rules.” 13. In the trial of actions in these courts, the native judge shall preside Trials.and have the prevailing voice in the decisions when United States citizens or proteges are the plaintiffs, and vice versa when they are defendants, that is, when subjects of the Queen are the plaintiffs the United States (consular or diplomatic) officer, as the case may be, shall preside and have the prevailing voice in the decisions. 14. But the presiding judge shall in every case counsel with and givePresiding judge. due weight to the opinions of the associate judge before giving decisions. 15. It is agreed by the’high contracting parties that any attempt toBribery and corrupt ion. influence the decision of these judges, or any one of them, in a case on trial, or to be decided by them, except by arguments in open court, shall be considered a misdemeanor; and that the offering a bribe to any one of them in money or other object of value or favor, for the purpose of influencing his decision, Penalty.shall be considered a felony, and that the person proved guilty of either of these offences shall be punished by the government to which he belongs, according to the grade of his crime. And if it shall be proved that a judge of these courts, of either nationality, shall have received a bribe to influence his decision in any case, he shall be dismissed from bis office of judge, and otherwise punished according to the laws of his own nation for such malfeasance. 16. It is further agreed that within six months after the exchange ofCode of rules. the ratification of ibis treaty, that the chief diplomatic or consular officer of the United Stales, who shall be at the time residing in Madagascar, and one or more officers to be selected by Her Majesty’s Government, shall meet and together draw up a “Code of Rules” of proceedings for these mixed courts, which code, when so drawn and signed by said officers, shall be forwarded by them to their respective governments for approval; and when approved by both governments shall be considered a part of this treaty, duly ratified as such. And this treaty, including said code of rules, together with international law, and the laws of the 959 United States of America and of Madagascar, in so far as the latter can be made to harmonize, shall govern proceedings in these courts. 17. It is agreed that the said “ Code of Rules” shall follow, in so farScope of “code of rales.” as the laws and present status of things in Madagascar will admit, the rules of proceedings in United States consular courts in Madagascar: that all attestations in the proceedings shall be made under the judicial oath or affirmation of civilized nations; and that the said code of rules shall define how actions shall be commenced and be conducted, the grades of offences and their punishments, under what circumstances arrests may be made, and the amount and manner of bail to be taken, the disposition to be made of fines collected, when, how, and to whom appeals may be taken, and all other matters necessary for the intelligent working of such courts. And shall also contain forms for writs and other processes, and a tariff of fees. 18. In all cases of arrest permitted by this treaty now, and to be providedTreatment of prisoners. for the “ Code of Rules”, the prisoner shall be, during their detention, treated with all the humanity consonant with the laws of civilized nations. Her Majesty’s Government will see that they are supplied with wholesome food and drink in sufficient quantity, and detained in healthy quarters, and that they be brought to trial in the shortest time possible consonant with the convenience of the prisoner. 19. In cases of arrest of American citizens or protégés in the absenceNotice of arrest of American citizens. of a United States consular officer, or where no such officer resides, the authority causing the arrest shall immediately inform the nearest United States consular officer of the fact and of the circumstance of the ease, and also cause the prisoner to be taken as soon as possible before the mixed court of which that nearest consular officer is a judge. 20. It shall be the duty of the court to encourage the settlement ofSett loment of controversies, etc. controversies of a civil character by mutual agreement, or to submit the same to the decision of referees agreed upon by the parties. And in criminal cases, which are not of a heinous character, it shall be lawful for the parties aggrieved or concerned therein, with the assent of the court, to adjust the same among themselves upon pecuniary or other considerations. 21. Her Majesty’s Government will render all assistance in its powerCollection of claims, etc. to United States citizens and protégés toward collecting their legal claims against Her Majesty’s subjects; and United States consular Officers will likewise render every assistance in collecting legal claims against United States citizens and protégés. 22. Whenever it is known, or there is reason to believe, that Search for fugitives from justice and stolen goods.transgressors against the laws, fugitives from justice are on the premises of United States citizens or protégés, such premises may be entered by the Malagasy police with the consent of the occupants, or against their consent in company with a United States Consular officer, or with his written order. In case of absence of such United States officers, or in places where no such officers reside, the police may make such entry by the order of the local authority, to look for the offender or stolen property; and the offender, if found, may be arrested, and all stolen property seized. 23. Murder and insurrection or rebellion against the Government of Capital offences; trial, etc.Madagascar with intent to subvert the same, shall be capital offence, and not bailable; and when a United States citizen shall be convicted by this court of either of those crimes he shall be banished the country and sent to the United States of America for a review of his trial and approval of his sentence and punishment. If a Malagasy subject be convicted by the court of the murder of a United States citizen or pro-tégé he shall suffer such punishment as the Malagasy law awards for such crime when her Majesty, the Queen of Madagascar, shall have approved the judgment of the court! 24. When a United States citizen shall have been convicted of several Minor offenses.Penalty.minor offences, showing him to be a turbulent and intractable 960 person, he shall, upon the request of the Government of Her Majesty the Queen, be banished the country. Article VII. 1. No United States vessel shall have communication with the shore Sanitary regulations.before receiving critique from the local authorities of Madagascar and producing a “bill of health” from the port sailed from, signed by the Malagasy consul if there be one at that port; if none, then by the person duly authorized to give such bills of health. 2. Malagasy subjects shall not be permitted to embark on UnitedPassports. States vessels without a passport from Her Majesty’s Government. 3. In cases of mutiny on United States merchant vessels, or in casesMutiny; desertion. of desertion from United States national or private vessels, the local authorities shall, on application, render all necessary assistance as far as is possible to the United States consular officer to bring back the deserter, or to restore discipline on board merchant vessels. 4. When a United States consular officer shall ask the local authoritiesArrest of deserters. to arrest a deserter from a vessel, the police shall be directed to do their utmost to arrest promptly such deserter in the district. And if the consular officer suggest other places where the deserter may have secreted himself, the authorities shall give a written notice to the governor of such district pointed out, who shall in his turn do his utmost to find and arrest the deserter. And the result of such efforts, whether successful or otherwise, shall be promptly reported to tho governor, who shall report to the consular officer. 5. For the services required by this article for arresting deserters, ifFees and traveling expenses. such deserters be arrested, a fee of three dollars ($3) may be exacted for each deserter arrested, and five cents per English mile for the distance actually travelled by the police, and also such necessary expenses as may be incurred for food, ferrying, and imprisonment of the deserter. 6. And if discovered that such police did not do their utmost theyFailure of police to perform duty; penalty. shall be punished by the governor; and if such police have done their utmost but without success, they will be none the less entitled to the expenses above stated, but not to the fee of three dollars ($3). Article VII. 1. In case of a shipwreck of a United States vessel on the coast of Shipwreck, etc.Madagascar, or if any such vessel should be attacked or plundered in the waters of Madagascar, adjacent to any military station, the governor will do his utmost to urge the people to save life and to secure property and to restore it to the owners or to the United States consul, and if there be no consul nor owner in such district, an inventory of the goods rescued shall be made and the goods shall be delivered to the nearest United States consular officer, who shall give the governor a receipt for the same. 2. The governor of the district shall take the names of the people engagedRescue of lives, etc. in saving such vessel, and designate those who rescue lives and those who save goods. 3. And it such vessel be an abandoned one, then one-fourth of vesselSalvage. and goods may be claimed for salvage. 4. And if a vessel be in distress, and the captain or crew demandVessels in distress. help, such help shall be rewarded at the rate of twenty-five cents a day for soldiers and laborers, and one dollar a day for officers who superintend such help. 5. And if any vessel be wrecked or in distress, and the captain orFailure to ask assistance, etc. crew do not demand assistance, being in a situation to do so, and consequently the Malagasy do not save anything, the governor and people will not be responsible. 6. However, in case the captain or crew demand assistance, or are inPunishment for negligence, etc., in case of shipwreck. a situation where making such a demand is impossible, and it is known that the governor did not do his utmost to move the people to save 961 such vessel and cargo, lie shall be punished according to the laws of Madagas jar. 7. The same protection shall be granted to Malagas:’ vessels attackedLike protection, etc., to Malagasy vessels. or plundered in the waters of the United States of America. Article IX. 1. American goods may be landed in bond to be reshipped to otherLanding of goods in bonds for reshipment, etc. ports without payment of duties, under the following rules: 2. When it may be desired to so land goods to be reshipped to other ports, the owner of the goods, or the consignee, or master of the vessel, as the ease may be, shall present to the local governor, or to the collector of customs, as the governor may direct, a correct invoice or manifestInvoice of goods, etc., landed. of the goods so landed, showing values by detail when there are goods of different kinds, or of different values, and quantities of each and the total value. 3. The Malagasy customs officers shall verify by inspection the goodsInspection of goods; bond. when landed with the invoice or manifest; then the owner, consignee, or master of the vessel, as the ease may be, shall execute a bond payable to the governor or collector of customs, as may be directed by the local authority, conditioned to pay the established duties on such goods, or on such part of them as shall not have been reshipped within the period agreed upon, which period shall be mentioned in the bond as the date of its maturity. Then such goods may be stored on the premises of their owner or consignee, or in magazines rented by him for that purpose. 4. When he reships the goods, he will notify the party to whom thisUpon verification of reshipment, etc., bond to be returned. bond has been given to be present and again verify the goods with the invoice or manifest, when, if none are lacking, he will be entitled to the return of his bond, or if the goods or any part of them are lacking, he must pay the duty as established by Article IV. on such as are not found and reshipped, which will equally entitle him to receive back his bond. Article X. Her Majesty’s Government desires the development of the dormantDevelopment of certain industries, etc.; investment of capital. resources of the kingdom and the advancement of all the useful mechanical and agricultural industries therein, and thereby to promote the best interests of commerce and Christian civilization by adoption and application of such modern improvements and appliances as shall be suitable for such purposes and best adapted to the condition of Madagascar, and for the best interests of Her Majesty’s people; and toward the accomplishment of these objects, should any United States citizens or proteges of good character, and possessing the requisite qualifications for the special business proposed, desire to engage in such industries in Madagascar by investment of capital or labor, or in teaching the people how to apply the modern improvements in the prosecution of the industries, their applications to the government will be favorably received and their propositions liberally entertained; and if they and the Government can agree upon terms they will be permitted to engage in suchPer mission to engage in business. avocations by contracts, grants, commissions or salaries. Article XI. 1. It is agreed between the high contracting parties that the levy ofTaxes to be reciprocal; exception. taxes on United States citizens, as hereinbefore provided for conditionally in Article III., section 13, shall never be at a higher rate than shall be levied upon Her Majesty’s subjects for the same purposes and upon like values, except the special land tax hereinbefore provided for in Article III., section 12. 2. United States citizens and proteges shall not be deprived of anyPrivileges. privileges relinquished by this treaty unless the same restrictions be 962 placed upon the citizens and subjects of all other foreign nations residing in Madagascar, but shall enjoy all the privileges that may be granted to the most favored nations. 3. And her Majesty’s subjects while sojourning in the United States of America shall enjoy all the privileges conceded by the United States Government to the citizens or .subjects of the most favored nation. Article XII. 1. The above articles of treaty made in good faith shall be submittedExchange of ratifications. to both the Government of the United States of America and Her Majesty, the Queen of Madagascar, for ratification; and such ratification be exchanged within one year from date of ratification at Antananarivo. 2. Should it at any future time seem desirable in the interests of eitherTreaty may be altered, etc. of the contracting parties to alter or add to the present treaty, such alterations or additions shall be effected with the consent of both parties. 3. Duplicate originals of this treaty, with corresponding text in theSignatures. English and Malagasy languages, which shall be both of equal authority, have been signed and sealed at Antananarivo, Madagascar, on this 13th day of May (seventeenth of Alakaosy), one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one. [seal.] W. W. Robinson, *United states Consul for Madagascar*. [seal.] Ravoninahiteiniarivo, 15. *Voninahitra, Off. D. P. Lehiben’ ng Mpanao Raharaha amy ng Vahiny.* In the name of Her Majesty Ranavalomanjaka, Queen of Madagascar,Ratification. and by Her Royal Command and authority, we, Her Majesty’s duly empowered Ambassadors Plenipotentiary hereby ratify and confirm the within treaty and every part thereof. March twelfth, 1883. [seal.] Ravoninahiteiniarivo. 15 *Vtra O. D. P. Chief Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs, Chief Ambassador of H. M. the Queen of Madagascar.* Ramaniraka, 14 *Vtra O. D. P. Member of the Privy Council, Ambassador of H. M. the Queen of Madagascar.* And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts, Proclamation.and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington, on the twelfth day of March, in the year one thousand eight hundred and eighty-three: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness thereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this thirteenth day of March in the [seal] year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-three, and of the Independence of the United States of America, the one hundred and seventh. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President, Feeds. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State.* October 2, 1881 October 14, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 963 963 TREATY—SERBIA—COMMERCIAL. October 2—14, 1881. *Treaty between the United States and Serbia for facilitating and developingOctober 2, 1882 and 14, 1881. commercial relations, concluded at Belgrade October* 2⁄14 1881; *ratification advised by the Senate July* 5, 1882; *ratified by the President July* 5, 1882; *ratified by the Prince of Serbia October 30⁄November 11*, 1882; *ratifications ex changed at Belgrade November 3⁄15,* 1882; *proclaimed December* 27, 1882, by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION.. Whereas, a Treaty between the United States of America and hisPreamble. Highness the Prince of Serbia, for facilitating and developing the commercial relations established between the two countries, was concluded and signed at Belgrade by their respective plenipotentiaries on the day of October, 1881, the original of which treaty, being in the English and Serbian languages, is word for word as follows: [*The following is the English version*.] TREATY OF COMMERCE BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA AND SERBIA. The United States of America and His Highness the Prince of Serbia,Contracting parties. animated by the desire of facilitating and developing the commercial relations established between the two countries, have determined with this object to conclude a treaty, and have named as their respective plenipotentiaries, viz: The United States of America, Eugene Schuyler, their chargé d’affaires and consul-general at Bucarest; His Highness the Prince of Serbia, Monsieur Ched. Mijatovitch, His Minister of Foreign Affairs, Grand Officer of His Order of Takova, &c., &c., &c., Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good jind due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: Article I. There shall be reciprocally full and entire liberty of commerce andReciprocal liberty of commerce and navigation. navigation between the citizens and subjects of the two high contracting powers, who shall be at liberty to establish themselves freely in each other’s territory. Citizens of the United States in Serbia and Serbian subjects in theResidence, etc. United States shall reciprocally, on conforming to the laws of the country, be at liberty freely to enter, travel or reside in any’ part of the respective territories, to carry on their business, and shall enjoy in thisProtection of persons and property. respect for their persons and property the same protection as that enjoyed by natives or by the subjects of the most favored nation. They shall be at liberty to exercise their industry and trade, both byIndustry and trade. wholesale and by retail, in the whole extent of both territories, without being subjected as to their persons or property, or with regard to the exercise of their trade or business, to any taxes, whether general or local, or to any imposts or conditions of any kind other or more onerous than those which are or may be imposed upon natives or upon the subjects of the most favored nation. 964 In like manner in all that relates to local taxes, customs, formalities,Privileges, exemptions, immunities brokerage, patterns or samples introduced by commercial travellers, and all other matters connected with trade, citizens of the United States in Serbia and Serbian subjects in the United States shall enjoy the treatment of the most favored nation, and all the rights, privileges, exemptions and immunities of any kind enjoyed with respect to commerce and industry by the citizens or subjects of the high contracting parties, or which are or may be hereafter conceded to the subjects of any third power, shall be extended to the citizens or subjects of the other. Article II. In all that concerns the right of acquiring, possessing or disposing ofHolding real and personal property. every kind of property, real or personal, citizens of the United States in Serbia and Serbian subjects in the United States, shall enjoy the rights which the respective laws grant or shall grant in each of these states to the subjects of the most favored nation. Within these limits, and under the same conditions as the subjects ofRights to property by purchase, etc.; power to dispose of. the most favored nation, they shall be at liberty to acquire and dispose of such property, whether by purchase, sale, donation, exchange, marriage contract, testament, inheritance, or in any other manner whatever, without being subject to any taxes, imposts or charges whatever, other or higher than those which are or shall be levied on natives or on the subjects of the most favored state. They shall likewise be at liberty to export freely the proceeds of the sale of their property, and their goods in general, without being subjected to pay any other or higher duties than those payable under similar circumstances by natives or by the subjects of the most favored state. Article III. Merchants, manufacturers, and trades people in general of one of theReciprocal liberty of citizens to transact business. two contracting countries travelling in the other, or sending thither their clerks and agents, whether with or without samples, in the exclusive interest of the commerce or industry that they carry on, and for the purpose of making purchases or sales, or receiving commissions, shall be treated with regard to their licenses, as the merchants, manufacturers and trades people of the most favored nation. It is understood, however, that the preceding stipulations do not affectLaws regarding peddling and nawki ng to remain in force.Trading. in any way the laws and regulations in force in each of the two countries applicable to all foreigners as respects peddling and hawking. The citizens and subjects of the Contracting Parties shall be reciprocally treated as the natives of the country, or as the subjects of the most favored nation, when they shall go from one country to the other to visit fairs and markets for the purpose of exercising their commerce and selling their products. No obstacle shall be placed in the way of the free movements of travellers, Passports.and the administrative formalities relative to travelling passports shall be restricted to the strict necessities of the public service on passing the frontiers. Article IV. Citizens of the United States in Serbia and Serbian subjects in theExemption from land and sea service. United States shall be reciprocally exempted from all personal service, whether in the army by land or by sea; whether in the national guard or militia; from billeting; from all contributions, whether pecuniary or in kind, destined as a compensation for personal service; from all forced loans,Forced loans; exceptions. and from all military exactions or requisitions. The liabilities, however, arising out of the possession of real property, and for military loans and requisitions to which all the natives might be called upon to contribute as proprietors of real property or as farmers, shall be excepted. 965 They shall be equally exempted from all obligatory official, judicial, administrative or municipal functions whatever. They shall have reciprocally free access to the courts of justice onAccess to courts of justice. conforming to the laws of the country, both for the prosecution and for the defence of their rights in all the degrees of jurisdiction established by the laws. They can employ in every case advocates, lawyers and agents of all classes authorized by the law of the country, and shall enjoy in this respect, and as concerns domiciliary visits to their houses, manufactories, warehouses or shops, the same rights and advantages as are or shall be granted to the natives of the country, or to the subjects of the most favored nation. It is understood that every favor or exemption which shall be subsequentlyReciprocal favors a n d exemptions. granted in this matter to the subjects of a foreign country by one of the two contracting powers shall be immediately and by right extended to the citizens or subjects of the other party. Article V. Neither of the contracting parties shall establish a prohibition of importation,Equality of prohibition, exportation, etc.; exception. exportation or transit against the other which shall not be applicable at the same time to all other nations, except the special measures that the two countries reserve to themselves the right of establishing for a sanitary purpose, or in event of a war. Article VI. As to the amount, the guarantee and the collection of duties on importsReciprocal rights as to amount of duties on imports and exports, etc. and exports, as well as regards transit, re-exportation, warehousing, local dues and customhouse formalities, each of the two high contracting parties binds itself to give to the other the advantage of every’ favor, privilege or diminution in the tariffs on the import or export of the articles mentioned or not in the present convention, that it shall have granted to a third power. Also every favor or immunity which shall be later granted to a third power shall be immediately extended, and without condition, and by this very fact to the other contracting party. Article VII. The products of the soil or of the industry of Serbia winch shall beEquality of duties on produce, etc. ,of either country. imported into the United States of America, and the product s of the soil or of the industry of the United States which shall be imported into Serbia, and which shall be destined for consumption in the country, for warehousing, for re-exportation or for transit, shall be subjected to the same treatment, and shall not be liable to other or higher duties than the products of the most favored nation. Article VIII. Merchandise of every’ kind coming from one of the two territories orMerchandise exempted from transit duty, when. going thither shall be reciprocally exempted in the other, from every’ transit duty, whether it pass directly’ through the country, or whether during the transit it shall be unloaded, stored and reloaded without prejudice to the special regulations which, conformably to Article V., may be established concerning gunpowder and arms of war. Article IX. As concerns the customhouse laws and regulations on goods subjectedGoods subject to nd valorem duty to *ad valorem* duty, the importers and the products of one of the two countries shall be in all respects treated in the other as the importers and products of the most favored country. 966 Article X. The provisions of the preceding articles relative to the treatment inExceptions in cases of local traffic, etc. all respects like the subjects of the most favored state shall not affect the special facilities which have been or may be hereafter conceded on the part of one of the two states to neighboring states with respect to the local traffic between the conterminous frontier districts. Article XI. It is agreed that, as regards freight and all other facilities, goods ofEquality in railway transportation of goods of either conn try. the United States, conveyed over Serbian railways, and Serbian goods conveyed over railways of the United States, shall be treated in exactly the same manner as the goods of any other nation the most, favored in that respect. Article XII. The high contracting parties, desiring to secure complete and efficientCounterfeiting. protection to the manufacturing industry of their respective citizens and subjects, agree that any counterfeiting in one of the two countries of the trademarks affixed in the other on merchandise to show its origin and quality shall be strictly prohibited and repressed and shall give ground for an action of damages in favor of the injured parties, to be prosecuted in the courts of the country in which the counterfeit shall be proven. The trademarks in which the citizens or subjects of one of the twotrademarks. countries may wish to secure the right of property in the other, must be registered exclusively, to wit: The marks of citizens of the United States in the Tribunal of Commerce at Belgrade, and the marks of Serbian subjects in the Patent Office at Washington, subject to the conditions and restrictions prescribed by the laws and regulations of the country in which the trademarks are registered. Article XIII. - Ships of the United States and their cargoes shall in Serbia, and SerbianShips and cargoes.Equal privileges, etc. ships and their cargoes shall in the United States, from whatsoever place arriving, and whatever may be the place of origin or destination of their cargoes, be treated in every respect as the ships and cargoes of the most favored state. The preceding stipulation applies to local treatment, dues and charges in the ports, basins, docks, roadsteads, harbors and rivers of the two countries, pilotage, and generally to all matters connected with navigation. Every favor or exemption in these respects, or any other privilege inPrivileges and favors hereafter granted to third power, etc. matters of navigation which either of the contracting parties shall grant to a third power shall be extended immediately and unconditionally to the other party. Article XIV. The present treaty shall remain in force for ten years from the day ofDuration and termination. the exchange of ratifications, and if twelve months before the expiration of that period neither of the high contracting parties shall have announced to the other its intention to terminate the said treaty, it shall remain obligatory until the expiration of one year from the day when either of the high contracting parties shall have denounced it. The preceding stipulations shall come into force in the two countries one mouth after the exchange of ratifications. Article XV. The present treaty shall be ratified by the President of the UnitedExchange of ratifications. States of America, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate thereof, and by His Highness the Prince of Serbia, and the ratifications shall be exchanged at Belgrade as soon as possible. 967 In faith whereof the plenipotentiaries of the two high contracting parties have signed the present treaty in duplicate in the English and Serbian languages, and thereto affixed their respective seals. Done in duplicate at Belgrade this 2-14 day of October, 1881. Eugene SchuylerSignatures,. [seal.] Ch. Mijatovich. [seal.] And whereas the said treaty has been duly ratified on both parts,Ratification. and the respective ratifications were exchanged at Belgrade on the 15th ultimo: ” Now, therefore, I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United StatesProclamation. of America, have caused the said treaty to be made public, to the end that the same, and every clause and article thereof, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-seventh day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and [seal.] eighty-two, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and seventh. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: Fredk. T. Frelingiwysen, *Secretary of State*. October 14, 1881 Convention 22 Stat. 968 968 CONVENTION—SERBIA—CONSULAR. October 2–14, 1881. *Convention between the United States of America, and Serbia for definingOctober 14, 1881. the rights, immunities, and privileges of consular officers; concluded at Belgrade October* 214, 1881; *ratification advised by the Senate July 24,* 1882; *ratified by the President July* 14, 1882; *ratified by the Prince of Serbia* October 30November 13 1882; *ratifications exchanged at Belgrade November* 215, 1882; *proclaimed December* 27, 1882. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a Convention between the United States of America andPreamble. his Highness the Prince of Serbia, defining the rights, immunities and privileges of consular officers, was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at Belgrade on the day of October, 1881, the original of which Convention being in the English and Serbian languages is word for word as follows: *[The following in the English version.]* convention between the united states of america and his highness the prince of serbia, defining the rights, immunities and privileges of consular officers. The President of the United States of America and His Highness theContracting parties. Prince of Serbia, being mutually desirous of defining the rights, privileges and immunities of consular officers in the two countries, as well as their functions and obligations, have resolved to conclude a consular convention, and have accordingly named as their plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States', Eugene Schuyler, chargé d’affaires and consul-general of the United States at Bucarest; His Highness the Prince of Serbia, Monsieur died. Mijatovitch, His Minister of Foreign Affairs, Grand Officer of His Order of Tako va, &c., &c., &c. Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found to be in good and proper form, have agreed upon the following articles: Article I. Each of the high contracting parties agrees to receive from the other,Recognition of consular officers. consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls and consular agents, in all its ports, cities and places, except those where it may not be convenient to recognize such officers. This reservation, however, shall not apply to one of the high contracting parties without also applying to every other power. Article II. The consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls arid consular agents of theExequaturs. two high contracting parties shall enjoy reciprocally, in the states of the other, all the privileges, exemptions and immunities that are enjoyed by officers of the same rank and quality of the most favored nation. The said officers, before being admitted to the exercise of their functions and the enjoyment of the immunities thereto pertaining, shall present their commissions in the forms established in their respective countries. The government of each of the two high contracting powers shall furnish them the necessary exequatur free of charge, and, on the exhibition of this instrument, they shall be permitted to enjoy the rights, privileges and immunities granted by this convention. 969 Article III. Consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls and consular agents, citizensExemptions from arrest, etc. of the State by which they are appointed, shall be exempt from preliminary arrest, except in the ease of offences which the local legislation qualifies as crimes and punishes as such; they shall be exempt from military billetings, from service in the regular army or navy, in the militia, or in the national guard; they shall likewise be exempt from all direct taxes, national, state or municipal, imposed upon persons, either in the nature of capitation tax or in respect to their property, unless such taxes become due on account of the possession of real estate, or for interest on capital invested in the country where the said officers exercise their functions. This exemption shall not, however, apply to consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls or consular agents engaged in any profession, business or trade; but said officers shall in such case be subject to the payment of the same taxes that would be paid by any other foreigner under the like circumstances. Article IV. When a court of one of the two countries shall desire to receiveJudicial depositions. the judicial declaration or deposition of a consul-general, consul, vice-consul or consular agent, who is a citizen of the State which appointed him, and who is engaged in no commercial business, it shall request him, in writing, to appear before it; and in case of his inability to do so, it shall request him to give his testimony in writing, or shall visit his residence or office to obtain it orally. It shall be the duty of such officer to comply with this request with as little delay as possible. In all criminal cases, contemplated by the sixth article of the AmendmentsWitnesses in criminal eases. to the Constitution of the United States, whereby the right is secured to persons charged with crimes to obtain witnesses in their favor, the appearance in court of said consular officer shall be demanded, with all possible regard to the consular dignity and to the duties of his office. A similar treatment shall also be extended to the consuls of the United States in Serbia, in the like cases. Article V. Consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls and consular agents may placeNational arms and flags. over the outer door of their offices the arms of their nation, with this inscription: Consulate-General, or Consulate, or Vice-Consulate, or Consular Agency of the United States or of Serbia. They may also raise the flag of their country on their offices, except in the capital of the country when there is a legation there. They may in like manner, raise the flag of their country over the boat employed by them in the port for the exercise of their functions. Article VI. The consular offices shall at all times be inviolable. The local authoritiesConsular offices to be inviolable. shall not, under toy pretext, invade them. In no case shall they examine or seize the papers there deposited. In no case shall those offices be used as places of asylum. When a consular officer is engaged in other business, the papers relating to the consulate shall be kept separate. Article VII. In the event of the death, incapacity or absence of consuls-general.*Ad interim* officers. consuls, vice-consuls and consular agents, their chancellors or secretaries, whose official character may have previously been made known to the Department of State at Washington or to the Ministry of For- 970 eign Affairs in Serbia, may temporarily exercise their functions, and while thus acting they shall enjoy all the rights, prerogatives and im-munities granted to the incumbents. Article VIII. Consuls-general and consuls may, so far as the laws of their countryVice-consuls and consular agents. allow, with the approbation of their respective governments, appoint vice-consuls and consular agents in the cities, ports and places within their consular jurisdiction. These agents may be selected from among citizens of the United States or of Serbia, or those of other countries. They shall be furnished with a regular commission, and shall enjoy the privileges stipulated for consular officers in this convention, subject to the exceptions specified in Articles 3 and 4. Article IX. Consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls and consular agents shall haveRights of recourse to authorities. the right to address the administrative and judicial authorities, whether in the United States of the Union, the States or the municipalities, or in Serbia, of the State or the Commune, throughout the whole extent of their consular jurisdiction, in order to complain of any infraction of the treaties and conventions between the United States and Serbia, and for the purpose of protecting the rights and interests of their countrymen. If the complaint should not be satisfactorily redressed, the Consular officers aforesaid, in the absence of a diplomatic agent of their country, may apply directly to the government of the country where they exercise their functions. Article X. Consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls and consular agents may takePower to take depositions, etc. at their offices, at their private residence, at the residence of the parties, or on board ship the depositions of the captains and crews of vessels of their own country, of passengers on board of them, and of any other citizen of their nation. They may also receive at their offices, conformably to the laws and regulations of their country, all contracts between the citizens of their country and the citizens or other inhabitants of the country where they reside, and even all contracts between the latter, provided they relate to property situated, or. to business to be transacted, in the territory of the nation to which the said consular officer may belong. Such papers and official documents of every kind, whether in the original, in copies or in translation, duly authenticated and legalized by the consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls and consular agents, and sealed with their official seal, shall be received as legal documents in courts of justice throughout the United States and Serbia. Article XI. In the case of the death of any citizen of the United States in Serbia,Death of citizens. or of a Serbian subject in the United States, without having any known heirs or testamentary executors by him appointed, the competent local authorities shall give information of the circumstance to the consuls or consular agents of the nation to which the deceased belongs, in order that the necessary information may be immediately forwarded to the parties interested. Consuls-general, consuls, vice-consuls and consular agents shall have the right to appear, personally or by delegate, in all proceedings on behalf of the absent or minor heirs or creditors until they are duly represented. 971 Article XII. In consideration of the present convention the United States consentSurrender of certain privileges and immunities.Stat. 12, 1213. to surrender the privileges and immunities hitherto enjoyed by their citizens in Serbia., in virtue of the capitulatious with the Ottoman Empire, granted and confirmed to the United States by their treaties of 1830 and 1862. Provided always, and it is hereby agreed, that the said capitulations*Proviso.* shall, as regards all judicial matters, except those affecting real estate in Serbia, remain in full force as far as they concern the mutual relations between citizens of the United States and the subjects of those other powers which, having a right to the privileges and immunities accorded by the aforesaid capitulations, shall not have abandoned them. Article XIII. The present convention shall remain in force for the space of ten Duration and termination.years, counting from the day of the exchange of the ratifications, which shall be made in conformity with the respective constitutions of the two countries and exchanged at Belgrade as soon as possible. In case neither party gives notice, twelve months before the expiration of the said period of ten years, of its intention not to renew this convention, it shall remain in force one year longer, and so on from year to year, until the expiration of a year from the day on which one of the parties shall have given such notice. In faith whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed this convention in duplicate, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at Belgrade this 214 day of October, 1881. Eugene Schuyler.Signatures, [seal.] Ch. Mijatovich. [seal.] And whereas the said convention has been duly ratified on both parts,Ratification. and the respective ratifications were exchanged at Belgrade on the 15th ultimo: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President ofProclamation the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public, to the end that the same, and every clause and article thereof, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-seventh day of December, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and [seal.] eighty-two, and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and seventh. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: Fredk. T, Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State, June 13, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 972 972 CONVENTION—BELGIUM—EXTRADITION. June 13, 1882. *Convention between the United States and Belgium for the extradition ofJune 13, 1882. criminals. Concluded June* 13, 1882; *ratification advised by the Senate August* 8, 1882; *ratified by the President November* 16, 1882; *ratified by the King of Belgium July* 24, 1882; *ratifications exchanged November* 18, 1882; *proclaimed November* 20, 1882. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a Convention between the United States of America andPreamble. his Majesty the King of the Belgians for the mutual extradition of criminals was concluded and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries at the city of Washington on the thirteenth day of June in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred, and eighty-two, which convention is word for word as follows: The United States of AmericaContracting parties. and his Majesty the King of the Belgians, having judged it expedient with a view to the better administration of justice and the prevention of crime within their respective territories and jurisdictions, that persons charged with or convicted of the crimes and offences hereinafter enumerated, and being fugitives from justice, should, under certain circumstances, be reciprocally delivered up, have resolved to conclude a new Convention for that purpose, and have appointed, as their Plenipotentiaries: the President of the United States, FrederickT. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State of the United Slates; and his Majesty the King of the Belgians, Mr. Theodore de Bounder de Melsbroeck, Commander of his Order of Leopold, etc., etc., his Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near The government of the United States; who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers found in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: Article I. The Government of the UnitedPersons to be delivered up. States and the Government of Belgium, mutually agree to deliver up persons who, having been charged, as principals or accessories, with 973 or convicted of any of the crimes and offences specified in the following article, committed within the jurisdiction of one of the contracting parties, shall seek an asylum, or be found within the territories of the other: Provided that this shall only be done upon such evidence of criminality as, according to the laws of the place where the fugitive or person so charged shall be found, would justify his or her apprehension and commitment for trial if the crime had been there committed. Article II. Persons shall be delivered up who shall have been convicted of or be charged, according to the provisions of this convention, with any of the following crimes: 1. Murder, comprehending the crimes designated in the Belgian penal code by the terms of parricide, assassination, poisoning and infanticide. 2. The attempt to commit murder. 3. Rape, or attempt to commit rape. Bigamy. Abortion. 4. Arson. 5. Piracy or mutiny on shipboard whenever the crew, or part thereof, shall have taken possession of the vessel by fraud or by violence against the commander. 6. The crime of burglary, defined to be the act of breaking and entering by night into the house of another with the intent to commit felony; and the crime of robbery, defined to be the act of feloniously and forcibly taking from the person of another money or goods by violence or putting him in fear; and the corresponding crimes punished by the Belgian laws under the description of thefts committed in an inhabited house by night, and by breaking in by climbing or forcibly, and thefts committed with violence or by means of threats. 7. The crime of forgery, by which is understood the utterance of forged papers, and also the counterfeiting of public, sovereign, or governmental acts. 974 8. The fabrication or circulationCounterfeiting. of counterfeit money, either coin or paper, or of counterfeit public bonds, coupons of the public debt, bank notes, obligations, or in general, anything being a title or instrument of credit; the counterfeiting of seals and dies, impressions, stamps, and marks of state and public administrations, and the utterance thereof. 9. The embezzlement of publicEmbezzlement by public officers. moneys committed within the jurisdiction of either party by public officers or depositaries. 10. Embezzlement by any personEmbezzlement by persons hired, or salaried. or persons, hired or salaried, to the detriment of their employers, when the crime is subject to punishment by the laws of the place where it was committed. 11. Wilful and unlawful destructionWilful destruction, etc., of railroads. or obstruction of railroads which endangers human life. 12. Reception of articles obtainedReception of articles obtained through crimes, etc. by means of one of the crimes or offences provided for by the present convention. Extradition may also be granted for the attempt to commit any of the crimes above enumerated when such attempt is punishable by the laws of both contracting parties. Article III. A person surrendered under thisPersons committing crimes or offenses no t provided for by convention allowed one month, etc. convention, shall not be tried or punished in the country to which his extradition has been granted, nor given up to a third power for a crime or offence, not provided for by the present convention and committed previously to bisextradition, until he shall have been allowed one month to leave the country after having been discharged; and, if he shall have been tried and condemned to punishment, he shall be allowed one month after having suffered his penalty or having been pardoned. He shall moreover not be triedCrimes committed previous to ratification. or punished for any crime or of-fence provided for by this convention committed previous to his extradition, other than that which gave rise to the extradition, without the consent of the Government 975 which surrendered him, which may, if it think proper, require the production of one of the document a mentioned in Article 7 of this convention. The consent of that Government shall likewise be required for the extradition of the accused to a third country; nevertheless such consent shall not be necessary when the accused shall have asked of his own accord to be tried or to undergo his punishment, or when he shall not have left within the space of time above specified the territory of the country to which he has been surrendered. Article IV. The provisions of this convention shall not be applicable to persons guilty of any political crime or offence or of one connected with such a crime or offence. A person who has been surrendered on account of one of the common crimes or offences mentioned in Article II., shall consequently in no case be prosecuted and punished in the state to which his extradition has been granted on account of a political crime or offence committed by him previously to his extradition or on account of an act. connected with such a political crime or offence, unless he has been at liberty to leave the country for one month after having been tried and, in case of condemnation, for one month after having suffered his punishment or having been pardoned. An attempt against the life of the head of a foreign government, or against that of any member of his family when such attempt comprises the act either of murder or assassination, or of poisoning, shall not be considered a political offence or an act connected with such an offence. Article V. Neither of the contracting parties shall be bound to deliver up its own citizens or subjects under the stipulations of this convention. Article VI. If the person whose surrender may be claimed pursuant to the stipulations of the present treaty 976 shall have been arrested for the commission of offences in the country where he has sought an asylum, or shall have been convicted thereof, his extradition may be deferred until he shall have been acquitted, or have served the term of imprisonment to which he may have been sentenced. Article VII. Requisitions for the surrender ofRequisitions. fugitives from justice shall be made by the respective diplomatic agents of the contracting parties, or, in the event of the absence of these from the country or its seat of government, they may be made by superior consular officers. If the person whose extraditionPapers, etc., to accompany requisition. may be asked for shall have been convicted of a crime or offence, a copy of the sentence of the court in which be may have been convicted, authenticated under its seal, and attestation of the official character of the judge by the proper executive authority, and of the latter by the minister or consul of the United States or of Belgium, respectively, shall accompany the requisition. When, however, the fugitive shall have been merely charged with crime, a duly authenticated copy of the warrant for his arrest in the country where the crime may have been committed, and of the depositions upon which such warrant may have been issued, must accompany the requisition as aforesaid. The President of the UnitedIssue of warrant, etc. States, or the proper executive authoritySurrender of fugitive. in Belgium, may then issue a warrant for the apprehension of the fugitive, in order that he may be brought before the proper judicial authority for examination. If it should then be decided that, according to the law and the evidence, the extradition is due pursuant to the treaty, the fugitive may be given up according to the forms prescribed in such cases. Article VIII. The expenses of the arrest, detention,Expenses, and transportation of the persons claimed shall be paid by the government in whose name the requisition has been made. 977 Article IX. Extradition shall not be granted, in pursuance of the provisions of this convention, if legal proceedings or the enforcement of the penalty for the act committed by the person claimed, has become barred by limitation, according to the laws of the country to which the requisition is addressed. Article X. All articles found in the possession of the accused party and obtained through the commission of the act with which he is charged, or that may be used as evidence of the crime for which his extradition is demanded, shall be seized if the competent authority shall so order, and shall be surrendered with his person. The rights of third parties to the articles so found shall nevertheless be respected. Article XI. The present convention shall take effect thirty days after the exchange of ratifications. After it shall have taken effect, the convention of March 19, 1874, shall cease to be in force and shall be superseded by the present convention which shall continue to have binding force for six months after a desire for its termination shall have been expressed in due form by one of the two governments to the other. It shall be ratified and its ratification shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. In witness whereof, the respective plenipotentiaries have signed the above articles, both in the English and French languages, and they have thereunto affixed their seals. Done in duplicate, at the city of Washington, this 13th day of June, 1882. Les Etats-Unis d’Amérique et Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges, ayant jugé opportun, en vue d’une meil-leure administration de la justice et pour prévenir les crimes dans leurs territoires et juridictions respectifs, que les individus pour-suivis on condamnés du chef des crimes et délits ci-après énumérés et qui se seraient soustraits par la fuite aux poursuites de la j ustice, fussent, dans certaines cireous tances, réciproquement extradés, ont résolu de conclure une nouvelle Convention dans ce but et ont no m mé pour leu rs pién ipoten tiai res, savoir:-le Président des Etats-Unis d’Amérique, M. Frederick T. Frelinghnysen, Secrétaire d’Etat des États-Unis; et Sa Majesté le Roi des Belges, M. Théodore de Bounder de Melsbroeck, Comman-deur de son Ordre de Léopold, etc., etc., son Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire près le gouvernement des États-Unis; les-quels, s’étant communiqué réci-proquement leurs pleins pouvoirs et les ayant trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus des articles suivants, savoir: Article I. Le Gouvernement des États-Unis et le Gouvernement belge s’engagent à se remettre récipro-quement les personnes qui, pour-suivies on condamnées, comme 973auteurs on complices, du chef de l’un des crimes et délits énumérés à l’article suivant, commis dans la juridiction de l’une des parties con-tractantes, chercheront un asile on seront trouvées dans les territoires de l’autre partie: Toutefois, l’extraditionProof of crime. n’aura lieu que dans le cas où l’existence de l’infraction sera constatée de telle manière que les lois du pays où le fugitif on la personne poursuivie sera trouvée, justifieraient sa détention et sa mise en jugement si le fait y avait été commis. Article II. Seront livrés, en vertu des dispositionsCrimes for which extradition is to be made. de la présente convention, les individus poursuivis on condamnés du chef de l’un des crimes on délits suivants: 1. Meurtre, (y compris les crimesMurder. qualifiés dans le code pénal belge de parricide, assassinat, empoison-nement, et infanticide). 2. Tentative de meurtre.Attempted murder.Rape, etc.Bigamy, abortion.Arson.Piracy.Mutiny. 3. Viol, attentat à la pudeur commis avec violence, avortement, bigamie. 4. Incendie. 5. Piraterie on rébellion A bord d’un navire, lorsque l’équipage on partie de celuici aura pris possession du navire par fraude on violence envers le commandant. 6. Crime de “ Burglary”, consis-tantBurglary. dans l’action de s’introduire nuitamment et avec effraction on escalade dans l’habitation d’autrui avec une intention criminelle; crime do “robbery”,Robbery. consistant dans l’en-lèvement forcé et criminel, effectué sur la personne d’autrui, d’argent on d’effets, d’une valeur quelconque, à l’aide de violence on d’intimidation, et les crimes correspondants prévus et punis par la loi belge, sous la qualification de vols com-mis dans une maison habitée, avec les circonstances de la nuit et de l’escalade on de l’effraction, et de vols commis avec violence on menaces. 7. Crime de faux, comprenantForgery. l’émission de documents falsifiés, et la contrefaçon d’actes publics du gouvernement on de l’autorité souveraine. 974 8. Fabrication on mise en cir eulation de fausse monnaie, on de faux papier-monnaie on de faux titres on coupons de la dette pu-blique, de faux billets do banque, de fausses obligations, ou, en général, de tout faux titre on instrument.de crédit quelconque; contrefaçon de sceaux, empreintes, timbres on marques de l’Etat et des administrations publiques et mise en circulation de pièces ainsi marquées. 9. Détournement de deniers pu-blics commis dans la juridiction de l’une on de l’autre partie par des officiers on dépositaires publics. 10. Détournement commis par toute personne on personnes employées on salariées, au détriment de ceux qui les emploient, lorsque ces crimes entraînent une peine selon les lois du lieu où ils ont été commis. 11. Obstruction on destruction volontaire et illégale de voies fer-rées qui puisse mettre en danger la vie humaine. 12. Becèlement des objets ob-tenus à l’aide d’un des crimes on délits prévus par la présente convention. L’extradition pourra aussi avoir lieu pour la tentative, des faits énu-mérés ci-dessus, lorsqu’elle est pu-nissable d’après la législation des deux Pays contractants. Article III. L’individu extradé ne pourra Être poursuivi ni puni dans le pays au-quel l’extradition a été accordée, ni extradé à un pays tiers pour un crime on un délit quelconque non prévu par la présente convention et antérieur à l’extradition, à moins qu’il n’ait eu, dans l’un et l’autre cas, la liberté de quitter de nouveau le pays susdit pendant un mois après avoir été jugé, et, en cas de condamnation, après avoir subi sa peine on après avoir été gracié. Il ne pourra pas non plus être pour-suivi ni puni du chef d’un crime on d’un délit prévu par la convention, antérieur à l’extradition, mais autre que celui qui a motivé l’extradition, sans le consentement du Gouvernement qui a livré l’ex-tradé, et qui pourra, s’il le juge convenable, exiger la production de l’un des documents mentionnés 975dans l’article 7 de la présente convention. Le consentement de ce Gouver-nementExtradition to a third country; conditions of. sera de même requis pour permettre l’extradition de l’inculpé à un pays tiers. Toutefois, ce con-sentement ne sera pas nécessaire lorsque l’inculpé aura demandé spontanément à être jugé on il su-bir sa peine, on lorsqu’il n’aura pas quitté, dans le délai fixé plus haut, le territoire du pays auquel il a été livré. Article IV. Les dispositions du présent traitéPolitical crimes and offenses excepted. ne sont point applicables aux personnes qui se sont rendues coupa-bles de quelque crime on délit poli-tique, on connexe à uu semblable crime on délit. La personne qui a été extradée à raison de l’un des crimes on délits communs mention-nés à l’Art. II. ne peut par consé-quent, en aucun cas, être poursuivie et punie dans l’État auquel l’extradition a été accordée à raison d’un crime on délit politique commis par elle avant l’extradition, ni à raison d’un fait connexe à un semblable crime on délit politique, à moins qu’elle n’ait eu la liberté de quitter de nouveau le pays pendant un mois après avoir été jugée, et, en cas de condamnation, après avoir subi sa peine on après avoir été graciée. Ne sera pas réputé délit politiqueExceptions., ni fuit connexe à un semblable délit l’attentat contre la personne du chef d’un gouvernement étranger on contre celle des membres de sa famille, lorsque cet attentat con-stituera le fait soit de meurtre, soit d’assassinat, soit d’empoisonnement. Article V. Les parties contractantes ne se-rontOwn citizens not to be delivered np. pointobligées de se livrer leurs propres citoyens on sujets en vertu des stipulations de la présente convention. Article VI. Lorsque la personne dont l’extraditionCriminals by the laws of country of asylum. est réclamée aux termes du présent traité aura été arrêtée 976 à raison de faits délictueux dans le pays où elle a cherché un asile, on lorsqu’elle aura été condamnée de ce chef, son extradition pourra être différée jusqu’à son acquittement, on jusqu’à l’expiration de la peine prononcée contre elle. Article VII. Les demandes d’extradition se ront faites respectivement par les Agents diplomatiques des parties contractantes. En cas d’absence de ceuxci, soit du pays, soit du siège du Gouvernement, ces demandes pourront être faîtes par les Agents consulaires supérieurs. Lorsque la personne dont l’extradition est réclamée aura été con-damnée à raison du crime on du délit qu’elle a commis, la demande d’extradition sera accompagnée d’une expédition authentique de l’arrêt de la cour on du jugement du tribunal qui a prononcé la sentence, munie du sceau de cette juridiction. La signature du juge devra être légalisée par l’agent compétent du pouvoir exécutif dont la signature sera, à son tour, attestée respectivement par le Mi-nistre on le consul des États-Unis on de Belgique. Quand le fugitif sera simplement prévenu d’un crime on délit, la réquisition devra être ac-compagnée d’une copie authentique du mandat d’arrêt rendu à sa charge dans le pays où le crime aura été commis et des dépositions sur lesquelles ce mandat a été dé-cerné. Le Président des États-Unis on l’agent compétent du pouvoir exécutif en Belgique peut alors requérir l’arrestation du fugi-tif, afin d’examen devant l’autorité judiciaire compétente. S’il est décidé qu’il y a lieu à extradition, en présence du texte de lu loi et des pièces produites, le fugitif peut être livré suivant les formes légales usitées en pareil cas. Article VIII. Les dépenses causées par l’ar-restation, la détention et le transport des individus réclamés, seront supportées par le Gouvernement requérant. 977 Article IX. L’extradition n’anra pas lieu, Exemption by reason of Lapse of time.conformément aux dispositions de la présente convention, si la prescription de Paction on de la peine est acquise en faveur de l’individu réclamé, d’après les lois du pays auquel la demande est adressée. Article X. Tous objets trouvés en la possessionEvidences of crime in possession of criminal. de l’individu réclamé et provenant du fait incriminé on pouvant servir de preuve au fait pour lequel l’extradition est demandée, seront saisis si l’autorité compétente eu a ainsi ordonné, pour être livrés avec sa personne. Sont cependant réservés lesRights of third parties. droits des tiers sur les objets susmentionnés. Article XI. La présente convention sera exé-cutoireCommencement and duration. 30 jours après l’échange des ratifications. À partir de sa mise à exécution, la convention du 19 Mars 1874 cessera d’être eu vigueur et sera remplacée par la présente convention, laquelle continuera à sortir ses effets pendant six mois après qu’elle aura été dénoncée par l’un des deux Gouvernements. Elle sera ratifiée et les ratificationsRatification. en seront échangées à Washington aussitôt que possible. En foi de quoi, les plénipoten-tiaires respectifs ont signé les articles ci-dessus, dans les langues Anglaise et Française, et y ont apposé leurs sceaux. Ainsi fait par duplicata, à Washington, ce 13 de Juin 1882. Fred’k T. FrelinghuysenSignatures., [seal.] Th’re de Bounder de Melsbroeck. [seal.] And whereas, the said convention has been duly ratified on bothPreamble. parts, and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the 18th day of November, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two: 978 Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President of Proclamation.the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington, this twentieth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and seventh. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: Feed’s T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State*. June 19, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 979 979 CONVENTION—SPAIN. June 19, 1882. *Convention between the United States of America and the Kingdom of Spain, June 19, 1882.concerning trade-marks. Concluded June 19, 1882 •, ratification advised by the Senate July* 5, 1882: *ratified by the President April* 4, 1883; *ratified by the King of Spain March* 8, 1883; *ratifications exchanged April* 19, 1883; *proclaimed April* 19, 1883. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a Convention for securing reciprocal protection for trademarksPreamble. and manufactured articles of their respective citizens or subjects within the dominions or territories of the other country was concluded between the United States of America and his majesty the King of Spain, and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries on the nineteenth day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, the original of which is word for word as follows: Convention between the United States of America and Spain concerning trademarks. The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Spain, being desirous of securing reciprocal protection for the trademarks and manufactured articles of their respective citizens or subjects within the dominions or territories of the other country, have resolved to conclude a Convention for that purpose, and have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries: the President of the United States, Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Esquire, Secretary of State of the United States; and His Majesty the King of Spain, His Excellency Don Francisco Barca, His Majesty’s Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary in the United States; who, after reciprocal communication of their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles, to wit: Article I. The citizens and subjects of each of the two contracting parties shall enjoy, in the dominions and possessions of the other, the same rights as the natives of the country in everything relating to the ownership of trademarks, industrial designs or models, or of manufactures of any kind. 980 Article II. Persons desiring to secure theMunicipal laws. aforesaid protection shall be obliged to comply with the formalities required by the laws of the respective countries. Article III. This Convention shall take effectConvention to take effect. as soon as it shall have been promulgated in both countries; and shall remain in force for ten years thereafter, and further until the expiration of one year To remain in force ten years.after either of the contracting parties shall have given notice to the other of its wish to terminate the same; each of the contracting Subject to termination on one year’s notice, etc.parties being at liberty to give such notice to the other at the end of said period of ten years or any time thereafter. The ratifications of this conventionRatification. shall be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible within one year from this date. In testimony whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed this Convention in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, and affixed thereto the seals of their arms. Done at Washington, the 19th day of June, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. Convenio entre los Estados UnidosContracting parties. de América y España relativo á marcas de fábrica. El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América y 8. M. el Rey de España, animados del deseo de asegurar recíprocamente la protección de las marcas de comercio y de materias manufacturadas de sus respectivos ciudadanos ó subditos en los dominios 6 territorios de ambos países, han resuelto concluir un Convenio con este objeto, y nombrado como sus Plenipotenciarios: El Presidente de los Estados Unidos, al Honorable Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos; y 8. M. el Rey de España, al Exmo Señor Don Francisco Barca, Su Enviado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario en los Estados Unidos, quienes, después de ha-berse comunicado recíprocamente sus plenos poderes, hallados en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los artículos siguientes, á saber: Artículo I. Los ciudadanos y súbditos deTrademarks. cada una de las partes contratan-tes disfrutarán, en los dominios y posesiones de la otra, délos mismos derechos que los naturales del país en todo lo concerniente á la pro-piedad de marcas de fábrica ó de comercio, de dibujos ó modelos in-dustriales ó de manufacturas de cualquier clase. 980 Artículo II. Las personas que deseen obtener la protección espresada deberán someterse á las formalidades re-queridas por las leyes de los res-pectivos países. Artículo III. Este Convenio estará en vigor tan pronto como se promulgue en ambos países; y tendrá fuerza por diez años después, y además hasta la expiración de un año después de que cualquiera de las partes con-tratantes haya participado á la otra su deseo de que termine el mismo; teniendo libertad cada una de las partes contratantes para hacer esta notificación á la otra al concluir dicho período de diez años, ó en cualquier tiempo después. Las ratificaciones do este Convenio se cambiarán en Washington tan pronto como sea posible dentro de un año á contar desde esta fecha. En testimonio de lo cual los res-pectivos Plenipotenciarios han fir-mado este Convenio por duplicado, en inglés y español, y puesto en él el sello de sus armas. Hecho en Washington el dia 19 de Junio del año mil ochocientos ochenta y dos. Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen,Signatures. [seal.] Fran“ Barca. [seal.] And whereas, the said Convention has been duly ratified and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the nineteenth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-three. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President ofProclamation. the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same, and every article and clause thereof, may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this 19th day of April, in the year of Our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-three, and of [seal] the Independence of the United States, the one hundred and seventh. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State.* July 15, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 981 981 AGREEMENT—PORTUGAL, July 16, 1882. *Agreement with reference to the Convention for the exchange of money byJuly 15, 1882. means of postal-orders between the United States and Portugal, concluded at Washington, July* 15, 1882; *executed December* 14, 1882; *approved by the President December* 18, 1882. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas Article 11 of the Convention for the exchange of money by Preamble.means of postal-orders between the United States and Portugal, con-eluded at Washington, July 15, 1882, stipulates that “The ratifications of the present Convention shall be exchanged prior to the first day of December, 1882 ”; and Whereas the said Convention, having been approved by the President of the United States on the 15th day of July, 1882, has thereby been duly ratified on the part of the United States, and one copy thereof, bearing such approval, has been transmitted to and received by the Government of Portugal; but Whereas the Government of Portugal, through its Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary, has notified the Government of the United States that, in view of the stipulation contained in Article 3, section 2, of the said Convention, that, “in addition to the fee mentioned in this article no other charge, tax, commission, or impost shall be collected for the issue, transmission, distribution, or payment of money-orders provided for in this Convention,” which stipulation exempts the receipts upon money-orders from any stamp tax whatsoever, it cannot put the said Convention into operation without parliamentary approval thereof, and that it will ask for such approval so soon as the Cortes shall convene: Now, therefore, the undersigned, Timothy O. Howe, Postmaster-GeneralContracting parties. of the United States of America, in virtue of the powers vested in him by law, and Viscount das Nogueiras, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of His Majesty the King of Portugal, in the name of his Government, and by virtue of the powers which he has formally presented to this effect, have agreed, That in lieu of Article 10 of the said Convention, which is in thesePrevious convention modified. words: “The present Convention shall take effect on the first day of January, 1883, and shall continue in force until twelve months after either of the contracting parties shall have notified to the other its intention to terminate it,” shall be substituted the following: Article 10. The present Convention shall take effect on the first day of July, 1883,Commencement. and shall continue in force until twelve months after either of the Duration.contracting parties shall have notified to the other its intention to terminate it; And have furthermore agreed that in lieu of Article 11 of the said Convention, which is in these words: “ The ratifications of the present Convention shall be exchanged prior to the first day of December, 1882,” shall be substituted the following: Article 11. The ratifications of the present Convention shall be exchanged priorExchange of ratifications. to the first day of June, 1883. This agreement shall be ratified before the first day of May, 1883. In witness whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present agreement and have affixed thereto their seals. 982 Executed in duplicate, and signed at Washington, the fourteenth day of December, 1882. [Seal of the Post-Office Department of the United States.] Signatures.Timo. O. Howe, *The Postmaster-General of the United States.* [Seal of the Legation of Portugal.] Visconde bas Nogueiras, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Portugal to the United States.* I hereby approve the foregoing agreement, and in testimony thereofPresidents approval. I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. [Seal of the United States.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President. Fred’k T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State.* Washington, *December* 18, 1882 July 19, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 983 983 CONVENTION—FRANCE. July 19, 1882. *Convention between the United States of America and. the French RepublicJuly 19, 1882. for the extension of the term of the Claims Commission established under convention of January* 15, 1880; *concluded July* 19, 1882; *ratification advised by the Senate August* 8, 1882; *ratified by the President of the United States December* 28, 1882; *ratified by the President of the French Republic December* 2, 1882; *ratifications exchanged December* 29, 1882; *proclaimed December* 29, 1882. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Know ye, that whereas a supplementary convention, extending the.Preamble. term oi the duration of the Commission organized under the Convention of January 15, 1880, for the settlement of the claims of citizens of either country against the government of the other, was concluded between the United States and the French Republic, and signed by their respective plenipotentiaries, on the 19th day of July, eighteen hundred and eighty-two, the original of which convention is word tor word as follows: The United States of America and the French Republic, being persuaded that the labors of the Commission for the settlement of the claims of citizens of either country against the government of the other, which was organized under the Convention between the two governments signed at Washington the 15th day of January, 1880, cannot be concluded within the term fixed by that convention, have deemed it expedient to conclude a supplementary convention extending the term of duration of said Commission for a further period, and have named as their respective plenipotentiaries to that end, as follows: The President of the United States, Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State of the United States, and The President of the French Republic, Théodore Justin Dominique Ronstan, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of France at Washington, Commander of the National Order of the Legion of Honor, etc., etc; Who, after having communicated to each other their respective full powers, found in good and duo form, have agreed upon the following article: 984 sole article The term of two years fixed by the second paragraph of Article VIII.21 Stat., 677. of the Convention between the United States and the French Republic, concluded January 15, Term of two years, etc., extended to July 1, 1883.1880, within which the Commissioners appointed thereunder shall be bound to examine and decide upon every claim presented to them, is hereby extended to July first, 1883. Nothing in this agreement containedTerms for presentation of claims, etc. shall extend or alter the terms fixed in the first paragraph of said Article VIII. for the presentation of claims, but the same shall remain as therein fixed. If the proceedings of the CommissionException. shall be interrupted by the death, incapacity, retirement, or cessation of the functions of any one of the Commissioners, then the period for which the term of the Commission is hereby extended shall not be held to include the time during which such interruption may actually exist. The present convention shall be Ratifications.ratified and the ratifications exchanged at Washington at as early a day as may be practicable. In testimony whereof the respective Signatures.plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention, in the English and French languages, in duplicate, and have hereunto affixed their respective seals. Done at the city of Washington the 19th day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. Le gouvernement des États-UnisContracting parties. d’Amérique et le gouvernaient de la République Française, ayant acquis la conviction que les travaux de la Commission pour le règlement des réclamations des citoyens de chacun des deux pays contre le gouvernement de l’autre, qui a été instituée par la Convention entre les deux gouvernements signée à Washington le 15 Janvier 1880, ne peuvent être terminés au terme fixé par cet'e convention, out ré-solu de conclure une convention supplémentaire pour prolonger le terme de la durée de la dite Commission jusqu’à une époque ultérieure et ont nommé à cet effet pour leurs plénipotentiaires, savoir: Le Président des États Unis, Mr. Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Secrétaire d’État des États-Unis; et Le Président de la République Française, Mr. Théodore-Justin-Dominique Roustan, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre plénipotentiare de France à Washington, Commandeur de l’Ordre national de la Légion d’Honneur, etc., etc.; Lesquels, après s’être communi-qué leurs pleins pouvoirs, trouvés en bonne et due forme, sont convenus de l’article suivant: 984 article unique. Le terme de‘deux ans fixé par le second paragraphe de l’art. VIII. de la Convention entre les États-Unis et la République Française, conclue le 15 Janvier 1880, dans lequel les Commissaires nommés plus bas sont astreints à examiner et à juger toute réclamation à eux présentée est prolongé par le pré-sent acte jusqu’au premier Julliet 1883. Cette disposition n'e peut avoir aucun effet pour étendre on modifier les délais fixés dans le 1er paragraphe du dit Article VIII. pour la présentation des réclamations, ces délais devant demeurer tels qu’ils ont été fixés. Si les opérations de la Commission sont interrompues par le mort, l’incapacité de siéger, le départ on la cessation de fonctions de l’un des Commissaires, dans ce cas le terme jusqn’auquel la durée do la Commission a été prolongée par la présente convention sera calcifié défalcation faite du temps pendant lequel la cause de l’interruption aura subsisté. La présente Convention sera ratifiée et les ratifications seront échangées à Washington dans le plus court délai possible. En foi de quoi les plénipoten-tiaires respectifs ont signé la présente Convention en langues an-glaise et française en duplicata et l’ont revêtue de leurs sceaux res-pectifs. Fait à Washington le dix-neuf Juillet mil-huit cent quatre vingt-deux. Feed’s T. Frelinghuysen, [seal.] Th. Roustan. [seal.] And whereas, the said convention has been duly ratified on both parts and the ratifications of the two governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the twenty-eighth day of December, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two: Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, PresidentProclamation. of the United States of America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States and the citizens thereof. In testimony whereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereunto affixed. 985 Given under my hand, at the city of Washington the 29th day of [seal.] December, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, and in the one hundred and seventh year of the Independence of the United States of America. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: Feed’s T. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State. July 29, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 986 986 CONVENTION—MEXICO. JULY 29, 1882. *Convention between the United States of America and the United States ofJuly 29, 1882. Mexico, providing for an international boundary survey to relocate the existing frontier Une between the two countries west of the Rio Grande. Concluded, July* 29, 1882; *ratification advised by the Senate, August* 8, 1882; *ratified by the President of the United States of Mexico, November* 7, 1882; *ratified by the President of the United States of America, January* 29, 1883; *ratifications exchanged, March* 3, 1883; *proclaimed, March* 5, 1883. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas a convention was concluded between the United States ofProclamation, America and the United States of Mexico for the purpose of defining the manner in which the monuments heretofore erected for the purpose of marking the boundary between the two countries, but which have been destroyed or displaced are to be restored to their proper places and new ones erected, if necessary; and whereas said convention was signed by the respective plenipotentiaries of the two countries at Washington on the twenty-ninth day of July, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, the original of which convention being in the English and Spanish languages, is, word for word, as follows: The President of the United Contracting parties.States of America on the one hand and the President of the United States of Mexico on the other, being desirous of putting an end to whatever difficulties arise from the destruction or displacement of some of the monuments erected for the purpose of marking the boundary between the two countries, have thought proper’ to conclude a convention with the object of defining the manner in which the said monuments are to be restored to their proper places and new ones erected, if necessary; to which end they have appointed as their Plenipotentiaries, to wit: The President of the UnitedPlenipotentiaries. States of America, Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Esquire, Secretary of State of the United States of America; and the President of the United States of Mexico, Señor Don Matias Romero, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Pienipotentiary of the United States of Mexico, in Washington; Who, after reciprocal exhibition of their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon the following articles: 987 Article I. With the object of ascertaining the present condition of the monuments marking the boundary line between the United States of America and the United States of Mexico, established by the treaties of February 2nd, 1848, and December 3rd, 1853, and for determining generally what monuments, if any, have been destroyed or removed and may require to be rebuilt or replaced, a preliminary reconnaissance of the frontier line shall be made by each government, within six months from the exchange of ratifications of this convention. These reconnaissances shall be made by parties under the control of officers of the regular army of the respective countries, and shall be effected in concert, in such manner as shall be agreed upon by the commanders of the respective parties. The expense of each reconnoitering party shall be borne by the government in whose behalf it operates. These reconnaissance parties shall report to their respective governments, within eight months from the exchange of the ratifications of this convention:
(a)the condition of the present boundary monuments;
(b)the number of destroyed or displaced monuments;
(c)the places, settled or capable of eventual settlement, where it may be advisable to set the monuments closer together along the line than at present;
(d)the character of the new monuments required, whether of stone or iron; and their number, approximately, in each case. Article II. Pending the conclusion of the preliminary reconnaissances provided in Article I, each government shall appoint a surveying party, consisting of an Engineer-in-chief, two Associates, one of whom shall be a practical astronomer, and such number of assistant engineers and associates as it may deem proper. 988 The two parties so appointed shall meet at El Paso del Norte, or at any other convenient place to be agreed upon, within six months from the exchange of the ratifications hereof, and shall form, when Powers; duties.combined, an “International Boundary Commission.” Article III. The International BoundaryBoundary monuments; specifications, Commission shall be required and have the power and authority to set in their proper places along the boundary line between the United States and Mexico, from the Pacific Ocean to the Rio Grande, the monuments heretofore placed there under existing treaties, whenever such monuments shall have become displaced; to erect new monuments on the site of former monuments when these shall have been destroyed; and to set new monuments at such points as may be necessary, and be chosen by joint accord between the two Commissioner Engineers-in-Chief. In rebuilding and replacing the old monuments and in providing for new ones, the respective reports of the reconnaissance parties, provided by Article I, may be consulted; provided, however,that the distance between two consecutive monuments shall never exceed eight thousand metres, and that this limit may be reduced on those parts of the line which are inhabited or capable of habitation. Article IV. Where stone shall be found in sufficientInternational Boundary Commission. abundance the monuments may be of stone; and in other localities shall be of iron, in the form of a simple tapering four-sided shaft with pediment, rising above the ground to a height of six feet, and bearing suitable inscriptions on its sides. These monuments shall be at least two centimeters in thickness, and weigh not less than five hundred pounds each. The approximate number thereof to be required may be determined from the reports of the preliminary reconnaissance-parties, and the 989 monuments, properly cast and finished, may be sent forward from time to time to such spots as the commission may select, to be set in place at the sites determined upon as the work progresses. Article V. The Engineers-in-Chief of both sections shall determine, by common consent, what scientific processes are to be adopted for the resetting of the old monuments and the erection of the new ones; and they shall be responsible for the proper performance of the work. On commencing operations, each section shall report to its government the plan of operations upon which they shall have jointly agreed; and they shall from time to time submit reports of the progress made by them in the said operations; and finally they shall present a full report, accompanied by the necessary drawings, signed by the Engineer-in-Chief and the two Associate Engineers on each side, as the official record of the International Boundary Commission. Article VI. The expenses of each section shall be defrayed by the government which appointed it; but the cost of the monuments and of their transportation shall be equally shared by both governments. Article VII. Whenever the number of the monuments to be set up shall be approximately known as the result of the labors of the preliminary reconnaissance-parties, the Engineers in-Chief shall prepare an estimate of their cost, conveyance and setting up; and when such estimate shall have been approved by both governments, the mode of making the payment of the part to be paid by Mexico shall be determined by a special arrangement between the two governments. Article VIII. The work of the International Boundary Commission shall be pushed forward with all expedi- 990 tion; and the two governments hereby agree to regard the present convention as continuing in force until the conclusion of said work, provided that such time does not exceed four years and four months from the date of the exchange of the ratifications hereof. Article IX. The destruction or displacementPenalty for destruction or displacement of monuments. of any of the monuments described herein, after the line shall have been located by the International Boundary Commission as aforesaid, is hereby declared to be a misdemeanor, punishable according to the justice of the country of the offender’s nationality, if he be a citizen of either the United States or Mexico; and if the offender be of other nationality, then the misdemeanor shall be punishable according to the justice of either country where he may be apprehended. This convention shall be ratifiedRatification and exchange. on both sides and the ratifications exchanged at Washington as soon as possible. In testimony whereof we have signed this convention in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, and affixed hereunto the seals of our arms. Done in the City of Washington Date of conclusion.this 29th day of July, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, por una parte, y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, por la otra, dese-ando poner término á las dificultades á que da lugar la destrucción ó dislocación de algunos de los mo-numentos que se construyeron para marcar la línea divisoria cutre ambos países, han creído oportuno celebrar una convención con el objeto de fijar la manera con que han de ser repuestos cu sus lugares respectivos dichos monumentos y erijidos otros nuevos, si fuero ne-cesario; y al efecto han nombrado sus Plenipotenciarios; á saber: El Presidente de los Estados Unidos de América, al Sr. Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Secretario de Estado de los Estados Unidos de América; y el Presidente de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, al Señor Don Matías Romero, En-viado Extraordinario y Ministro Plenipotenciario de los Estados Unidos Mexicanos en Washington; Quienes, después de haberse can-geado sus respectivos plenos po-deres y de encontrarlos en buena y debida forma, han convenido en ¡os artículos siguientes: 987 Artículo I. Con el objeto de conocer la actualBoundary line.Condition of monuments. condición de los monumentos que marcan la línea divisoria entre los Estados Unidos de América y los Estados Unidos Mexicanos, establecida conforme á los tratados de 2 de Febrero do 1848 y de 3 de Diciembre9 Stat., 92210 Stat., 1031. de 3853, y determinar en general, qué monumentos hayan sido des-truidos ó removidos de su lugar, en caso de que esto se haya verificado, y se necesite reconstruirlos ó vol-verlos á colocar, se hará un reco-nocimiento preliminar de la líneaPreliminary reconnaissance!. fronteriza por cada Gobierno, dentro de los seis meses siguientes al canje de ratificaciones de la pre-sente convención. Estos reconocimientos se harán por secciones que funcionarán bajo la dirección de oficiales del ejército regular de los respectivos países, y se verifi-carán obrando dichas secciones de concierto y de la manera en queExpenses. lo convinieren los jefes de ambas. Los gastos de cada sección de reco-nocimiento serán pagados por el go-bierno en cuyo nombre funcionen. Estas secciones de reconoci-mientoReport, etc. presentarán á sus respecti-vos gobiernos dentro de ocho meses contados desde el canje de ratificaciones del presente tratado, un in-forme:
(a)del estado en que se hallan actualmente los monumentos que marcan los límites;
(b)del número de los monumen-tos destruidos ó dislocados;
(c)de los lugares habitados ó ha-bitables en donde fuere convenien-te colocar los monumentos mas cer-ca eptre sí en la línea divisoria, de como lo están ahora;
(d)de la clase de los nuevos monumentos que se requieran, ya sean de piedra ó de hierro, y de su número aproximado en cada caso. Artículo II. Antes de concluirse los reconocimientosSurveying parties, etc. preliminares estipulados en el Artículo I, cada gobierno nombrará una sección de reconoci-miento compuesta de un Ingeniero en Jefe y dos asociados, uno de los cuales será astrónomo práctico, y del número de ingenieros auxiliares y adjuntos que cada uno considere 988 suficiente. Las dos secciones así organizadas se reunirán en Paso del Norte ó en algún otro lugar conveniente que se acuerde, dentro de seis meses contados desde el canje de las ratificaciones de esta convención; y formarán? cuando estén reunidas, la “Comisión Inter-nacional de Límites.” Artículo III. La Comisión Internacional de Límites tendrá la obligación y la facultad y autorización de colocar en sus respectivos lugares á lo largo de la línea divisoria entre los Estados Unidos y México, desde el Océano Pacífico hasta el Rio Grande, los monumentos que hasta ahora habían estado situados en ella conforme á los tratados vigen-tes, siempre que dichos monumen-tos hayan sido dislocados; para erijir nuevos monumentos en el sitio de los primitivos, si estos hu-bieren sido destruidos; y para es-tablecer monumentos nuevos en los puntos en que sea necesario y sean designados de común acuerdo por los tíos Comisionados Inge-nieros en Jefe. Al reconstruir y reemplazar los antiguos monumen-tos y al proveer para el estableci-miento de los nuevos, podrán con-sultarse los informes respectivos de las comisiones de reconocimiento estipulados en el Artículo I; con tal que la distancia entre dos mo-numentos contiguos nunca exceda de ocho mil metros y que este lí-mite pueda reducirse en aquellas partes de la línea que están habitadas ó sean habitables. Artículo IV. Cuando haya piedra en suficiente abundancia, podrán ser construidos los monumentos con piedra, y en las otras localidades con hierro, de la figura de una columna sencilla en forma de pirámide cuadrangu-lar, con base que tenga seis piés do altura sobre el suelo, y con inscripciones adecuadas en sus lados. Estos monumentos tendrán cuando menos dos centímetros de espesor y un peso que no baje de quinien-tas libras cada uno. El número aproximado de los que sean necesarios podrá deter-minarse en vista de los informes de las comisiones de reconocimiento 989preliminar, y los monumentos, de-bidamente fundidos y acabados, podrán ser enviados con anticipación, de tiempo en tiempo, á los lugares designados por la Comisión, para ser colocados en los lugares convenidos á medida que progresen los trabajos. Artículo V. Los Ingenieros en Jefe de ambasErection and resetting monuments. secciones determinarán de coman acuerdo los procedimientos científi-cos que deban adoptarse para la reposición de los antiguos monumentos y la erección do los nuevos; y serán responsables de que la obra se haga debidamente. Al comenzar los trabajos, cada Official records and reports.sección informará á su respectivo gobierno del plan de operaciones en que ambas hayan convenido; y de tiempo en tempo les someterán informes de los progresos que dichas secciones hagan en las operaciones; y finalmente presentarán un in-forme completo, acompañado de los diseños necesarios, firmado por el Ingeniero en Jefe y los dos Inge-nieros Adjuntos de cada sección, que será el informe oficial de la Comisión Internacional de Límites. Artículo VI. Los gastos de cada sección seránExpenses of Commission; cost of monuments. pagados por el gobierno que la haya nombrado; pero el costo de los monumentos y su transporte serán pagados por partes iguales por ambos gobiernos. Artículo VII. Cuando sea conocido aproxima-damenteEstimates of cost; node of payment. el número de los monumentos que deban ser colocados, como resultado de los trabajos de las secciones de reconocimiento preliminar, los Ingenieros en Jefe formarán un presupuesto de su costo, conducción y colocación; y cuantío este presupuesto haya sido aprobado por ambos gobiernos, se determinará, por medio de un ar-reglo especial entre los dos Gobier-nos, la manera con que México pa-gue la parte que le corresponda. Artículo VIII. Los trabajos de la ComisiónProgress of the work; completion. Internacional de Límites se pro-seguirán con la mayor prontitud; 990 y los dos Gobiernos convienen en considerar la presente convención en todo su vigor y fuerza hasta que sean concluidas dichas obras; con tal que ese tiempo no exceda do cuatro años y cuatro meses, contados desde la fecha del canje de sus ratificaciones. Artículo IX. Se declara delito la destrucción ó dislocación de cualquiera de los monumentos mencionados en este convención, después de que baya sido localizada la línea divisoria por la Comisión Internacional de Límites, en los términos convenidos aquí, y será castigado conforme á las leyes del país cuya nacionalidad tengan los culpables, ya sean estos ciudadanos de los Estados Unidos ó ya de México; y si el culpable tuviere otra nacionalidad, el delito se castigará, conforme á las leyes de cualquiera de los dos países en que sea aprehendido. La presente convención será ratificada por ambas partes, y las ratificaciones cangeadas en Washington, tan pronto como fuere posible. En testimonio de lo cual hemos firmado este tratado por duplicado en las lenguas inglesa y española y puesto en él el sello de nuestras armas. Hecho en la ciudad de Washington, el dia 29 de Julio del año del Señor de mil ochocientos ochenta y dos. Fred’k T. FrelinghuysenSignatures., [seal.] M. Romero. [seal.] And whereas the said convention has been duly ratified on both parts, and the respective ratifications of the same were exchanged in the city of Washington on the third day of March in the year one thousand eigth hundred and eighty-three: Now therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, PresidentProclamation, of the United States of America, have caused the said convention to be made public to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof. In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fifth day of March in the year [seal.] of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-three, and of the independence of the United States of America the one hundred and seventh. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President: Fred’k T. Frelinghuysen, Secretary of State. August 7, 1883 Convention 22 Stat. 991 991 CONVENTION—SPAIN—EXTRADITION. August 7, 1882. *Convention between the United States of America and the KingdomAugust 7, 1883. of Spain, concerning extradition, supplementary. Concluded August* 7, 1882; *ratification advised by the Senate February* 27, 1883; *ratified by the President April* 4, 1883; *ratified by the King of Spain February* 15, 1883: *ratifications exchanged April* 19, 1883; *proclaimed April* 19, 1883. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas, a convention was concluded on the seventh day of August,Preamble. one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two between the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Spain, supplementary to the extradition convention concluded between the two countries on the fifth day of January *[eighteen hundred and seventy-seven},* the original of which as modified is word for word as follows: The President of the United States of America and His Majesty the King of Spain, being satisfied of the propriety of adding some articles to the extradition convention concluded between the United States and Spain on the 5th day of January, 1877, with a view to the better administration of justice and the prevention of crime within their respective territories and jurisdictions, have resolved to conclude a supplementary convention for that purpose, and have appointed as their plenipotentiaries: The President of the United States, Frederick T. Frelinghuysen, Esquire, Secretary of State of the United States; and His Majesty the King of Spain, His Excellency Don Francisco Barca, Knight Grand Cross of the Royal American Order of Isabel la Catholica, His Majesty’s Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary near the Government of the United States; Who, after having reciprocally exhibited their full powers, found in good and due form, have agreed upon and concluded the following articles: Article I. Paragraph 5 of Article II. of the aforesaid Convention of January 5, 1877, is abrogated, and the following substituted: 992 5. Crimes committed at sea:Crimes at sea.
(a)Piracy, as commonly knownPiracy. and defined by the law of nations.
(b)Destruction or loss of a vesselDestruction of, or conspiring to destroy, vessels at sea. caused intentionally, or conspiracy and attempt to bring about such destruction or loss, when committed by any person or persons on board of said vessel, on the high seas.
(c)Mutiny or conspiracy by twoMutiny. or more members of the crew or other persons on board of a vessel on the high seas, for the purpose of rebelling against the authority of the captain or commander of such vessel, or by fraud or violence taking possession of such vessel. Paragraph 12 of said Article II. is amended to read as follows: 12. The embezzlement or criminalEmbezzlement of public funds. malversation of public funds committed within the jurisdiction of one or the other party, by public officers or depositaries. Paragraph 13 of said Article II. is likewise modified to read as follows: 13. Embezzlement by any personEmbezzlement by hired persons. or persons hired, salaried or employed, to the detriment of their employers or principals, when the crime or offense is punishable by imprisonment or other corporal punishment by the laws of both countries. Paragraph 14 of said Article IL is likewise modified to read as follows: 14. Kidnapping of minors orKid napping, etc. adults, defined to be the abduction or detention of a person or persons, in order to exact money from them or from their families, or for any other unlawful end. Article II. In continuation and as forming part of Article II. of the aforesaid Convention of January 5, 1877, shall be added the following paragraphs: 15. Obtaining by threats of injury,Obtaining money, etc., by threat, etc. or false devices, money, valuables or other personal property, and the 993 purchase of the same with the knowledge that they have been so obtained, when the crimes or of-fences arc punishable by imprisonment or other corporal punishment by the laws of both countries. 16. Larceny, defined to be the theft of effects, personal property, or money, of the value of twenty-five dollars or more. 17. Slave-trade, according to the laws of each of the two countries respectively. 18. Complicity in any of the crimes or offences enumerated in the Convention of January 5, 1877, as well as in these additional articles, provided that the persons charged with such complicity be subject as accessories to imprisonment or other corporal punishment by the laws of both countries. Article III. After Article XI. of the aforesaid Convention of January 5, 1877, shall be inserted the two following articles: Article XII. If, when a person accused shall have been arrested in virtue of the mandate or preliminary warrants of arrest, issued by the com potent authority as provided in Article XI. hereof, and been brought before a judge or magistrate to the end of the evidence of his other guilt being heard and examined as hereinbefore provided, it shall appear that the mandate or preliminary warrant of arrest has been issued in pursuance of a request or declaration received by telegraph from the government asking for the extradition, it shall be competent for the judge or magistrate at his discretion to hold the accused for a period not exceeding twenty-five days, so that the de mantling government may have opportunity to lay before such judge or magistrate legal evidence of the guilt of the accused; and if, at the expiration of said period of twenty-five days, such legal evidence shall not have been produced before such judge or magistrate, the person arrested shall be released; 994 provided that the examination of the charges preferred against such accused person shall not be actually going on. Article XIII. In every case of a request madeLegal assistance to be given in cases of arrest, etc. by either of the two contracting parties for the arrest, detention or extradition of fugitive criminals in pursuance of the convention of January 5, 1877, and of these additional articles, the legal officers or fiscal ministry of the country where the proceedings of extradition are had, shall assist the officers of the government demanding the extradition, before the respective judges and magistrates, by every legal means within their or its power; Compensation.and no claim whatever for compensation for any of the services so rendered shall be made against the government demanding the extradition; provided however that any officer or officers of the surrendering government, so giving assistance, who shall, in the usual course of their duty, receive no salary or compensation Fees.other than specific fees-for services performed, shall be entitled to receive from the government demanding the extradition the customary fees for the acts or services performed by them, in the same manner and to the same amount as though such acts or services had been performed in ordinary criminal proceedings under t he laws of the country of which they are officers. Article IV. All the provisions of the aforesaid19 Stat,, 650. convention of the 5th of January, 1877, not abrogated by these additional articles, shall apply to these articles with the same force as to the said original Convention. This additional Convention shall Ratification. be ratified and the ratifications exchanged at Washington as soon us may be practicable; and upon the 995exchange of ratifications it shall have immediate effect, and form a part of the aforesaid Convention of January 5, 1877, and continue and be terminable in like manner therewith. In testimony whereof the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present additional Convention in duplicate, in the English and Spanish languages, and have hereunto affixed their seals. Done at the city of Washington this 7th day of August in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. El Presidente de los EstadosScope. Unidos de América y Su Magestad el Rey de España, penetrados de la conveniencia de añadir algunos artículos al Convenio de Extradición19 Stat., 650. celebrado entre los Estados Unidos y España en 5 de Enero de 1877, para la mejor administración de justicia y para prevenir el crimen en sus respectivos terri-torios y jurisdicciones, han resuelto ajustar un Convenio Adicional con dicho propósito, y han nombrado como sus Plenipotenciarios: El Presidente de los EstadosContracting parties. Unidos á Frederick T. Frelinghuy-sen, Esquite, Secretario de Estado délos Estados Unidos; y Su Ma-gestad el Rey de España al Excmo Señor Don Francisco Barca, Caballero Gran Cruz de la Real Orden Americana de Isabel la Católica, Su Enviado Extraordinario y Mi-nistro Plenipotenciario cerca del Gobierno de los Estados Unidos; Quienes, después de haberse co-municado sus respectivos plenos poderes, y halládolos en buena y debida forma, han convenido en los artículos siguientes: Artículo I. El párrafo 5° del expresado19 Stat., 650. Convenio de 5 do Enero de 1877 queda derogado y sustituido por el siguiente: 992 5° Crímenes cometidos en la mar:
(a)Piratería, tal como es ordi-nariamente conocida y la definen las leyes internacionales.
(b)Destrucción ó pérdida de un buque causada intencionalmente, ó conspiración y tentativa para conseguir dicha destrucción ó pér-dida, cuando hubiesen sido intentadas por alguna ó algunas personas, á bordo del dicho buque, en alta mar.
(c)Motín ó conspiración por dos ó mas individuos de la tripulación ó por otras personas, A bordo de un buque en alta mar, con el propósito de rebelarse contra la autoridad del Capitán ó Comandante del dicho buque, ó que por fraude ó violencia traten de apoderarse del mismo buque. El párrafo 12° del citado artículo II quedará redactado y se enten-derá del modo siguiente: 12° La sustracción ó malversación criminal de fondos públicos, cometida dentro de la jurisdicción de una ú otra parte por empleados públicos ó depositarios. El párrafo 13° del citado artículo II queda igualmente modificado y se entenderá del modo sigiuente: 13° Malversación de caudales por cualquiera persona ó personas, dependientes, asalariadas ó em-pleadas, en detrimento de sus principales o amos, cuando este crimen ó delito estén castigados con prisión ú otro castigo corporal por las leyes de ambos países. El párrafo 14° del mencianado artículo II. queda asimismo modifi-cado y se entendererá *[entenderá]* del modo siguiente: 14° Plagio de menores ó adultos, entendiéndose por este delito el se-cuestro ó detención de una ó mas personas para exijirles dinero ó exi-jirlo de sus familias, ó para otro cualquiera fin ilícito. Artículo II. A continuación y formando parte del artículo II del expresado Convenio de 5 de Enero de 1877, se añadirán los párrafos siguientes: 15° Obtener por medio de ame-enazas de daño ó por medio de fal-sos artificios, dinero, valores ú otra 993propiedad personal, así' como compra de estos mismos efectos con conocimiento de como han sido obtenidos; cuando estos crímenes ó delitos estén penados con prisión ú otro castigo corporal por las leyes de los dos países. 16° Hurto, entendiéndose por talLarceny. la sustracción de efectos, bienes muebles, ó dinero, por valor de 25 duros ó más. 17° Trata de esclavos, con ar-regloSlave-trade. á las leyes de cada uno de los dos Estados respectivamente. 18° Complicidad en cualesquieraComplicity in crime. de los crímenes ó delitos enume-rados, así en el Convenio de 5 de Enero de 1877 como en estos artí-culos adicionales, siempre que las personas acusadas de dicha com-plicidad estén sujetas en concepto de tales á prisión ú otro castigo corporal por las leyes de ambos países. Artículo III. Después del Artículo XI del ya citado Convenio de 5 de Enero de 1877, se insertarán los dos Artículos siguientes: Artículo XII. Cuando una persona acusada haya sido arrestadaMandate or warrant of arrest issued, etc., upon telegraphic request, etc.; proceedings. en virtud de mandamiento ú órden preventiva de arresto, dictada al efecto por au-toridad competente en virtud de lo dispuesto en el Artículo XI, des-pués que sea conducida ante el magistrado ó juez á fin de que la prueba de su criminalidad sea oida y examinada conforme á las pres-cripciones establecidas mas arriba; si apareciese que el mandamiento ú órden preventiva de arresto fuó dictada á consecuencia de una pe-tición ó declaración recibida por telégrafo de ¡jarte del Gobierno que pídela extradición, será de la com-petencia del juez ó magistrado, á su discreción, el mantener detenido al acusado por un período que no podrá exceder de 25 dias, á fin de que el Gobierno que reclama la ex-tradicion pueda tener el tiempo necesario para presentar ante el mismo juez ó magistrado la prueba legal de la criminalidad del acusa-do; y si trascurrido el dicho período de los 25 dias no hubiese sido pre- 994 sentada la expresada prueba legal ante el dicho juez ó magistrado, la persona arrestada será puesta en libertad, á no ser que el exámen de los cargos que se formulen contra lamisma persona se hallen en aquel momento en curso ó tramitación. Artículo XIII. En todos los casos de demanda hecha por cualquiera de las dos partes contratantes para el arresto, detención ó extradición de criminales fugitivos de conformidad con las prescripciones del Convenio de 5 de Enero de 1877 y los presentes artículos adicionales, los oficiales le-gales ó agentes del ministerio fiscal del país donde hayan de practicarse estas diligencias de arresto, detención ó extradición, ayudarán á los empleados del Gobierno que pida la extradición, ante los respectivos jueces y magistrados, con todos los medios legales que estén á su al-cance, sin que estos servicios les den derecho á reclamar honorarios al Gobierno que pida la extradición como compensación de los misinos servicios así prestados; á menos que el empleado ó emplea-dos que hubiesen prestado la ayuda no fuesen de aquellos que en el ejercicio ordinario de sus funciones no reciban otro sueldo ó retribución que la devengada por cada servicio prestado; en cuyo caso estos funcionarios especiales ten-drán derecho á percibir del Go-bierno que pida la extradición los honorarios de costumbre, de la misma manera y por la misma suma que si esos servicios ó actos los hubiesen prestado en procedi-mientos criminales ordinarios bajo las leyes del país del cual depen-den. Artículo IV. Todas las disposiciones del citado Convenio de 5 de Enero de 1877 no derogadas por estos artículos adicionales, se aplicarán á los presentes artículos con la misma fuerza que tienen en el dicho Convenio original. Este Convenio adicional será ratificado y las ratificaciones serán con-jeadas en Washington tan pronto como sea posible; y seguidamente al 995cambio de ratificaciones, tendráCommencement. im-mediato efecto y formará parte del Convenio de 5 de Enero de 1877, y continuará rigiendo y terminaráDuration. de igual manera que este. En testimonio de lo cual, los res-pectivos plenipotenciarios lian fir-mado el presente Convenio Adicio-nal por duplicado, en inglés y en español, y puesto en el mismo sus sellos. Hecho en la ciudad de Washington el dia 7 de Agosto del año del Señor de mil ochocientos ochenta y dos. Frede. T. FrelinghuysenSignatures., [seal.] Feanco. Barca, [seal.] And whereas, the said convention has been duly ratified on both parts and the ratifications of the two Governments were exchanged in the city of Washington on the nineteenth day of April, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-three. Now, therefore, be it known that I, Chester A. Arthur, President of Proclamation.the United States of-America, have caused the said Convention to be made public, to the end that the same and every article and clause thereof may be observed and fulfilled with good faith by the United States of America and the citizens thereof; In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States of America to be, affixed. Done at the city of Washington this nineteenth day of April, in the year of our Lord, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-three; [SEAL.] and of the independence of the United States the one hundred and seventh. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President, Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State.* July 5, 1882 November 20, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 996 996 CONVENTION—TASMANIA. July 5, 1882, November 20, 1882. *Convention between the Post-Office Department of the United States of America, and the General Post-Office of the Colony of Tasmania, concerning the exchange of money-orders. Signed July* 5 *and November* 20, 1882; *approved by the President November* 20, 1882.Nov. 20, 1882. The Post-Office Department of the United States of America and theContracting parties. General Post-Office of the Colony of Tasmania, being desirous of establishing a system of exchange of money-orders between the two countries, the undersigned, duly authorized for that purpose, have agreed upon the following articles: Article 1. There shall be a regular exchange of money-orders between the twoScope. countries. The maximum of each order is fixed at £10 sterling when issued inMoney orders. Tasmania, and, when issued in the United States, at the equivalent, in sterling money, of $50 in the money of the latter country, converted at the rate fixed by article 13 of the present Convention. No money-order shall include a fractional part of a penny, or,Fractions.Amount. of a cent. The amount of each order, whether issued in the United States or in Tasmania, must be expressed in letters in British money, and the equivalent in the money of the United States must also be shown in figures. Article 2. The Tasmania Post-Office shall have power to fix the rates of Commission Commission.on all money-orders issued in Tasmania, and the Post-Office Department of the United States shall have the same power in regard to all money-orders issued in the United States. Each office shall communicate to the other its tariff of charges or rates Tariff of charges.of commission, which shall be established under this Convention, and these rates shall, in all cases, be payable in advance by the remitters, and shall not be repayable. It is understood, moreover, that each office is authorized to suspend,Suspension of exchanges. temporarily, the exchange of money-orders in case the course of exchange, or any other circumstance, should give rise to abuses, or cause detriment to the postal revenue. Article 3. Each country shall keep the commission charged on all money-ordersPayment of commission. within its jurisdiction, but shall pay to the other country three-fourths of one per cent, on the amount of such orders. Article 4. The service of the postal money-order system between the two countries,Service; how performed. shall be performed exclusively by the agency of Offices of exchange. On the part of the United States the Office of Exchange shall be San Francisco, California, and on the part of Tasmania, Hobart. Orders shall be drawn only on the authorized money-order offices of Orders; how drawn.the respective countries; and each Postal Administration shall furnish to the other a List of such offices, and shall, from time Lists.to time, notify any addition to, or change in, such List. Every order and advice must contain the name of the office and of the country of destination, and if relating to an order payable in the United States, the name of the State in which such office is situated. 997 Article 5. No money-order shall be issued unless the applicant furnish the name and address of the person to whom the amount is to be paid, and his own name and address; or, the name of the firm, or company who are the remittee's or payees, together with the addresses of each. The money-orders, issued in either country, shall be forwarded by theForwarding orders. remitters to the payees, at their own expense. Article 6 The advices of all money-orders issued upon Tasmania by the post-officesAdvices. in the United States shall be scut to the Office of Exchange at San Francisco, where they shall be impressed with a dated stamp (Form “A”)Form A. showing the amount to be paid in sterling money, and transmitted, by the next direct mail, to the Exchange Office at Hobart, accompanied by a List, in duplicate, drawn upon the model of Form “B”.Form B.Receipt of advices. The advices, on their arrival at Hobart, shall be compared with the entries in the List, and, afterwards, dispatched to the paying offices. In like manner, the advices of money-orders, drawn on the United States by postmasters in Tasmania., shall be sent to the Exchange Office at Hobart, shall there be impressed with a dated stamp (Form “A”) showing the amount to be paid in United States money, and be dispatched, accompanied by a List, in duplicate, (Form “C”) to the Office of Exchange, at San Francisco, by the next direct mail. The advices, on their receipt at San Francisco, shall be compared with the entries in the List, and afterwards dispatched to the paying offices. The advices of orders issued in the United States in the month of June, which may arrive at the Office of Exchange at San Francisco in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on Lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of June, and in like manner, the advices of orders issued in Tasmania in the month of Juno, which may arrive at the Exchange Office at Hobart in the earlier days of the following month, shall be entered on Lists supplementary to that of the last day of the month of June. Each Exchange Office shall certify its orders to the other in amounts designated in the denominations of the money both of the dispatching and receiving country, at the rate of conversion established by article 13 of this Convention. The amounts, so converted, shall be checked at the receiving Office of Exchange. Each Administration hereby undertakes and agrees to suspend theTemporary suspension of issue for closing accounts. issue of money-orders a sufficient length of time before the sailing of each steamer which carries the Exchange Lists and advices, at those post-offices in its own territory where such suspension may be necessary, in order to prevent the issue of orders which could be dispatched by the outgoing mail while the corresponding advices could not be certified by the Exchange Office in time to be conveyed by that mail. The Exchange Lists and the accompanying advices shall invariablyLists and ad-vices; how forwarded. be sent by such steamers as carry the mails directly from San Francisco to Sydney, or from Sydney to San Francisco, as the case may be, and not via London in any event. Article 7. The Lists dispatched from each Office of Exchange shall be numberedDuplicate sets. consecutively, commencing with No. 1 at the beginning of the month of July in each year; and the entries in these Lists shall also have consecutive numbers. Of each List dispatched a duplicate shall be sent, which duplicate,Lists to be numbered consecutively- after being verified by the receiving Office of Exchange, shall be returned to the dispatching Office of Exchange. Each Office of Exchange shall promptly communicate to the other theErrors. 998 correction of any simple error which it may discover in the verification of the Lists. When the Lists shall show irregularities, which the receiving exchangeIrregularities. Office shall not be able to rectify, that office shall apply for an explanation to the dispatching Exchange Office, and such explanation shall be afforded without delay. Should any List fail to be received in due course, the dispatching exchangeFailure of lists. Office, on receiving information to that effect, shall transmit, without delay, a duplicate of the List, duly certified as such. Article 8. Duplicate orders shall only be issued by the Postal Administration ofDuplicate orders. the country on which the original orders were drawn, and in conformity with the regulations established, or to he established, in that country. Article 9. The orders issued by each country on the other, shall be subject, as regardsPayment of orders. payment, to the regulations which govern the payment of inland orders of the country, on which they were drawn. The paid orders shall remain in the possession of the country of payment. Article 10. Repayment of orders to remitters shall not be made until an authorizationRepayment to remitters. for such repayment shall first have been obtained by the country of issue from the country where such orders are payable, and the amounts of the repaid orders shall be duly credited to the former country in the quarterly account. (Article 12.) It is the province of each Postal Administration to determine the manner in which repayment to the remitters is to be made. Article 11. Orders which shall not have been paid within twelve calendar monthsVoid orders. from the mouth of issue, shall become void, and the sums received shall accrue to, and be at the disposal of, the country of origin. The Tasmania Office shall, therefore, enter to the credit of the UnitedQuarterly accounts. States, in the quarterly account, all money-orders entered in the Lists received from the United States, which remain unpaid at the end of the period specified. (Article 12.) On the other hand, the Post-Office Department of the United StatesMonthly statement of void orders. shall, at the close of each month, transmit to the Tasmania Office, for entry in the quarterly account, a detailed statement of all orders included in the Lists dispatched from the latter office, which, under this Article, become void. Article 12.. At the close of each quarter an account shall be prepared at the generalAccounts. Post-Office of Tasmania, showing, in detail, the totals of the Lists, containing the. particulars of orders issued in either country during the quarter, and the balance resulting from such transactions. Three copies of this account shall be transmitted to the Payment of balances.Post-Office Department of the United States, at Washington, and the balance, after proper verification, shall, if due by the General Post-Office of Tasmania, be paid to the General Post-Office at London, to the credit of the Post-Office Department Of the United States, on account of the exchange of money-orders bet ween the United States and the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland; if due by the Post-Office Department of the United 999 States, the balance shall likewise be paid to the General Post Office at London, to the credit of the General Post-Office of Tasmania. If, pending the settlement of an account, one of the two Postal administrationsPayments on account pending settlement. shall ascertain that it owes the other a balance exceeding five hundred pounds (£500) sterling, the indebted Administration shall promptly remit the approximate amount of such balance to the credit of the other. This account shall be in accordance with the forms “D”, “E”, “F”, Forms.and “G”, annexed to this Convention. Article 13. Until the two Postal Administrations shall consent to an alteration, it is agreed, that, in all matters of account, relative to money-orders, which shall result from the execution of the present Convention, the pound sterling of Great Britain shall be considered as equivalent toEquivalent value of pound sterling- four dollars, eighty-seven cents, of the money of the United States. Article 14. The Postal Administration in each country shall be authorized toAdditional rules adopt any additional rules (if not repugnant to the foregoing), for the greater security against fraud, or, for the better working of the system generally. All such additional rules, however, must be promptly communicated to the Post-Office of the other country. Article 15. This present Convention shall take effect on the first day of January,Commencement and duration. 1883, and shall continue in force until twelve months after either of the contracting parties shall have notified to the other its intention to terminate it. Done in duplicate, and signed in Washington, on the twentieth dayConcluded July 5, 1882; Nov. 20, 1882. of November, in the year of our Lord, 1882, and in Hobart, on the fifth day of July, in the year of our Lord, 1882. [Seal of the Post-Office Department of the United States.] Timo. O. Howe,Signatures. *Postmaster General of the United States.* [Seal of the General Post-Office of Tasmania.] J. L. Dodds, *Postmaster General of Tasmania.* I hereby approve the foregoing convention, and in testimony thereof, I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. CHESTER A. ARTHUR. [Seal of the United States.] By the President: Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State.* Washington, *November* 20, 1882. 1000 1001 1002 Blanks to be filled by the dispatching Exchange Office of San Francisco. For use of General Post-Office, Tasmania. Current No. of inter- national order. No. of original order. Date of original order. Office issuing original order. Office where payable Payee. Remitter. Amount of order in U.S. money Amount of order in British money. Date of payment. Remarks. Name. Address. Name. $ c. £ c. d. 1003 1004 1005 Orders Issued by the Tasmania office. Orders issued by the United States office. No. of list Date of list. Total amount of each list. No. of list Date of list Total amount of each list. E. c. d. E. c. d. 1006 Issued in Tasmania. Issued In the United States. No. of list. Date of list No. of international order. Amount of order. No. of list. Date of list. No. of international order. Amount of order. £ c. d. $ c. $ c. £ c. d. To credit of Tasmaria office To creditor the United States office. 1007 Issued in Tasmania. Issued in the United States. No. of list. Date of list No. of international order. Amount of order. No. of list. Date of list. No. of international order. Amount of order. £ c. d. $ c. $ c. £ c. d. To credit of Tasmania office To credit of the United States office. 1008 Nov. 20, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 1009 1009 CONVENTION—BELGIUM—POSTAL. November 20, 1882. *Convention between the United States of America, and Belgium, concerningNov. 20, 1882. the exchange of postal-orders. Signed a t Washington November* 20, 1882; *approved by the President November* 20, 1882; *ratifications exchanged at Washington December* 28, 1882. by the president of the united states of america. A PROCLAMATION. Convention between the United States of America and Belgium concerning the exchange of postal orders. The undersigned, Timothy O. Howe, Postmaster-General of the United States of America, in virtue of the powers vested in him by law, and Th. de Bounder de Mels-broeck, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary' from Belgium to the United States of America, &c., &c., in the name of his Government and by virtue of the powers which he has formally presented to this effect, have agreed upon the following Convention: Article 1. There is established between the United States of America and Belgium a regular exchange of postal-orders. This exchange is to be effected by the Exchange Offices which each of the two administrations shall have designated for this purpose, and which Exchange offices shall notify each other by means of lists of orders for payment. Article 2. The amount of the orders shall always be expressed in the money of the country where payment is to be made. Article 3. 1. No order shall exceed the sum of fifty dollars, if it is payable in the United States, and two hundred and fifty francs if it is payable in Belgium. The two Administrations, however, may, by common agreement, increase this maximum to one hundred dollars or five bundled francs. 2. Fractions of a cent, or of a 1010demi decime, are not to be introduced into the amount of an order. Article 4. Payment of the amount of ordersPayment of orders in coin. is to be effected in money of metallic value of the country of Payment in paper money.destination. This payment can also be effected in either country in paper money which is a legal tender therein. In that event, account is always to be taken of the difference of value, if there be any. The administration of each of theTransfers of orders by endorsement. two contracting countries reserves the right to declare transferable, within its territory, by means of endorsement, the ownership of orders originating in the other. Article 5. 1. Each of the two administrationsRate of conversion. is at liberty to fix at any time the rate of conversion of the amounts, payment of which is to be made in the other country. 2. The two Administrations willRate of exchange. communicate to each other the rate of exchange or of conversion fixed by them, as well as the changes which they may make therein. Article 6. 1. Each of the two administrationsFees. shall fix the fees charged upon orders issued in its own country and payable in the other. 2. This fee shall not, however, exceedLimit of fees. one and one half percent, upon the amounts constituting the divisions in the schedule of fees. 3. The two Administrations will communicate to each other the fees which they shall have established and the changes which they may subsequently make therein. 4. The postal-orders and the receiptsFees payable by remitters and payees. given upon such orders, its well as the receipts to be delivered to the remitters, shall not be subjected at the expense of the remitters or the payees of the amounts to any charge or tax whatsoever, in addition to the fees to be received by virtue of sections 1 and 2 above. Article 7. The Postal Administration byMutual credits. which the money-orders are issued 1011 shall credit the Administration of the country of payment with the total amount of the orders which it has certified to the latter, in addition to three-fourths of one per cent, on the difference between the total amount of the orders certified and the amount of void and repaid orders. Article 8. 1. The sums co averted in to postal orders are guaranteed to the remitters, until they shall have been regularly paid to the payees, or to the representatives of the latter, or shall have been refunded to the remitters. 2. The sums received by each administration in exchange for postal orders, the amounts of which shall not have been claimed by the persons entitled to payment before the expiration of the periods fixed by the laws or the regulations of the country of origin become the absolute property of the Administration which has issued the orders. Article 9. At the end of each quarter the Belgian Postal Administration shall prepare an account comprising all sums paid by the offices of the two countries and the credits to be given under each head, in conformity with Article 7, above mentioned, as well as a statement of the orders refunded by each administration. Article 10. 1. The Postal Administration of the United States shall examine this account, correct it, if necessary, and, if it is found to be the debtor, shall transmit the balance due within fifteen days, at the latest, after its receipt, to the administration of the Belgian Posts. If the account shows a balance to the credit of the Administration of the United States of America, the Postal Administration of Belgium shall transmit, the amount thereof to the former within fifteen days, at the latest, after receipt of notice of acceptance, or of correction of the account. 1012 2. The balance must always beBalances payable in coin value by bill of exchange. paid in the money of metallic value of tbc country to which it is found due, by means of a bill of exchange on Brussels, or on New York, as the case may be. 3. The expenses which may resultExpense of payment, how burne. from the payment of balances must always be borne by the administration by which payment is made. Article 11. To ascertain the amount to beAscertainment of balances. paid, the smaller credit is to be converted into the money of the country which has the larger credit, and is to be deducted from the latter credit. This con version is to be effected according to the average rate of exchange at New York, during the quarter to which the account pertains, if the balance is to the credit of Belgium, and according to the average rate of exchange at Antwerp, during such quarter, if the balance is to the credit of the Postal Administration of the United States. Article 12. Whenever, during the course ofPayment, account of apparent balances. a quarter, it is found that the amount of orders drawn upon either of the two Administrations exceeds by five thousand dollars or twenty-five thousand francs the amount of orders drawn upon the other Administration, the latter shall send to the former, the proximate amount of the ascertained difference in a round sum, as a payment on account, by means of bills of exchange, under the conditions prescribed in Article 10. Article 13. 1. The form and the conditionsRegulations of the country of origin to control issue and form of orders. of issue of postal-orders in each country are subject to the regulations in force in the country of origin. 2. The form, as well as the conditionsRegulations of the country of destination to control payments. for payment of postal-orders, including those relating to the suspension of payment, the renewing of orders, the issue of duplicates, and other matters concerning payment, are subject to the regulations in force in the country of destination. 1013 Article 14. 1. Each Administration is authorized to suspend, temporarily, the interchange of postal-orders whenever the course of exchange or any other circumstance may give rise to abuses or cause detriment to the revenues. 2. Notice of action of this nature must be communicated immediately to the other Administration, and, if deemed necessary, by means of the telegraph. Article 15. The Postal Administrations of the two countries shall have power, by mutual agreement, to arrange detailed regulations for the execution of the present Convention and to modify them at any time, according to the requirements of the service. Article 16. The present Convention shall take effect on the first day of January, 1883. It shall remain in force until the expiration of a period of one year after the date upon which one of the two contracting Administrations shall have notified the other of its intention to terminate it. Article 17. The ratifications of the present Convention shall be exchanged prior to the first day of January, 1883, if possible. In witness whereof, the respective Plenipotentiaries have signed the present Convention and have affixed thereto their seals. Executed in duplicate and' signed at Washington the twentieth day of November 1882.
(Sig)Th. de Bounder de Melsbroeck, *L'Envoy Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Belaiaue aux États-Unis.* [Seal of the Belgian Legation.] Convention entre les États-Unis d’Amérique et la Belgique pour l’échange de mandats-poste. Les soussignés, Timothy O. Howe,Contracting parties. Postmaster Général des États-Unis d’Amérique, agissant en vertu des pouvoirs qu’il tient de la loi, et Th. de Bounder de Melsbroeck, Envoyé Extraordinaire et Ministre Plénipotentiaire de Belgique aux États-Unis d’Amérique, &c., &c., agissant au nom de son Gouvernement, et en vertu des pleins pou-voirs qu’il a formellement présentés à cet effet, ont conclu la convention suivante: Article 1. H est établi entre les États-UnisScope. et la Belgique, un échange régulier de mandats-poste. Cet échange aura lieu par l’intermédiaire des bureaux à désigner par chacune desExchange of orders; how effected. deux Administrations en cause. Ces bureaux se notifieront récipro-quement au moyen de listes, les mandats tirés d’un pays sur l’autre. Article 2. Le montant de chaque mandatAmounts; how expressed. sera exprimé dans la monnaie du pays où le paiement devra avoir lieu. Article 3. 1. Aucun mandat ne pourra ex-céderMaximum. la somme de cinquante dollars, s’il est payable aux Etats Unis, et de deux cent cinquante francs s’il est payable en Belgique. Toutefois les deux administrations pourront, d’un commun accord, élever ce maximum à cent dollars on à cinq cent francs. 2. Il ne sera pas tenu compte pourFractions. 1010 l’établissement du montant des mandats, des fractions de demi décime on de cent. Article 4. Le payement du montant des mandats sera effectué en monnaie métallique du pays destinataire, on en papier-monnaie ayant cours légal en ce pays, sous réserve, en ce dernier cas, qu’il sera tenu compte de la différence des cours. Est réservé aux administratiqns de chacun des pays contractants le droit de déclarer transmissible par voie d’endossement, sur son terri-toire la propriété des mandats-poste provenant de l’autre pays. Article 5. 1. Chacune des deux administrations aura le droit de fixer à. toute époque le taux de conversion du montant des mandats, dans la monnaie de l’autre pays. 2. Les deux Administrations se communiqueront réciproquement le taux de change on de conversion qu’elles auront adopté ainsi que toute modification qu’elles y appor-teraient ultérieurement. Article 6. 1. Chacune des deux Administrations fixera de même les taxes à percevoir sur les mandats-poste qu’elle créera sur l’autre pays. 2. Cette taxe ne devra pus, toute-fois, dépasser un et demi pour cent des sommes rondes qui forment les degrés de l’échelle de perception. 3. Les deux Administrations se donneront connaissance des taxes qu’elles auront établies et des changements qu’elles y apporte-raient ultérieurement. 4. Les mandats-poste et les acquits donnés sur ces mandats de même que le récépissé à délivrer au déposant ne pourront être soumis à lu charge des expéditeurs on des destinataires des fonds à aucun droit on taxe quelconque en sus des taxes à percevoir en vertu des § 1 et 2 ci-dessus. Article 7. L’Administration qui créera les mandats créditera celle du pays où 1011le payement doit en avoir lieu, du montant total des mandats an-noncés, en sus d’un droit de trois quarts d’un pour cent calculé sur la différence entre le montant total des mandats annoncés, et celui des mandats annulés et remboursés. ’ Article 8. 1. Les sommes converties enGuarantee to remitters. mandats-poste sont garanties aux déposants jusqu’au moment où elles auront, été régulièrement payées aux bénéficiaires on aux mandataires de ceuxci, on bien remboursées aux déposants eux-mêmes. 2. Les sommes encaissées parAmounts received for unpaid orders. chaque Administration, en échange de mandats, et dont le montant n’aurait pas été réclamé par les ayants-droit, avant l’expiration des délais fixés par les lois on règlements du pays d’origine, sont dé-finitivement acquises à l’Administration qui a délivré ces mandats. Article 9. A l’expiration de chaque trimes-treQuarterly accounts. l’Administration des postes de Belgique préparera le compte des sommes payées par les offices des deux pays et des crédits à allouer de part et d’autre en exécution de l’Article 7. ci-dessus, ainsi qu’un état des mandats remboursés par chaque Administration. Article 10. 1. L’Administration des postesPayment of balance. des États-Unis examinera le compte, le rectifiera, s’il y a lieu, et si le solde est en faveur de la Bel-gique, elle en transmettra le mon-tant, dans les quinze jours, au plus tard, après la réception du compte. Si le solde s’établit en faveur de l’Administration des États-Unis d’Amérique, l’Administration des Postes de Belgique en transmettra le montant à celleci, au plus tard dans les 15 jours qui suivront l’avis de l’acceptation on de la rectification du compte. 1012 2. Le payement du solde devra toujours être effectué dans la monnaie métallique du pays cré-ancier, au moyen d’une lettre de change tirée sur Bruxelles, on sur New York, suivant le cas, 3. Les frais à résulter du payement des soldes sont à la charge de l’Administration qui effectiue le payement. Article 11. Pour établir le solde, la créance la plus faible est convertie dans la monnaie du pays dont la créance est la plus forte. Cette conversion a lieu d’après, le taux moyen du change à New York pendant le tri-mestre auquel le compte se rap-porte, quand le solde de ce compte est en faveur de la Belgique, et d’après le taux moyen du change à Anvers, pendant la même période, quand le solde du compte est en faveur de l’Administration des postes des États-Unis. Article 12. Chaque fois que dans le cours d’un trimestre il est établi que le montant des mandats tirés sur une des deux Administrations dépasse de cinq mille dollars on vingtcinq mille francs le montant des man-dats tirés sur l’autre Administration, celle ci fait parvenir à la pre-mière le montant approximatif de la différence établie en chiffres ronds à titre d’acompte, au moyen de lettres de change et aux conditions indiquées à l’Article 10. Article 13. 1. La forme et les conditions d’émission des mandats dans cha-que pays sont déterminées par les règlements en vigueur dans le pays d’origine. 2. Le mode et les conditions de payement des mandats-poste, y compris ce qui concerne la suspension du payement, le remplacement des titres, l’émission de duplicatas et toutes les autres formalités se rapportant, au payement, sont ré-glées par les dispositions en vi-gueur dans le pays de destination. 1013 Article 14. 1. Chaque Administration est Right of suspension of issue reserved.autorisée à suspendre temporairement l’échange des mandats-poste, chaque fois que le cours du change on toute autre circonstance peut engendrer des abus on porter pré-judice au Trésor. 2. Avis de cette circonstance doit être donné immédiatement et, au besoin, par le télégraphe à l’autre Administration. Article 15. Les Administrations postalesdes deuxDetailed regulations. pays sont autorisées à régler de commun accord les mesures de détail pour l’exécution de cette Convention et à les modifier à toute époque suivant les besoins du service. Article 16. La présenteConvention sera mise àexécution le premier JanvierCommencement and duration. 1883. Elle restera en vigueur jusqu’à l’expiration de la période d’une année après la date à laquelle l’une des deux Administrations aura notifié à l’autre son intention d’en faire cesser les effets. Article 17. Les ratifications de la présente ConventionRatifications. seront échangées avant le premier Janvier 1883, si faire se peut. En foi de quoi les Plénipoten-tiaires respectifs ont signé la présente Convention et y ont apposé leurs cachets. Fait en double original et signéConcluded November 20, 1882. à Washington le vingt jour de Novembre 1882. Timo. O. Howe, *The Postmaster-General of the United States* [Seal of the Post-Office Department of the United States.] I hereby approve the foregoing Convention, and in testimony thereof I have caused the seal of the United States to be hereto affixed. CHESTER A. ARTHUB. [Seal of the United States.] By the President Fredk T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State.* Washington, *November 20th,* 1882. November 20, 1882 Convention 22 Stat. 1014 1014 CONVENTION—BELGIUM—POSTAL. November 20, 1882. *Detailed regulations for the execution of the Convention concluded between the Postal Administration of the United States of America and that of Belgium, concerning the exchange of postal orders, of November* 20, 1882; *signed at Washington, December* 28, 1883. Detailed regulations for the execution of the Convention concluded between the Postal Administration of the United States of America and that of Belgium, concerning the exchange of postal orders, of the 20th day of November, 1882. In pursuance of the terms of Article Preamble.15 of the Convention of the 20th of November, 1882, concerning the exchange of postal-orders, the undersigned have agreed upon the following rules of action: Article 1. In conformity with Article 1 ofDesignation of exchange offices. the Convention, the money-order office at Antwerp is designated as the exchange office on the part of Belgium, and the international money-order office at New York as the exchange office on the part of the United States. Article 2. For the lists by means of whichLists. the exchange offices are, in accordance with Article 1 of the convention, to notify each other of the orders to be paid, the money-order office at Antwerp shall make use of Form “A.”Form “A” hereto annexed, and the international money-order office at New York of the Form “B” Form “B.”hereto annexed. Article 3. 1. The lists are to be filled out inLists, how filled. accordance with their printed headings, with copying ink, which is also to be used in completing the letter of transmittal upon the first page thereof, and they are to be Transmitted in duplicate.transmitted in duplicate by each outgoing mail, that is to say, by all mails fixed by schedule which are conveyed via Great Britain be- 1015 tween the offices of Antwerp and of New York. Should it happen, at the time of dispatching any mail that there are no money orders to be certified for payment, a list must nevertheless be sent in that mail. But, in such event, the dis patching exchange office will write across the list the words, “No money-orders.” 2. The Lists shall bear consecutive numbers, commencing with the calendar year and ending with it. 3. The orders inscribed in the lists shall also be consecutively numbered, the series of numbers to commence with each month on the part of Belgium, and with each calendar year on the part of the United States. 4. The orders issued in the United States during the quarter ending June 30th of each year, which may arrive at the office of exchange at New York in the following quarter shall be entered on lists supplementary to the last list of the mouth of June, and, in like manner, the orders issued in Belgium during the quarter ending June 30th of each year which may arrive at the exchange office of Antwerp in the following quarter shall be entered on lists supplementary to the last list of the month of June. Article 4. Each list is to be carefully examined by the receiving office, and if the latter finds that it contains manifest errors, it will correct them with red ink. That office will then fill up the columns intended for its use, and return one of the copies of the list to the sending office. In the letter of transmittal of the next list which it has to send, the receiving office, above mentioned, will acknowledge the receipt of the list in question to the office which sent it. The corrections made are always to be mentioned with explanations at the end of the letter of transmittal. Article 5. When the list contains errors or irregularities which cannot be corrected without consultation with 1016the exchange office of the country of origin, the exchange office of the country of destination shall request explanations from the sending exchange office at the same time that it acknowledges the receipt of the list. The explanations requested are to be furnished as promptly as possible. Meantime the payment of orders in regard to which errors have been discovered is to be suspended. Article 6. If it appears from the numberFailure of lists. of the list received that the preceding list has tailed to arrive, the receiving office shall apply for Duplicate of failing lists.such list by the first mail. The sending office, as soon as it is informed of the matter, shall send forthwith a duplicate of the missing list. • Article 7. For the orders entered in theInland postal-orders. lists the two exchange offices shall issue inland postal-orders in accordance with the regulations in force in the premises in the country of destination, and with the provisions of Article 13 of the Convention. Article 8. 1. For the quarterly accountQuarterly account. provided for by Article 9 of the Convention, the Belgian Postal Administration shall make use of Form “ C.”form “ C ” hereto annexed. 2. This account is to be madeAccount, how stated. upon the basis of the lists accepted or corrected by the receiving offices of exchange. It is always to be prepared promptly and transmitted to the Postal Administration Rendition and transmittal of accounts.of the United States as soon as all the lists from the international money-order office of New York bearing the date of the quarter to which it pertains shall have reached the money-order office of Antwerp, and all the duplicates of the lists of the same quarter dispatched by the latter office shall have been returned to it from New York. If it be possible, this account is to be transmitted by the 1017 Belgian Postal Administration to that of the United States, at the latest, within six weeks after the close of the quarter. Article 9. 1. The Postal Administration of the country of origin shall be duly-notified of all orders which shall not have been paid to the respective payees in the country of destination, within one year after the date of the receipt of the list, and, after an agreement shall have been reached in regard to these orders, they shall be entered in the quarterly accounts, in order that the amounts thereof may be restored to the remitters in conformity with Article 9 of the Convention. 2. In like manner, there shall be embraced in this account, postal-orders, application for repayment of which has been made to, and permission therefor received from, the country of destination, in conformity with Article 9 of the convention. Article 10. 1. The quarterly account is always to be transmitted in triplicate to the Postal Administration of the United States. If this account shows a balance in favor of the Belgian Postal Administration two copies shall be returned to the latter, bearing an acknowledgment of the acceptance of the balance. In case the balance is in favor of the Postal Administration of the United States, the latter will retain two copies and send back but one. 2. When the balance found to be due the. Belgian Postal Administration shall have been paid, the latter will affix its acknowledgment of receipt to one of the two copies which have been returned to it, and will send it back as a voucher to the Postal Administration of the United Slates of America. 3. In case the balance is in favor of the latter, it will, on receipt of the amount of such balance, affix its acknowledgment of receipt to one of the two copies of the account which it has retained, and will 1018transmit the same as a voucher to the Belgian office. Article 11. Payments of balances and paymentsBills of exchange, how drawn for payment of balances. on account made in pursuance of Articles 10 and 12 of the Convention are to be effected by means of bills of exchange, which, when the balance is in favor of the Belgian Postal Administration, are to be drawn on Antwerp or on Brussels, payable to the Director General of Posts and Telegraphs at Brussels. When the balance is to the credit of the Postal administration of the United States, the bills of exchange are to be drawn upon New York, payable to the Postmaster-General at Washington. Article 12. For the purpose of balancing theConversion of balances. quarterly account, the conversion of one money into the other shall be made in compliance with the terms of Article 11 of the Convention. To that end the debtor administration shall forward to the creditor Administration a certified Statement oftabular statement of the rate of exchange at Brussels, or at New York, rates of exchange.as the case may be, quoted each business day during the preceding quarter. Article 13. In addition to the claims mentionedRepayment of orders, etc. in Article 9 concerning the repayment of orders, the two administrations agree to take charge of other claims in relation to orders exchanged between Belgium and the United States, for example, in regard to changes of name, places of payment, requests for information concerning payments which have been made, etc., and to dispose of them in accordance with the regulations in force in each country respectively. Article 14. The present detailed regulationsCommencement and duration. shall take effect at the same 1019 time as the Convention of the 20th of November, 1882, and shall continue in force as long as the latter. Done in duplicate and signed at Brussels the twelfth day of December, 1882, and at Washington the twentieth day of November, 1882. TIMO. O. HOWE, *Postmaster-General of the United States.* [Seal of the Post-Office Department of the United States.] Règlement de détail pour l’exécution de la Convention conclue le . 20 Novembre, 1882 entre les Etats-Unis d’Amériqneet la Belgique, pour l’échange des man-dats-poste. Les soussignés, en vertu de l’Article 15 de la Convention du 20 Novembre 1882 pour l’échange de mandats-poste ont arrêté les mesures d’exécution ci-après: Article 1. Par l’application de l’Article 1er de la Convention le bureau des postes d’Anvers est désigné comme bureau d’échange du côté de la Belgique, et le bureau des mandats internationaux de New York, comme bureau d’échange du côté des États-Unis. Article 2. En ce qui concerne les listes au moyen desquelles les bureaux d’échange devront, en exécution de l’Article 1er de la Convention, se notifier l’un à l’autre les mandats à. payer, le bureau des mandats à Anvers fera usage du formulaire “A” ci-annexé, et le bureau des mandats internationaux de New York, dn formulaire “B” également ci-annexé. Article 3. 1°. Les listes seront établies avec de l’encre à copier, d’après les en-têtes, imprimés, il sera fait usage de même encre pour compléter la lettre d’envoi qui figure à la première page de ces formulaires. Elles seront transmises en double par chaque expédition, c’est il dire, par toutes les dépêches échangées par la vote de la Grande Bretagne 1015entre les bureaux d’Anvers et de New York, conformément au tableau. S’il arrivait qu’au moment de l’expédition, il n’y eût pas de mandats-poste à notifier, le bureau d’échange expéditeur de-vrait néanmoins insérer dans la dépêche une liste en travers de la-quelle il inscrirait les mots: “Pas de mandats-poste.” 2°. Les listes porteront desLists to be numbered consecutively- nu-méros se continuant du 1er Janvier au 31. Décembre de chaque année. 3°. Les mandats inscrits à ces Listes seront également numé-rotés d’une manière continue; la série des numéros recommencera chaque mois du côté de la Bel-gique, et chaque année du côté des Etats-Unis. 4°. Les mandats émis aux EtatsOrders arriving subsequent to June 30 to be entered on succeeding list. Unis pendant le trimestre expirant au 30 Juin de chaque année, mais qui parviendraient au bureau d’échange de New York dans le trimestre suivant feront l’objet de listes supplémentaires à la der-nière liste du mois de Juin. De même, les mandats émis en Belgi-que pendant le trimestre prenant tin an 30 Juin qui parviendraient au bureau d’échange d’Anvers dans le trimestre suivant, feront l’objet des listes supplémentaires à la der-nière liste du mois de Juin. Article 4. Chaque liste sera vérifiée par leErrors. bureau d’échange destinataire, et si celuici y constatait des erreurs manifestes, il les rectifierait à l’en-cre rouge. Ce bureau remplira en suite les colonnes qui lui sont réser-vées et renverra l’une des doubles de la liste au bureau expéditeur. Il accusera ensuite réception de cette liste au dit bureau expéditeur sur la lettre d’envoi qu’il aura à lui transmettre. Les rectifications opérées devrontCorrections. toujours être expliquées au bas de la lettre d’envoi. Article 5. Lorsqu’une liste contiendra des erreurs on des Errors and irregularities.irrégularités ne pouvant être redressées sans l’in 1016 tervention du bureau d’échange du pays d’origine, le bureau d’é-change du pays de destination ré-clamera des explications au bureau d’échange expéditeur en même temps qu’il lui accusera réception de la liste. Les explications réclamées seront fournies aussi promptement que possible. En attendant le payement des mandats entachés d’er-reurs sera différé. Article 6. S’il est constaté, par le numéro de la liste reçue que la liste précé-dente n’est poiut parvenue, le bureau destinataire réclamera cette dernière liste par premier courrier. Dès réception de cette réclamation le bureau expéditeur transmettra un duplicata de la liste manquante. Article 7. Pour les ordres de paiement portés aux listes les deux bureaux d’échange émettront des man-dats poste internes, suivant les règlements en vigueur dans le pays de destination et conformément aux stipulations de l’Article 13 de la Convention. Article 8. 1°.- L’Administration des Postes belges fera usage du formulaire “O” ci-annexé pour l’établissement du compte trimestriel prévu par l’Article 9 de la Convention. 2°. Ce compte sera dressé d’après les listes acceptées on rectifiées par les bureaux d’échange desti-nataires. Il devra toujours être établi sans délai et être transmis à l'Administration des postes des Etats-ü nis dès que toutes les listes du bureau des mandats internationaux de New York datées du trimestre auquel le compte se rap-porte, seront parvenues au bureau des mandats à Anvers, et que tous les duplicatas de listes du même trimestre transmis par ce dernier bureau lui auront été renvoyés par celui de New York. Autant que possible ce compte sera transmis par l’Administration des Postes 1017de Belgique, à celle des Etats-Unis au plus tard six semaines après l’expiration du trimestre. Article 9. 1°. l’Administration des PostesNotice of unpaid orders to be given. du pays d’origine devra recevoir avis de tous les mandats qui n’au-raient pas été payés à leurs bénéficiaires respectifs en déans le délai d’une année après la réception de la liste. Dès que les deux AdministrationsDisposition of receipts for unpaid orders. se seront mises d’accord au sujet de ces mandats, et conformément à l’article 9 de la convention, ceuxci feront l’objet d’un compte trimestriel pour que leur montant puisse être remboursé aux déposants. 2°. On comprendra de même dansRepayments. ce compte les mandats dont le rem-boursement aurait été réclamé au pays de destination, et autorisé par celuici, en exécution de l’Article 9 de la Convention. Article 10. 1°. Le compte trimestriel devraQuarterly accounts to be transmitted in triplicate. toujours être transmis en triple expédition à l’Administration des postes les États-Unis. Si le solde de ce compte est en faveur de l’Admin i st ration des postes de Belgique, deux expéditions seront renvoyées à cette A d ministration, approuvées pour le montant du solde. Si leAcceptance of balances. solde est en faveur de l’Administration des postes des États-Unis, celleci retiendra deux expéditions du compte et n’en renverra qu’une. 2°. Après payement du solde du compte en faveur de l’Administration des postes de Belgique, celleci donnera quittance sur une des deuxReceipt for payment of balance. expéditions qui lui auront été ren-voyées, et la transmettra comme pièce justificative à l’Administration des postes des États-Unis. 3°. Si le solde est en faveur deReceipt for payment of balance. cette dernière Administration, celleci, à la réception du montant de ce solde, en donnera quittance sur une des deux expéditions du compte quelle a retenues, et ren- 1018 verra cette expédition à l’office belge, comme pièce justificative du paiement. Article 11. Les payements de soldes et des à comptes faits en exécution des Articles 10 et 12 de la. Convention seront effectués au moyen de traites qui, si le solde est en faveur de l’Administration des postes de Bel-gique, devront être tirées sur An-vers on Bruxelles, et être payables au Directeur Général des Postes et Télégraphes à Bruxelles. Si la balance est en faveur de l’Administration des Postes des Etats-Unis, les traites devront être tirées sur New York, et être payables au Postmaster-Général à Washington. Article 12. Pour établir la balance du compte trimestriel la conversion de l’une des monnaies dans l’autre sera faite, en conformité des dispositions de l’Article 11 de la convention. A cette fin l’Administration débitrice transmettra à l’Administration créditrice un tableau certifié exact du cours du change côté chaque jour de Bourse à Bruxelles on à New York, suivant le cas, pendant le trimestre précédent. Article 13. Outre les demandes dont il est question à l’article 9, concernant le remboursement des mandats, les deux Administrations conviennent de donner suite aux demandes relatives aux mandats échangés entre la Belgique et les États-Unis, en ce qui touche, par exemple, les changements de noms, de lieux de payement, les demandes de rensei-gnemeuts au sujet de payements effectués, etc., et de traiter ces demandes conformément aux règlements en vigueur dans chaque pays respectivement. Article 14. Le présent règlement de détail sera mis à exécution en mémo 1019temps que la Convention du 20 Novembre 1882, et il aura la même durée que cette dernière. Fait en double et signé à Bruxelles Concluded November 20, 1882. December 12, 1882.le douzième jour de Décem bre 1882 et à Washington le vingtième jour de Novembre 1882. N. OLINY,Signatures. *Postmaster-General Ministre des Travaux Publics du Royaume de Belmaue.* [Seal of Ministère des Travaux Publics.] 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 Mandats émis en Belgique. Orders issued in Belgium. Mandats émis aux États-Unis. Orders issued in the United States. Nos. des listes. Dates des listes. Numéros inter- nationaux des ordres de paie- ment. Montant total de chaque liste. Nos. des listes. Dates des listes. Numéros internationaux des ordres de paiement. Montant total de chaque liste. No. of list. Date of list International numbers of the orders. Total amounts of the lists. No. of list. Date of list International numbers of the orders. Total amounts of. the lists. From. To. From. To. $ c. Frs. Ces. Total Total Montat des mandats invalidés (a déduire) Montant des mandats invalidés (a deduire) Less amount of invalid orders Less amount of invalid orders Balance Balance 1027 Mandats déposés en Belgique. Orders originating in Belgium. Mandate déposés aux États-Unis. Orders originating in the United States. Numéro de la liste. No. of list. Date de la liste. Date of list. Numéro international. International number. Montant da man dat. Amount of the order. Numéro de la liste. No. of list. Date de la liste. Date of list. Numéro international. International number. Montant du man dat. Amount of the order. $ c. Frs. Ces. Total Total 1028 1029 We, Timothy O. Howe, Postmaster-General of the United States, andExchange of ratifications. Th. de Bounder de Melsbroeck, Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary from Belgium to the United States, certify that on this date we have proceeded to perform the exchange of ratifications of the convention between the United States of America and Belgium, concerning the exchange of postal orders, which was concluded at Washington, on the twentieth day of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two. Done in duplicate and signed at Washington this twenty-eighth daySignatures. of December. A. D, 1882. [Seal of the Post-Office Department of the United States.] T. O. Howe, *Postmaster-General of the United States.* [Seal.] Thre. de Bounder de Melsbroeck, *Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary from Belgium to the United States.* PROCLAMATIONSmade by the PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES. 1031 PROCLAMATIONS. 1 September 22, 1881 Digitization Vendor by the president of the united states of america Proclamation No. 1. by the president of the united states of america.September 22, 1881. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas in his inscrutable wisdom it has pleased God to remove fromPreamble. ns the illustrious head of the Nation, James A. Garfield, late President of the United States; And, Whereas, it is fitting that the deep grief which fills all hearts, should manifest itself with one accord toward the throne of Infinite Grace, and that we should bow before the Almighty and seek from Him that consolation in our affliction and that sanctification of our loss which He is able and willing to vouchsafe; Now, therefore, in obedience to sacred duty and in accordance withAppointment of September 26, 1881, as the day of funeral ceremonies of the late President. the desire of the People, I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States of America, do hereby appoint Monday, next, the twenty-sixth day of September—on which day the remains of our honored and beloved Dead will be consigned to their last resting place on earth—to be observed throughout the United States as a day of humiliation and mourning; and I earnestly recommend all the People to assemble on that day in their respective places of Divine Worship, there to render alike their tribute of sorrowful submission to the will of Almighty God and of reverence and love for the memory and character of our late Chief Magistrate. In Witness Whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the City of Washington, the twenty-second day of September, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and eighty-one and of the Independence of the United States of America the one hundred and sixth. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President, James G. Blaine *Secretary of State*. No. 2. September 23, 1881 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation No. 2. by the president of the united states of america.September 23, 1881. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas objects of interest to the United States require that thePreamble. Senate should be convened at an early day to receive and act upon such communications as may be made to it on the part of the Executive: Now, therefore, I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States, have considered it to be my duty to issue this, my Proclamation, declar-1033 1034 ing that an extraordinary occasion requires the Senate of the UnitedConvening the Senate of the United States on October 10, 1881. States to convene for the transaction of business at the Capitol, in the City of Washington, on Monday the tenth day of October next, at twelve o’clock noon on that day, of which all who shall at that time be entitled to act as members of that body are hereby required to take notice. Given under my hand and the Seal of the United States, at Washington, the twenty third day of September, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty one, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and sixth. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President, James G. Blaine *Secretary of State*. No. 3. November 4, 1881 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation No. 3. by the president of the united states of america.November 4, 1881. A PROCLAMATION. It has long been the pious custom of our people, with the closing of Preamble.the year, to look back upon the blessings brought to them in the changing course of the seasons, and to return solemn thanks to the All-giving Source from Whom they flow. And although at this period, when the falling leaf admonishes us that the time of our sacred duty is at hand, our Nation still lies in the shadow of a great bereavement, and the mourning which has filled our hearts still finds its sorrowful expression toward the God before Whom we but lately bowed in grief and supplication, yet the countless benefits which have showered upon us during the past twelvemonth call for our fervent gratitude and make it fitting that we should rejoice with thankfulness that the Lord, in His infinite mercy has most signally favored our country and our people. Peace without and prosperity within have been vouchsafed to us, no pestilence has visited our shores, the abundant privileges of freedom which our fathers left us in then wisdom are still our increasing heritage,—and if, in parts of our vast domain, sore affliction has visited our brethren in their forest homes, yet even this calamity has been tempered and in a manner sanctified by the generous compassion for the sufferers which has been called forth throughout our land. For all these things, it is meet that the voice of the Nation should go up to God in devout homage. Wherefore I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States, doAppointment of November 24, 1881, ns a day of thanks giving. recommend that all the people observe Thursday, the twenty-fourth day of November instant, as a day of National Thanksgiving and Prayer, by ceasing so far as may be from their secular labors, and meeting in their several places of worship, there to join in ascribing honor and praise to Almighty God, whose goodness has been so manifest in our history and in our lives, and offering earnest prayers that His bounties may continue to us and to our children. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my band, and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this fourth day of November in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-one, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred & sixth. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President, James G. Blaine *Secretary of State*. No. 4. May 3, 1882 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation 1035 No. 4. by the president of the united states of america.May 3, 1882. A PROCLAMATION. Whereas it is provided in the laws of the United States that “whenPreamble. ever, by reason of unlawful obstructions, combinations, or assemblages of persons, or rebellion against the authority of the Government of the United States, it shall become impracticable, in the judgment of the President, to enforce, by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, the laws of the United States within any State or Territory, it shall be lawful for the President to call forth the militia of any or all the States, and to employ such parts of the land and naval forces of the United States as he may deem necessary to enforce the faithful execution of the laws of the United States, or to suppress such rebellion, in whatever State or Territory thereof the laws of the United States may be forcibly opposed or the execution thereof forcibly obstructed; And whereas it has been made to appear satisfactorily to me, by information received from the Governor of the Territory of Arizona, and from the General of the Army of the United States, and other reliable sources, that in consequence of unlawful combinations of evil disposed persons who are banded together to oppose and obstruct the execution of the laws, it has become impracticable to enforce, by the ordinary course of judicial proceedings, the laws of the United States within that Territory, and that the laws of the United States have been therein forcibly opposed and the execution thereof forcibly resisted; And whereas the laws of the United States require that whenever it may be necessary, in the judgment of the President, to use the military forces for the purpose of enforcing the faithful execution of the laws of the United States, he shall forthwith, by proclamation, command such insurgents to disperse and retire peaceably to their respective abodes, within a limited time: Now, therefore, I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the United States,Warning all persons to defeat from violence in Arizona. do hereby admonish all good citizens of the United States, and especially of the Territory of Arizona, against aiding, countenancing, abetting, or taking part in any such unlawful proceedings, and I do hereby warn all persons engaged in or connected with said obstruction of the laws, to disperse and retire peaceably to their respective abodes on or before noon of the fifteenth day of May. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this third day of May, in the year of our Lord eighteen hundred and eighty-two, and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and sixth. [seal.] CHESTER A. ARTHUR. By the President, Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State*. No. 5. October 25, 1882 Digitization Vendor By the President of the United States of America Proclamation 1036 No. 5. by the president of the united states of america.Oct. 25, 1882. A PROCLAMATION. In conformity with a custom the annual observance of which is justlyPreamble. held in honor by this people, I, Chester A. Arthur, President of the Nov. 30, 1882.United States, do hereby set apart Thursday, the Day of thanksgiving.30th day of November next as a day of public Thanksgiving. The blessings demanding our gratitude are numerous and varied. For the peace and amity which subsist between this Republic and all the nations of the world ; for the freedom from internal discord and violence ; for the increasing friendship between the different sections of the land; for liberty, justice and constitutional government; for the devotion of the people to our free institutions and their cheerful obedience to mild laws; for the constantly increasing strength of the Republic while extending its privileges to fellow men who come to us; for the improved means of internal communication, and the increased facilities of intercourse with other Nations; for the general prevailing health of the year; for the prosperity of all out’ industries, the liberal return for the mechanic’s toil affording a market for the abundant harvests of the husband man; for the preservation of the national faith and credit; for wise and generous provision to effect the intellectual and moral education of our youth ; for the influence upon the conscience of a restraining and transforming religion; and for the joys of home; for these, and for many Other blessings, we should give thanks. Wherefore, I do recommend that the day above designated beDay of National Thanksgiving and Prayer. observed throughout the country as a Day of National Thanksgiving and Prayer, and that the people, ceasing from their daily labors and meeting in accordance with their several forms of worship, draw near to the throne of Almighty God, offering to Him praise and gratitude for the manifold goodness which He has vouchsafed to us, and praying that His blessings and His mercies may continue. And I do further recommend that the day thus appointed be made aDeeds of charity, etc. special occasion for deeds of kindness and charity to the suffering and the needy, so that all who dwell within the land may rejoice and be. glad in this season of National Thanksgiving. In witness whereof I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal of the United States to be affixed. Done at the city of Washington this twenty-fifth day of October, in the year of our Lord one thousand eight hundred and eighty-two, [seal.] and of the Independence of the United States the one hundred and seventh. CHESTER A. ARTHUR.Signature. By the President, Fredk. T. Frelinghuysen, *Secretary of State*.
Connections2 cite this · traces to 1
Cited by 2 sections · top 1
statutes-at-large
32 references not yet in our index
  • 22 Stat. 815
  • 22 Stat. 817
  • 22 Stat. 826
  • 22 Stat. 828
  • 22 Stat. 830
  • 22 Stat. 834
  • 22 Stat. 847
  • 22 Stat. 860
  • 22 Stat. 874
  • 22 Stat. 879
  • 22 Stat. 900
  • 22 Stat. 913
  • 22 Stat. 914
  • 22 Stat. 915
  • 22 Stat. 918
  • 22 Stat. 921
  • 22 Stat. 934
  • 22 Stat. 937
  • 22 Stat. 939
  • 22 Stat. 940
  • 22 Stat. 952
  • 22 Stat. 963
  • 22 Stat. 968
  • 22 Stat. 972
  • 22 Stat. 979
  • 22 Stat. 981
  • 22 Stat. 983
  • 22 Stat. 986
  • 22 Stat. 991
  • 22 Stat. 996
  • 22 Stat. 1009
  • 22 Stat. 1014
Citation graph
cites case law
Chapter 163
Stat.×2
Stat.Chapter 163
Stat.22 Stat. 815
Stat.22 Stat. 817
Stat.22 Stat. 826
Stat.22 Stat. 828
Stat.22 Stat. 830
Cites 33 · showing 6Cited by 2 across 1 source
★   the supreme law of the land   ★
Don't Tread on Me
E Pluribus Unum — out of many, one

"If you don't know your rights, you don't have any."

Marginalia · a citizen's law index
A research desk, not legal advice. Always read the cited source before relying on a summary.
Questions or an issue? support@self-law.org
disclaimerMarginalia is a research index, not a law firm. Nothing on this site is legal, tax, or financial advice and no attorney–client relationship is formed by using it. Statutes, regulations, and case law change; summaries, search results, AI output, and member posts may be incomplete, out of date, or wrong. Any interpretation drawn from material on this site should be validated by a licensed attorney in your jurisdiction before you act on it.